ADVANCED HEALTH CORP
S-1/A, 1997-09-30
MISC HEALTH & ALLIED SERVICES, NEC
Previous: CHASE MANHATTAN GRANTOR TRUST 1995-B, 8-K, 1997-09-30
Next: KENSEY NASH CORP, NT 10-K, 1997-09-30



   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-35115
    
================================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ----------------
   
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
    
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ----------------
                          ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>                     <C>
        DELAWARE                             8099                    13-3893841
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
</TABLE>
                                ----------------
                             555 WHITE PLAINS ROAD
                           TARRYTOWN, NEW YORK 10591
                                (914) 524-4200
(Address,  including  zip  code,  and  telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                               ----------------
                            JONATHAN EDELSON, M.D.
                     CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                          ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION
                             555 WHITE PLAINS ROAD
                           TARRYTOWN, NEW YORK 10591
                                (914) 524-4200
(Name,  address,  including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                       of agent for service of process)
                               ----------------
                                With copies to:

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
      JULIE M. ALLEN, ESQ.                           MARK KESSEL, ESQ.
O'SULLIVAN GRAEV & KARABELL, LLP                    SHEARMAN & STERLING
     30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA                           599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10112                       NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
          (212) 408-2400                              (212) 848-4000
</TABLE>
                               ----------------
     APPROXIMATE  DATE  OF  COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon
as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If  any  of  the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on  a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

     If  this  Form  is  filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant  to  Rule  462(b)  under the Securities Act, please check the following
box  and  list  the  Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
registration statement for the same offering. [ ] ----------------

     If  this  Form  is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under  the  Securities  Act,  please  check  the  following  box  and  list  the
Securities   Act   registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering.[ ] ----------------

     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                               ----------------
     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933  OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>

   
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
DATED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

                               2,500,000 SHARES

                                    [LOGO]


                          ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION

                                 COMMON STOCK

                                --------------

     Of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 2,000,000 are being
sold by  Advanced  Health  Corporation  ("Advanced  Health  Corporation"  or the
"Company")  and 500,000 are being offered by Selling  Stockholders.  The Company
will not  receive  any of the  proceeds  of the sale of  shares  by the  Selling
Stockholders.  See  "Principal  and Selling  Stockholders."  The Common Stock is
quoted on the Nasdaq  National  Market under the symbol  "ADVH." On September 9,
1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq
National  Market was $22.125  per share.  See "Price  Range of Common  Stock and
Dividend Policy."
    

                                --------------


        THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                    BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                --------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
================================================================================
                                 UNDERWRITING                       PROCEEDS TO
                    PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO      SELLING
                    PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)      STOCKHOLDERS
                    ----------   ----------------   -------------   ------------
Per Share  ......    $               $                $               $
Total(3)   ......   $               $                $               $
================================================================================
(1) The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholders  have  agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated to be $    .

(3) The  Company  and  the Selling Stockholders have granted the Underwriters an
    option,  exercisable  within  30  days  of  the  date hereof, to purchase an
    aggregate  of  up  to  375,000 additional shares at the Price to Public less
    Underwriting  Discounts  and  Commissions  to cover over-allotments, if any.
    If  all  such  additional  shares  are purchased, the total Price to Public,
    Underwriting  Discounts  and  Commissions,  Proceeds to Company and Proceeds
    to   Selling   Stockholders   will   be   $    ,  $    ,  $      and  $    ,
    respectively. See "Underwriting."

                                --------------

     The  Common Stock is offered by the several Underwriters named herein when,
as  and  if  received  and  accepted  by  them, subject to their right to reject
orders  in  whole  or  in  part  and  subject to certain other conditions. It is
expected  that  delivery  of  certificates  for  the  shares will be made at the
offices of Cowen & Company, New York, New York, on or about      , 1997.


                                 --------------

COWEN & COMPANY
                  HAMBRECHT & QUIST
                           SBC WARBURG DILLON READ INC.
                                                   VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY
    , 1997

Information   contained   herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration  statement  relating  to  these  securities has been filed with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation  of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in  any  State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

<PAGE>


                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     A  Registration  Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"),  including  amendments thereto,  relating to the
Common Stock  offered  hereby has been filed by the Company with the  Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). This Prospectus does not contain all
of the information set forth in the Registration  Statement and the exhibits and
schedules  thereto.  Statements  contained  in this  Prospectus  concerning  the
provisions or contents of any contract or other document  referred to herein are
not necessarily  complete.  With respect to each such contract or document filed
as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement,  reference is made to such exhibit
for a more  complete  description,  and each  such  statement  is  deemed  to be
qualified in all respects by such reference.  The Registration Statement and the
exhibits and  schedules  thereto  filed with the  Commission  may be  inspected,
without charge, at the public reference facilities  maintained by the Commission
at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549,
and at the  Commission's  Regional  Offices located at Seven World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048,  and 500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,
Chicago,  Illinois 60661.  Copies of such material may also be obtained from the
Public  Reference  Section  of  the  Commission  at  450  Fifth  Street,   N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549,  at  prescribed  rates.  In  addition,  the Company is
required to file  electronic  versions of these  documents  with the  Commission
through the  Commission's  Electronic  Data  Gathering,  Analysis and  Retrieval
(EDGAR)  system.  The  Commission  maintains  a World  Wide Web site at  http://
www.sec.go that contains  reports,  proxy and  information  statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.

     The  Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"), and in accordance
therewith  files  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  with the
Commission.  Such  reports,  proxy statements and other information filed by the
Company  with  the  Commission  may  be inspected at the offices listed above as
well as on the Commission's Web site.
                              ------------------
   
     Advanced  HealthTM,   Med-E-PracticeTM,   Smart  ScriptsTM,  Med-E-VisitTM,
Med-E-ReferralTM,   Practice  Management   IntegratorTM,   EOS  2000TM,  E-RxTM,
E-ReferralTM,  Med-E-NetTM,  Med-E-Net  CentralTM  and  Med-E-Net  OfficeTM  are
trademarks  of the  Company.  Trade  names  and  trademarks  of other  companies
appearing in this Prospectus are the property of their respective holders.
    
                              ------------------
   
CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS  THAT
STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT  THE  PRICE  OF  THE  COMMON  STOCK.
SPECIFICALLY,  THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING,
AND MAY BID FOR, AND PURCHASE,  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
    

IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS
MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE  MARKET  MAKING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE COMMON  STOCK ON THE
NASDAQ  NATIONAL  MARKET IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 103 UNDER  REGULATION  M. SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

                                        2

<PAGE>
                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary  is  qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information  and  Consolidated  Financial Statements and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated, all information in
this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment  option.
Unless  the context otherwise requires, all references in this Prospectus to the
Company  refer  collectively to Advanced Health Corporation, its predecessor and
its subsidiaries.


                                  THE COMPANY

     Advanced Health Corporation provides a full range of integrated  management
services and clinical  information systems to physician group practices,  single
legal  entities  comprised of multiple  physicians,  and to physician  networks,
aggregations  of  individual  physicians  and  physician  groups  formed for the
purpose of entering into  contracts  with  third-party  payors.  The  management
services  provided  by  the  Company  include  physician  practice  and  network
development,   marketing,   payor  contracting,   financial  and  administrative
management,  clinical  information  management,  human  resource  management and
practice and network governance.  The Company developed its clinical information
systems to provide  physicians,  at the point of care and on a real-time  basis,
with patient-specific clinical and payor information and the ability to generate
patient medical orders and facilitate the  implementation of disease  management
programs.   Through  the  management  of  multi-specialty  and  single-specialty
physician  group  practices and  networks,  the Company  focuses its  management
efforts on  high-cost,  high-volume  areas of medical  care,  including  disease
specialties such as cardiology,  oncology and orthopedics. The Company currently
manages   eight    multi-specialty    physician   group   practices   and   four
single-specialty  physician group practices comprised of more than 225 providers
in the greater New York and  Philadelphia  metropolitan  areas and 13  physician
networks  with   approximately   1,550  physicians  in  the  greater  New  York,
Philadelphia  and Atlanta  metropolitan  and  surrounding  areas,  and  provides
physician group consulting services to more than 50 physicians.

     In  response  to  the impact of the development of managed care programs on
the  delivery  of  health care services, physician practice management companies
have  emerged  in  recent  years  to  manage  the  financial  and administrative
requirements  of physician organizations. More importantly, the Company believes
there  exists  an  even  greater  need  among physicians for clinical management
services   and   information   systems.  The  Company  believes  that  assisting
physicians  in  managing  the clinical aspects of their practices represents the
greatest  opportunity to enhance the quality and reduce the cost of health care.

     The  Company  believes  that it is well positioned to attract, organize and
manage  physician  group  practices  and  networks  by  offering a full range of
integrated  management  services  and  clinical information systems. The Company
believes  that  its  clinical  information systems will allow physicians, at the
point  of care and on a real-time basis, (i) to access patient-specific clinical
and  payor information, (ii) to generate patient instructions, prescriptions and
orders  for  tests,  specialty  referrals  and specialty procedures and (iii) to
access  databases  containing  managed  care  and  disease management protocols,
diagnostic/treatment  preferences  and  guidelines  affecting medical orders. By
combining  its  group practice and network management services with its clinical
information  systems,  the  Company  believes  it  can  provide  physicians with
integrated  solutions  for  managing  the  increased financial opportunities and
risks  associated  with  managed  care  contracts  while  allowing physicians to
improve the quality of care.

   
     The Company's  strategy  includes (i)  establishing  long-term  contractual
alliances with physician  organizations,  (ii) managing  high-cost,  high-volume
areas  of  medical  care,  including  disease  specialties  such as  cardiology,
oncology and orthopedics,  (iii) providing  physicians with clinical information
at the point of care,  (iv) focusing on selected  geographic  markets that offer
concentrations of physicians  seeking the Company's  services and (v) developing
relationships  with key  industry  participants.  The Company  has entered  into
information  technology  agreements  with Merck Medco  Managed Care,  Inc.,  PCS
Health Systems, Inc., the managed care unit of Eli Lilly & Company,  Physicians'
Online, Inc.  ("Physicians'  Online") and Rush Presbyterian - St. Luke's Medical
Center.
    


                                       3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 THE OFFERING
<S>                                     <C>
Common Stock offered:
    By the Company  ............        2,000,000 shares
                                        
    By the Selling Stockholders           500,000 shares
                                        
Common Stock to be outstanding after
 the offering    ...............        9,455,647 shares(1)
                                        
Use  of proceeds .............          For working capital and general corporate pur-
                                        poses,  which  may  include acquisitions.  See "Use
                                        of Proceeds."
                                        
Nasdaq National Market symbol .......   ADVH
</TABLE>


                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                          JUNE 30,
                                                 ------------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                                   1994           1995           1996           1996          1997
                                                 -----------   -------------   ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ....................................    $    379      $  1,054        $ 19,136       $  7,617      $23,028
 Cost of revenues  ...........................          12           340           9,707          5,580       17,309
                                                  --------      --------        --------       --------      -------
 Gross profit   ..............................         367           714           9,429          2,037        5,719
 Operating expenses   ........................       2,901         6,412          11,886          3,840        4,185
                                                  --------      --------        --------       --------      -------
 Operating income (loss) .....................      (2,534)       (5,698)         (2,457)        (1,803)       1,534
 Other income (expense)  .....................         (15)           (9)             15            (53)         343
                                                  --------      --------        --------       --------      -------
 Net income (loss) before income taxes  ......      (2,549)       (5,707)         (2,442)        (1,856)       1,877
 Benefit (provision) for income taxes   ......           -             -             977              -          (66)
                                                  --------      --------        --------       --------      -------
 Net income (loss) ...........................    $ (2,549)     $ (5,707)       $ (1,465)      $ (1,856)     $ 1,811
                                                  ========      ========        ========       ========      =======
 Net income (loss) per share   ...............    $  (1.29)     $  (1.68)       $  (0.29)      $  (0.41)     $  0.22
                                                  ========      ========        ========       ========      =======
 Weighted average number of common shares
   and common share equivalents
   outstanding(2)  ...........................       1,978         3,389           5,130          4,489        8,190
</TABLE>
                                               JUNE 30, 1997
                                        ---------------------------
                                        ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                        ---------   ---------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents(4)  ......     $ 4,840       $45,546
 Investments in marketable securities       7,336         7,336
 Working capital   ..................      21,645        62,351
 Total assets   .....................      36,999        77,705
 Total debt  ........................          53            53
 Total stockholders' equity(5).......      33,965        74,671

   
- ----------
(1)  Excludes 2,397,187  shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding  stock
     options  at a  weighted  average  exercise  price of  $12.42  per share and
     481,489  shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of  outstanding  warrants to
     purchase  Common Stock at a weighted  average  exercise  price of $8.50 per
     share.  Also excludes  313,203 shares and 113,995 shares  issuable upon the
     exercise of options and warrants,  respectively,  which,  in each case, are
     contingent upon the Company achieving certain capitalization levels related
     to  regulatory   requirements  or  upon  the  Company   achieving   certain
     performance  targets.  Also excludes 548,224 shares issuable in the Roll Up
     Transaction (as defined herein). See "Business - Contractual  Relationships
     with Affiliated Physicians,"  "Management - Stock Plans" and Notes 3, 9 and
     10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Adjusted  to give  effect to the sale of  2,000,000  shares of Common  Stock
    offered by the Company  hereby,  assuming a public offering price of $22.125
    per share,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and
    estimated offering expenses.

(4) Cash  and  cash  equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with
    original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

(5) Excludes  254,047  shares issued upon the exercise of options since June 30,
    1997
    

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS

     An  investment in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree  of  risk.  The  following  factors  should  be  carefully  considered in
evaluating  the  Company and its business before purchasing the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby. The discussion in this Prospectus contains forward-looking
statements  that  involve  risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results
could  differ  materially  from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause
or  contribute  to  such  differences  include,  but  are  not limited to, those
discussed  in this section and in the sections entitled "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business,"
as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.


LIMITED   OPERATING   HISTORY;   HISTORY   OF   LOSSES;  UNCERTAINTY  OF  FUTURE
PROFITABILITY; DIRECT CAPITATION

     The Company was  incorporated  in August 1993,  began  providing  physician
practice  and network  management  services  in December  1995 and has made only
limited  commercial  sales  of  its  clinical   information   systems  to  date.
Accordingly,  the Company  has only a limited  operating  history  upon which an
evaluation of the Company and its  prospects can be based.  As of June 30, 1997,
the  Company had an  accumulated  deficit of  approximately  $8.4  million.  The
Company  achieved  profitability  for the first time in the fourth quarter ended
December 31,  1996,  although  there can be no  assurance  that the Company will
continue  to be  profitable  in the  future.  The  Company's  prospects  must be
considered  in  light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties   frequently
encountered  by  companies in their early  stages of  development,  particularly
companies in rapidly evolving markets. To address these risks, the Company must,
among  other  things,  expand  sales  of  its  physician  practice  and  network
management services, continue to commercialize its clinical information systems,
respond to competitive developments and continue to attract and retain qualified
personnel.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to generate  sufficient  revenue to  maintain  profitability  on a quarterly  or
annual basis or to sustain or increase its revenue growth in future periods.  In
addition,  the Company has recently  begun to enter into,  and in the future the
Company  anticipates  entering  into  additional,   managed  care  or  capitated
arrangements  pursuant to which the Company would be subject to significant risk
if its revenues were  insufficient to cover  increased  variable costs resulting
from  requirements of greater than expected levels of medical care. See "- Risks
Associated  with Direct  Capitation,"  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business."


DEPENDENCE   ON  MANAGEMENT  CONTRACTS  WITH  AFFILIATED  PHYSICIAN  GROUPS  AND
NETWORKS

     The Company's physician practice and network management revenue to date has
been derived from a limited number of management  agreements between the Company
and certain physician groups and networks.  Such management agreements generally
have an initial  term of five to 30 years and are  automatically  renewable  for
additional  terms. See "- Concentration of Revenues" and "Business - Contractual
Relationships  with  Affiliated  Physicians."  The termination of one or more of
such management agreements would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
revenues  and  results  of   operations.   The   Company's   future  growth  and
profitability  is  substantially  dependent upon obtaining new contracts for the
provision of services to physician groups and physician networks on satisfactory
terms and conditions. The Company must accurately assess the costs it will incur
in providing  services in order to negotiate  contracts on terms under which the
Company can expect to realize  adequate  profit  margins or  otherwise  meet its
objectives.  In addition, the Company must perform services in sufficient volume
to generate revenues to support its infrastructure. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations - Overview."  The
future  growth  and  profitability  of the  Company  is  also  dependent  on the
Company's  ability to  effectively  integrate  the  practices of its  affiliated
physicians,  to manage and control costs and to realize  economies of scale. The
integration of new physician practice and network management contracts,  as well
as the  maintenance  of existing  contracts,  is made more  difficult by reduced
reimbursement  rates of health care payors at a time when the cost of  providing
medical  services  continues  to increase.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will obtain new physician practice and network  management  contracts on
satisfactory  terms,  or at all.  Any  failure  of the  Company  to  obtain  new
contracts  and price its services  appropriately  would have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business,  financial condition and results of operations
and the price of the Common  Stock.  See  "Business  -  Physician  Practice  and
Network Services."


                                       5
<PAGE>

UNCERTAINTY OF SUCCESSFUL COMMERCIALIZATION OF CLINICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS

   
     Since  its  inception in August 1993, the Company has focused on developing
its   clinical   information   systems.   However,  to  date,  the  Company  has
commercially  installed  its  clinical  information  systems  only  on a limited
basis.  The Company's future growth and profitability is substantially dependent
upon  the success of its clinical information systems. The Company believes that
market  acceptance  of  such  systems  will  depend upon the continued growth of
managed   care   in  the  Company's  markets,  the  continued  increase  in  the
administrative  and  clinical  complexity  of  ambulatory medicine, the clinical
efficacy  of  the  disease  management  programs  developed  by  its  affiliated
physicians  and  third  parties,  the  continued  downward  trend in the cost of
computer  hardware, particularly handheld computing devices and wireless network
infrastructures,  and  the continued consolidation of physician group practices.
No  assurance  can be given that the Company's clinical information systems will
be  accepted  or  competitive  or  that the Company will be successful in taking
systems   from  their  current  state  of  limited  commercial  introduction  to
commercial  acceptance.  If  the  Company's  clinical information systems do not
achieve  market  acceptance  or  if  the  Company  does not develop and maintain
sales,  marketing  and  service  expertise,  the  Company's growth, revenues and
results  of  operations  will  be materially adversely affected. See "Business -
Clinical Information Systems" and " - Legal Proceedings."
    


CONCENTRATION OF REVENUES

     In  the  year  ended  December  31,  1996,  Madison  Medical  - The Private
Practice  Group  of New York, L.L.P. ("Madison") accounted for approximately 46%
of  the  Company's  revenues. In the six months ended June 30, 1997, Madison and
the  Advanced  Heart Physicians & Surgeons Network, P.C. ("AHP&S") accounted for
approximately  19%  and  16% of revenues, respectively. The Company's management
services  agreements  generally have an initial term of five to 30 years and may
typically  be  terminated only for cause. The management services agreement with
Madison,  however,  gives Madison the right to terminate without cause after May
1,  2007.  The  management services agreement with AHP&S restricts the Company's
ability  to  provide  management services to certain cardiology physician groups
in  the  New  York  metropolitan  area.  Although  the  Company  seeks  to build
long-term   customer   relationships,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  such
relationships  will  continue.  Any  termination or significant deterioration of
the  Company's  relationships with its principal customers could have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.  In  addition,  a deterioration in the financial condition of any of
its   principal  customers  would  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company's
financial  condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH

     The   Company   recently  has  experienced,  and  expects  to  continue  to
experience,  substantial  growth  and has significantly expanded, and expects to
continue  to  expand,  its operations. This growth and expansion has placed, and
will  continue  to  place,  significant  demands  on  the  Company's management,
technical,  financial  and  other  resources.  To manage growth effectively, the
Company  must  maintain  a high level of operational quality and efficiency, and
must  continue  to enhance its operational, financial and management systems and
to  expand,  train  and  manage its employee base. To date, the Company has only
limited  experience  in  providing  physician  practice  and  network management
services  and  clinical information systems. To execute its growth strategy, the
Company  plans  to  significantly increase the number of physician practices and
networks  under  management,  expand  its  clinical information systems customer
base,  develop  disease  management  services and expand its sales and marketing
organization.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to manage
growth  effectively,  and  any  failure  to  do so could have a material adverse
effect  on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations
and the price of the Common Stock.


GROWTH THROUGH ACQUISITIONS

     The  Company  may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to further
expand  its  business  through acquisitions. Although the Company has no current
agreements  or  understandings,  and is not engaged in active negotiations, with
respect to any material acquisitions, the Company evaluates acqui-


                                       6
<PAGE>
sition  opportunities  on  an  ongoing basis. There can be no assurance that the
Company   will   successfully   identify,   complete   or  integrate  additional
acquisitions  or  that  any  acquisitions  will  perform  as  expected  or  will
contribute  significant  revenues  or  profits  to the Company. In addition, the
Company   may   pursue   and   consummate  acquisitions  that  are  dilutive  to
stockholders  if it believes that such acquisitions are in the best interests of
the  Company.  Additionally,  in  the  future,  the  Company  may face increased
competition  for  acquisition  opportunities,  which  may  inhibit the Company's
ability to consummate acquisitions on terms favorable to the Company.

     Any  acquired  companies may provide services that complement or expand the
services  offered  by  the Company. Such acquired companies may include clinical
information   systems   developers,  physician  practice  management  companies,
physician  group  practices  or  other  businesses  in  the health care services
industry.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  anticipated benefits of any
acquisitions  will be achieved. Moreover, the Company has had limited experience
in  making  acquisitions.  Thus,  the  Company  has  not  yet  demonstrated  the
long-term  ability  to manage successfully an acquired business. There can be no
assurance  that  the Company will be able to manage successfully any new service
areas  of  the Company, the employees of such service areas or the customer base
supported by such service areas.

     The  ability  of  the Company to manage growth through acquisitions depends
on  its  ability  to  maintain  the high quality of services that it provides to
customers;  to  successfully  integrate the different services that it provides;
to  recruit,  motivate  and  retain  qualified  personnel; and to train existing
sales  representatives  or  recruit  new  sales  representatives  to  cross-sell
different  services.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
manage its expanding operations effectively.


COST CONTAINMENT AND REIMBURSEMENT TRENDS

     The health care industry is experiencing a trend toward cost containment as
government and private third-party payors seek to impose lower reimbursement and
utilization   rates  and  negotiate   reduced  payment  schedules  with  service
providers. The federal government has implemented, through the Medicare program,
a  resource-based   relative  value  scale  ("RBRVS")  payment  methodology  for
physician  services.  This methodology went into effect in 1992 and continued to
be implemented in annual  increments  through  December 31, 1996. RBRVS is a fee
schedule  that,  except for certain  geographical  and other  adjustments,  pays
similarly situated  physicians the same amount for the same services.  The RBRVS
is  adjusted  each  year,  and is  subject  to  increases  or  decreases  at the
discretion of Congress. To date, the implementation of RBRVS has reduced payment
rates for  certain of the  procedures  historically  provided  by the  physician
groups  and  networks  managed  by  the  Company.   Management   estimates  that
approximately 35% of the revenues of physician groups managed by the Company are
derived from government sponsored health care programs  (principally,  Medicare,
Medicaid and state reimbursement programs). RBRVS-type payment systems have also
been adopted by certain private  third-party payors and may become a predominant
payment  methodology.  More  wide-spread  implementation  of such programs would
reduce  payments  by private  third-party  payors.  Rates  paid by many  private
third-party  payors are based on established  physician and hospital charges and
are generally higher than Medicare payment rates. A change in the patient mix of
the practices  under Company  management  that results in a decrease in patients
covered by private  insurance  could adversely  affect the Company's  results of
operations if the Company is unable to assist  physicians in containing the cost
of the provision of medical services.  To the extent that affiliated  physicians
receive lower revenue for medical  services,  there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to derive  sufficient  revenues from its relationship  with
any such affiliated physicians to achieve or maintain profitability. The Company
believes  that cost  containment  trends will  continue to result in a reduction
from historical  levels in per-patient  revenue for medical  practices.  Further
reductions  in payments to  physicians  or other  changes in  reimbursement  for
health care services could have an adverse  effect on the Company's  operations,
unless the Company is otherwise  able to offset such payment  reductions.  There
can  be no  assurance  that  the  effect  of any or  all  of  these  changes  in
third-party   reimbursement   could  be  offset  by  the  Company  through  cost
reductions,  increased  volume,  introduction  of new  services  and  systems or
otherwise.  See "-  Uncertainty  Related to Health Care Reform" and  "Business -
Government Regulation."


                                       7
<PAGE>

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPITATED FEE ARRANGEMENTS

     As an  increasing  percentage  of patients  are coming under the control of
managed care entities,  the Company  believes that its success will, in part, be
dependent  upon the  Company's  ability to  negotiate  and manage,  on behalf of
physician  practice  groups and  networks,  agreements  with health  maintenance
organizations  ("HMOs"),  employer groups and other private  third-party  payors
pursuant to which  professional  services will be provided on a risk-sharing  or
capitated  basis by some or all of the physicians  affiliated  with the Company.
Under some of such  agreements,  the health  care  provider  and/or the  Company
accepts a pre-determined  amount per patient per month in exchange for providing
all necessary  covered services to the patients  covered by the agreement.  Such
agreements  pass the  economic  risk of  providing  care  from the  payor to the
provider  and/or the Company.  In the Company's  target  markets,  capitated fee
arrangements  are  relatively  new and the  Company has  limited  experience  in
negotiating or managing  capitated fee  agreements.  The  proliferation  of such
agreements   in  markets   served  by  the  Company   could  result  in  greater
predictability of revenues,  but not necessarily of profits, for the Company and
physicians  affiliated  with the  Company.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will be able to negotiate satisfactory arrangements on a risk-sharing or
capitated  basis.  Under such an  arrangement,  the Company would  contract with
physician  practices  for the  provision  of all or a portion of the health care
requirements  of network  enrollees.  To the extent that enrollees  require more
care than is anticipated by the Company upon entering into such a contract,  the
Company's  revenues under such contracts may be insufficient to cover its costs,
in which event the Company  would  suffer a loss.  The Company  expects to enter
into  floating  rate  reimbursement  arrangements  with network  physicians  and
reinsurance  agreements with  third-party  insurers in respect of such risk. See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and "Business - Contractual Relationships with Affiliated Physicians
- - Capitated and Other Fixed-Fee Arrangements."



RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH DIRECT CAPITATION

     The Company has recently begun to enter into, and in the future the Company
anticipates  entering into additional,  managed care or capitated  arrangements,
either indirectly, through the assignment of managed care contracts entered into
between its affiliated  physicians and  third-party  payors,  or directly to the
Company  or, in New York,  through the  formation  of an  independent  physician
association  ("IPA").  The Company enters into such contracts only with licensed
insurance  companies  and HMOs,  and only if allowed by state law. To the extent
such contracts are prohibited by the law of any  particular  state,  the Company
would not enter into such  contracts  in that  state.  On August 10,  1995,  the
National  Association  of Insurance  Commissioners  (the "NAIC") issued a report
opining  that such  risk-transferring  arrangements  may entail the  business of
insurance,  to which state  licensure laws apply,  but that licensure laws would
not apply where the unlicensed entity contracts to assume "downstream risk" from
a duly licensed health insurer or HMO for health care provided to that carrier's
enrollees.  In addition,  in December  1996,  the NAIC issued a report  entitled
"Regulation  of Health Risk  Bearing  Entities,"  which sets forth  issues to be
considered by state insurance  regulators when considering new regulations,  and
encourages  states to adopt a uniform body of  regulation.  Certain  states have
enacted statutes or adopted regulations  affecting risk assumption in the health
care  industry.  In some  states,  including  those in which  the  Company  does
business,  these  statutes and  regulations  subject any  physician or physician
network  engaged in risk-based  contracting,  even if through HMOs and insurance
companies,  to regulations  providing for minimum capital requirements and other
safety and  soundness  requirements.  Although  the NAIC's  conclusions  are not
binding on the states,  the Company  believes that additional  regulation at the
state level will be forthcoming in response to the NAIC  initiatives.  There can
be no  assurance  that any such  additional  state  regulation  would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business.

     To  the  extent that the Company accepts capitation and is not regulated as
an  insurer,  regulatory  provisions that might mitigate losses by insurers will
not  apply  to  reduce  the  Company's risk. In addition, the Company has little
experience   in  managing  capitated-risk  arrangements.  With  respect  to  the
assignment  of  capitated revenues to the Company, the Company will be dependent
on  the  physician  group  practices and networks entering into such agreements,
the  terms  and  conditions  of  which are




                                       8
<PAGE>
determined by the  physicians in their sole  discretion,  and providing  medical
services  thereunder.  In addition,  the Company is dependent upon the continued
alliance of the physicians  with the group  practice and network  clients of the
Company.  Revenues under managed care or capitated  arrangements entered into by
the Company  directly will generally be a fixed amount per enrollee.  Under such
an arrangement,  the Company would contract with  affiliated  physicians for the
provision of health care services and the Company would be  responsible  for the
provision of all or a portion of the health care requirements of such enrollees.
To the extent that such  enrollees  require more care than is anticipated by the
Company upon entering into such a contract,  the Company's  revenues  under such
contracts  may be  insufficient  to cover its costs,  in which event the Company
would suffer a loss.  Although the Company  expects to enter into  floating rate
reimbursement  arrangements with network  physicians and reinsurance  agreements
with  third-party  insurers in respect of such risk, no assurances  can be given
that the Company will be fully protected against such risk by such floating rate
reimbursement  arrangements  or  will  be able to  obtain  such  reinsurance  on
favorable  terms,  if at all.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will
enter into additional managed care or capitated  arrangements or, if it does so,
that  it  will  realize  a  profit  from  such  additional   arrangements.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" and "Business - Contractual Relationships with Affiliated Physicians
- - Capitated and Other Fixed-Fee Arrangements."


HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY

     The   physician   practice   and  network  management  industry  is  highly
competitive.  The industry is also subject to continuing changes in how services
and  products  are  provided and how providers are selected and paid. As prepaid
medical   care   continues   to   grow,  the  Company  may  encounter  increased
competition.  Certain  companies  are  expanding their presence in the physician
management  market  through the use of several approaches. A number of companies
provide   broad   management  services  to  primary  care,  multi-specialty  and
single-specialty   physician   groups,  while  other  companies  provide  claims
processing,  utilization  review  and other more focused management services. In
addition,  certain  of the Company's competitors are dedicated to the management
of  single-specialty  practices focused on diseases such as cardiology, oncology
and  orthopedics. Certain of the Company's competitors are significantly larger,
have  access  to  greater  resources,  provide  a  wider variety of services and
products,  have  greater experience in providing health care management services
and  products  and/or  have  longer established relationships with customers for
these  services and products. The Company believes that competition for services
is  based  on  cost  and quality of services. There can be no assurance that the
Company's  strategy  will  allow  it  to  compete  favorably in contracting with
payors  or expanding or maintaining its physician group practices or networks in
existing   or   new  markets.  In  addition,  many  health  care  providers  are
consolidating  to  create  larger  health care delivery enterprises with greater
regional  market  power.  Such  consolidation could erode the Company's customer
base  and  reduce  the  size  of  the  Company's target market. In addition, the
resulting  enterprises  could have greater bargaining power, which could lead to
price  erosion  affecting  the  Company's services. The reduction in the size of
the  Company's  target market or the failure of the Company to maintain adequate
price  levels  could  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial  condition  and  results  of operations and on the price of the Common
Stock.

     The  market  for  health care information systems is highly competitive and
rapidly  changing.  The  Company believes that the principal competitive factors
for  clinical  information  systems  are  the usefulness of the data and reports
generated  by the software, customer service and support, compatibility with the
customer's  existing  information  systems,  potential  for product enhancement,
vendor  reputation,  price and the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts.
Many  of  the  Company's  competitors  and  potential  competitors  have greater
financial,  product  development,  technical  and  marketing  resources than the
Company,  and  currently  have, or may develop or acquire, substantial installed
customer  bases  in  the  health  care  industry. In addition, as the market for
clinical  information  systems  develops,  additional  competitors may enter the
market  and  competition  may  intensify. While the Company believes that it has
successfully  differentiated  itself  from competitors, for example, by offering
clinical   information  systems  that  provide  patient-specific,  point-of-care
information,  there  can  be  no assurance that, in 

                                       9
<PAGE>
the future, competition will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business,  financial condition and results of operations and on the price of the
Common Stock. See "Business - Competition."


GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     As  a participant in the health care industry, the Company's operations and
relationships  are subject to extensive and increasing regulation under numerous
laws  administered  by  governmental  entities  at  the federal, state and local
levels.

     Fraud  and  Abuse  Statutes.  Federal anti-kickback provisions prohibit the
solicitation,  payment,  receipt or offer of any direct or indirect remuneration
for  the  referral  of  federal health care program patients (including Medicare
and  Medicaid patients) or for the order or provision of covered services, items
or   equipment.   Other  fraud  and  abuse  laws  also  impose  restrictions  on
physicians'  referrals  for  designated  health  services to entities with which
they  have  financial  relationships  (known  as the "Stark" laws). In addition,
federal  law  imposes  significant  penalties  for  false  or improper billings.
Violations  of  any  of  these  laws may result in substantial civil or criminal
penalties  for individuals or entities, including large civil monetary penalties
and  exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Several
states,  including  states  in  which the Company operates, have adopted similar
laws  that  cover patients in private and workers' compensation programs as well
as  government  programs.  Violations  of any of the fraud and abuse laws by the
Company  or any physician groups or networks managed by the Company could have a
material  adverse  effect  on the Company's business and financial condition and
on the price of the Common Stock.

     Corporate  Practice of Medicine and Fee Splitting.  The laws of many states
prohibit   non-physician   entities  from  practicing   medicine  and  employing
physicians  to  practice  medicine.  The  Company,  through  its  majority-owned
management   service   organizations   ("MSOs"),   provides   only   non-medical
administrative   services   and  clinical   information   systems  to  physician
organizations,  does not  represent  to the public or its clients that it offers
medical  services and does not exercise control over the practice of medicine by
the physician  organizations  with which it contracts.  These limitations on MSO
activities  are  incorporated  into  each  management  service  agreement  - the
contract  governing  the  relationship  between an MSO and the  physician  group
practice or network it serves.  Physician  group  practices or  networks,  which
deliver  medical  care,  are  independent  entities  from  MSOs,  which  perform
administrative functions and are controlled by the Company. The Company believes
its  operations  are  in  material   compliance  with  applicable  laws  in  all
jurisdictions  in which it operates.  Nevertheless,  because of the structure of
its relationship with its affiliated physician groups and networks, many aspects
of the Company's  business  operations have not been the subject of formal state
or federal regulatory interpretation and there can be no assurance that a review
of  the  Company's  or  its  affiliated  physicians'  businesses  by  courts  or
regulatory  authorities would not result in a determination that could adversely
affect the operations of the Company or its affiliated  physicians (for example,
by rendering  the  Company's  management  services  agreements  with a physician
organization  unenforceable) or that the health care regulatory environment will
not  change  so as to  restrict  the  Company's  or its  affiliated  physicians'
existing  operations or expansion.  In addition,  recently released  regulations
dealing  with the use of physician  incentives  may restrict the extent to which
payors or the  Company  may  impose  financial  risk upon  physicians  (or other
providers). Violation of such regulations could result in substantial penalties.
Such  regulations  may reduce the Company's  ability to control its expenses.  A
recent letter by the general counsel of the New York State  Department of Health
has  called  into  question  commonplace  practices  with  regard to  management
services  fees  charged  to  physician  practices  by  corporations  such as the
Company.  Specifically,  this letter took the  position  that per visit fees and
billing  fees  based  on  a  percentage  of  collections   violated  New  York's
prohibition on fee-splitting by licensed professionals. The Company has included
such  percentage  of  collection  fees in  substantially  all of the  management
services  agreements with physicians in New York. No assurance can be given that
such agreements will be enforceable. See "Business - Government Regulation."

     Confidentiality  of Patient Records. The confidentiality of patient records
and  the  circumstances  under which such records may be released are subject to
substantial  regulation  by state and federal laws and regulations, which govern
both  the disclosure and use of confidential patient medical record infor-




                                       10
<PAGE>
mation.  The Company  believes  that it complies  with the laws and  regulations
regarding the collection and  distribution of patient data in all  jurisdictions
in which it operates,  but regulations governing patient  confidentiality rights
are  evolving  rapidly  and are  often  unclear  and  difficult  to apply in the
restructuring  health  care  market.   Additional   legislation   governing  the
dissemination  of medical record  information  is continually  being proposed at
both the state and federal level. For example, the Health Insurance  Portability
and  Accountability  Act of 1996  requires  the  Secretary  of Health  and Human
Services to recommend  legislation or promulgate  regulations  governing privacy
standards for individually  identified health  information and creates a federal
criminal  offense  for  knowing  disclosure  and  misuse  of  such  information.
Additional proposed  legislation could require patient consent before even coded
or  anonymous  patient  information  may be shared  with third  parties and that
holders or users of such information  implement security measures.  In addition,
the American Medical Association (the "AMA") has issued a Current Opinion to the
effect that a physician who does not obtain a patient's consent to disclosure of
patient information for commercial  purposes,  including  anonymous  disclosure,
violates the AMA's ethical  standards  with respect to patient  confidentiality.
While the AMA's Current  Opinions are not law,  they may  influence  physicians'
willingness to obtain patient  consents or agree to permit the Company to access
clinical  data in their systems  without such  consents.  Any such  restrictions
could  have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  ability to market its
services and systems.  Although the Company intends to safeguard patient privacy
when clinical data is accessed and transmitted over private and public networks,
including the Internet, and to enter patient medical information into or receive
such  information  from its database only with the consent of the patient,  if a
patient's privacy is violated,  the Company could be liable for damages incurred
by such  patients.  There can be no  assurance  that changes to state or federal
laws will not  materially  restrict  the  ability  of the  Company  to obtain or
disseminate patient information. See "Business - Government Regulation."



FDA REGULATION

     Products,   including  software  applications,  intended  for  use  in  the
diagnosis  of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, treatment, mitigation
or  prevention  of  disease, are subject to regulation by the United States Food
and  Drug  Administration  (the "FDA") as medical devices. The laws administered
by  the  FDA  impose  substantial  regulatory  controls  over the manufacturing,
labeling,  testing,  distribution,  sale,  marketing  and  promotion  of medical
devices  and  other  related  activities.  These regulatory controls can include
compliance   with   the   following   requirements:  manufacturer  establishment
registration  and  device  listing;  current  good  manufacturing practices; FDA
clearance  of a premarket notification submission or FDA approval of a premarket
approval  application;  medical  device  adverse  event  reporting;  and general
prohibitions  on misbranding and adulteration. Violations of the laws concerning
medical  devices  can  result  in, among other things, severe criminal and civil
penalties,  product  seizure,  recall,  repair  or  refund orders, withdrawal or
denial  of premarket notifications or premarket approval applications, denial or
suspension  of  government  contracts  and  injunctions against unlawful product
manufacture, labeling, promotion and distribution or other activities.

     In its 1989 Draft Policy for the Regulation of Computer Products (the "1989
Draft  Policy  Statement"),  the FDA stated that it  intended to exempt  certain
clinical  decision  support  software  products  from  a  number  of  regulatory
controls,  and that until  those  regulations  were  issued it would not require
manufacturers  of such  products  to comply  with  requirements  other  than the
prohibitions  on misbranding  and  adulteration.  The Company  believes that its
clinical  information systems are not medical devices and, thus, are not subject
to the controls imposed on manufacturers of such products and do not fall within
the scope of the 1989 Draft Policy Statement.  The Company further believes that
to the extent  that its  systems  were  determined  to be medical  devices,  the
systems would fall within the exemptions for decision  support systems  provided
by the 1989 Draft  Policy  Statement.  The  Company has not sought or obtained a
formal  opinion of counsel with respect to the issues of whether its systems are
medical devices or whether any FDA policy exempting certain clinical information
systems from any FDA regulatory  controls  applies to the Company's  systems and
the Company has not taken  action to comply with the  regulatory  controls  that
would  otherwise  apply if its systems were  determined to be medical devices to
which no exemptions  under the 1989 Draft Policy Statement  applied.  The FDA is
currently in the process of developing a new policy concerning FDA regulation of
computer products that would



                                       11
<PAGE>
replace the 1989 Draft Policy Statement. The FDA's new policy may eliminate some
or all of the  exemptions  provided  under the 1989 Draft  Policy.  Accordingly,
there  can be no  assurance  that the FDA will not now or in the  future  make a
determination that the Company's current or future clinical  information systems
are medical  devices subject to FDA regulations or that no exemptions from those
regulations apply to the Company's clinical  information  systems.  Furthermore,
there can be no assurance  that the Company  would be able to comply in a timely
manner, if at all, with FDA regulations if the agency made such  determinations.
Thus, such determinations by the FDA could significantly  delay, or prevent, the
Company  from  developing,  testing,  manufacturing,  distributing,  selling  or
promoting  its  current  or future  clinical  information  systems in the United
States and could  otherwise  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business,  financial condition and results of operations and on the price of the
Common Stock. See "Business - Government Regulation."


UNCERTAINTY RELATED TO HEALTH CARE REFORM

     The  Company anticipates that Congress and state legislatures will continue
to  review  and  assess  alternative  health  care delivery and payment systems.
Potential  approaches  that  have  been considered include mandated basic health
care  benefits,  controls  on  health  care  spending through limitations on the
growth  of private health insurance premiums and Medicare and Medicaid spending,
the  creation of large insurance purchasing groups and other fundamental changes
to  the  health  care  delivery system. Proposals have also been discussed which
would  provide  incentives  for  the provision of cost-effective, quality health
care  through  formation  of regional delivery systems. Private sector providers
and  payors  have  embraced  certain  elements of reform, resulting in increased
consolidation  of  medical  groups  and  competition  among  managers of medical
practice  groups  as  these providers and payors seek to form alliances in order
to  provide  quality,  cost-effective  care.  Due to uncertainties regarding the
ultimate  features of reform initiatives and their enactment and implementation,
the  Company  cannot  predict  which,  if  any, of such reform proposals will be
adopted,  when  they may be adopted or what impact they may have on the Company,
and  there  can  be  no assurance that the adoption of reform proposals will not
have  a  material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or
financial  condition.  In addition, the announcement of reform proposals and the
investment  community's  reaction to such proposals, as well as announcements by
competitors  and  third-party  payors  of  their  strategies  to respond to such
initiatives,  could  produce  volatility  in the trading and market price of the
Common Stock. See "Business - Government Regulation."

TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE

     The  health care information industry is relatively new and is experiencing
rapid  technological  change,  changing  customer  needs,  frequent  new product
introductions  and evolving industry standards. In addition, as the computer and
software  industries  continue  to  experience  rapid  technological change, the
Company  must be able to quickly and successfully adapt its clinical information
systems  so that they continue to integrate well with the computer platforms and
other  software  employed  by  its customers. There can be no assurance that the
Company  will  not  experience difficulties, including lack of necessary capital
or  expertise,  that  could  delay  or  prevent  the  successful development and
introduction  of system enhancements or new systems in response to technological
changes.  The  Company's  inability  to  respond  to  technological changes in a
timely  and  cost-effective  manner  could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's  business,  financial  condition  and results of operations and on the
price of the Common Stock. See "Business - Clinical Information Systems."


DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY ASSETS

     The  Company  has  made significant investments in its clinical information
systems  and relies on a combination of patent, trade secret and copyright laws,
nondisclosure  and  other  contractual  provisions and technological measures to
protect  its  proprietary  rights. The Company has two U.S. patent applications,
one  of  which  has been allowed and is expected to issue by the end of 1997. In
addition,  foreign  patent  applications  having subject matter common with both
U.S.  applications  have  been  filed. There can be no assurance that any patent
will  be issued or, if issued, that such patent or any other protections


                                       12
<PAGE>
will be  adequate  or that the  Company's  competitors  will  not  independently
develop  technologies that are substantially  equivalent or superior to those of
the Company.  In addition,  there can be no assurance that the legal protections
and precautions taken by the Company will be adequate to prevent infringement or
misappropriation of the Company's proprietary assets.

     Although  the Company believes that its clinical information systems do not
infringe  upon  the  proprietary  rights  of  third  parties,  there  can  be no
assurance  that  third  parties  will not assert infringement claims against the
Company  in  the future or that a license or similar agreement will be available
on  reasonable  terms  in the event of an unfavorable outcome on any such claim.
In  addition,  any  such  claim  may  require  the  Company to incur substantial
litigation  expenses or subject the Company to significant liabilities and could
have  a  material  adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations and the price of the Common Stock.

     The Company is aware of actual and  potential  oppositions  with respect to
certain of the Company's pending trademark registration  applications containing
the suffix  "e-systems".  Although the Company  believes that it will be able to
obtain the registrations  applied for, no assurance can be given that it will be
able to do so. In the event of any successful  opposition,  the Company might be
required to change the  trademark  used for certain of its clinical  information
systems.  The Company  does not believe that such a result would have a material
adverse effect on its business. See "Business - Proprietary Rights."


MANAGEMENT  SERVICES  ORGANIZATIONS  NOT  WHOLLY-OWNED;  PHYSICIAN  PUT  RIGHTS;
DILUTION

     The  Company typically establishes an MSO for each physician practice group
or  network  to  which  it provides services, which MSO is majority-owned by the
Company.  The  physician  group  or  network  served  typically  has  a minority
interest  in  the  MSO.  The  MSO's  assets  consist primarily of its management
service   contracts   with  the  physician  group  or  network  served  and  its
liabilities  consist  primarily of its obligations under its agreements with the
Company  and  its  obligations  to  its  employees.  Although  the  Company  has
sufficient  interests in the MSOs to exercise control over them, the Company may
owe  a fiduciary duty to the holders of various minority interests in such MSOs.
Accordingly,  the Company, in exercising control over such MSOs, may be required
to  deal  with  them  on  terms  no  less  favorable  to such MSOs than could be
obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

     Under  certain specified circumstances, the Company has the option to cause
certain  MSOs  to  be  merged  with  and  into  a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company  in  a  transaction  in  which the interests of the physician groups and
networks  in  such  MSOs would be exchanged for Common Stock of the Company (the
"Roll  Up Transaction"). The Company has reserved 548,224 shares of Common Stock
for  issuance  upon consummation of the Roll Up Transaction, all of which shares
are  required  to  be  issued  if  the  Company effects the Roll Up Transaction.
Accordingly,  the  Roll  Up  Transaction,  if  effected,  would  be  dilutive to
investors.  In addition, certain of the physician groups and networks managed by
the  Company  have rights to require the Company to purchase all or part of such
physicians'  interest  in  their  respective  MSOs in the event that the Company
does  not  consummate  the  Roll  Up  Transaction  within  one  year  after  the
satisfaction  of  specified  conditions.  There  can  be  no  assurance that the
Company  will  have  the  financial  resources  to  purchase  such  interests in
accordance  with  its  obligations at the time any such rights are exercised, or
that  the  Company  would  be  able to obtain financing on satisfactory terms or
conditions,  if  at  all,  to  purchase  such  interests. To the extent that any
future  financing  requirements  with  respect  to such put rights are satisfied
through  the  issuance  of equity securities, investors may experience dilution.
See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"   and   "Business   -   Contractual  Relationships  with  Affiliated
Physicians."


DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

   
     The Company's ability to market and deliver its services and systems and to
achieve and maintain a competitive  position is dependent in large part upon the
efforts of its senior  management,  particularly  Jonathan  Edelson,  M.D.,  the
Company's  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer,  Steven Hochberg,
the Company's Vice Chairman, and Alan B. Masarek, the Company's President, Chief
Operating  Officer and Acting Chief Financial  Officer.  Although the Company is
the beneficiary of $1,000,000 "key man" life insurance  policies on the lives of
each of Dr. Edelson,  Mr. Hochberg and Mr.
    


                                       13
<PAGE>
Masarek,  the  Company  does  not  believe  such  amount  would be  adequate  to
compensate  for the loss of the  services of any such  executive.  In  addition,
although the Company has entered  into  employment  agreements  with most of its
senior  executives,  including Dr. Edelson,  Mr. Hochberg and Mr. Masarek,  such
agreements  will not  assure the  services  of such  employees.  The loss of the
services of one or more members of its senior  management  could have a material
adverse  effect on the Company.  The Company's  future  success also will depend
upon its  ability to attract  and retain  qualified  management,  technical  and
marketing employees to support its future growth. Competition for such personnel
is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
attracting or retaining such  personnel.  The failure to attract and retain such
persons could materially adversely affect the Company. See "Management."


RISK OF LIABILITY CLAIMS

     Customer  reliance on the  Company's  services and systems  could result in
exposure  of the  Company to  liability  claims if the  Company's  services  and
systems fail to perform as intended or if patient care  decisions  based in part
on  guidance  from the  Company's  services  and systems  are  challenged.  Even
unsuccessful  claims could  result in the  expenditure  of funds in  litigation,
diversion of management time and resources or damage to the Company's reputation
and the  marketability  of the  Company's  services and  systems.  While no such
claims  have been made  against the Company to date,  and  although  the Company
takes contractual steps to obtain  indemnification  for certain  liabilities and
maintains general commercial liability insurance, there can be no assurance that
a successful  claim could not be made  against the  Company,  that the amount of
indemnification  payments or  insurance  would be adequate to cover the costs of
defending  against or paying such a claim or that the costs of defending against
such a claim or the payment of damages by the Company  would not have a material
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations and on the price of the Common Stock.


Volatility of Stock Price

     From  time to time after this offering, there may be significant volatility
in  the  market  price for the Common Stock. Results of the Company's operations
may  fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and will depend on numerous
factors,  primarily  the timing of the addition of new physician practice groups
and  networks  under management and the sale of clinical information systems and
associated  services.  Such  fluctuations  in quarterly operating results of the
Company,  changes in general conditions in the economy, the financial markets or
the  health  care  industry  or  other developments affecting the Company or its
competitors  could  cause  the  market  price  of  the Common Stock to fluctuate
substantially.  In  addition,  in  recent years the stock market has experienced
extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant
effect  on  the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons
unrelated  to  their operating performance. See "Price Range of Common Stock and
Dividend Policy."


DILUTION

   
     The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate  and  substantial  dilution  in the net  tangible  book value of their
shares of Common  Stock in the  amount of $14.59  per share  (assuming  a public
offering price of $22.125 per share and after deducting  underwriting  discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses). Such investors will experience
additional  dilution upon the exercise of outstanding  options and warrants.  In
addition, in the event the Company issues additional Common Stock in the future,
including  shares that may be issued in connection  with the Roll Up Transaction
or  future  acquisitions,   investors  may  experience  further  dilution.   See
"Dilution,"  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business - Contractual Relationships with Affiliated
Physicians."
    


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Sales  of shares of Common Stock (including shares issued upon the exercise
of  outstanding  options)  in  the  public  market  after  this  offering  could
adversely  affect  the  market  price of the Common Stock. Such sales also might
make   it   more  difficult  for  the  Company  to  sell  equity  securities  or
equity-related 


                                       14
<PAGE>

securities in the future at a time and price that the Company deems appropriate.
Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have approximately  9,455,647
shares of Common Stock  outstanding.  Approximately  7,690,817  shares of Common
Stock,  including the 2,500,000 shares offered hereby,  will be freely tradeable
without  restriction  unless they are held by "affiliates" of the Company as the
term  is  used  under  the  Securities  Act  and  the  regulations   promulgated
thereunder.   The  remaining   approximately  1,764,830  shares  are  restricted
securities that may be sold only if registered  under the Securities Act or sold
in accordance with an applicable  exemption from registration,  such as Rule 144
or Rule  144(k)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act.  As a  result  of the
contractual  restrictions  described  below and the provisions of Rule 144, such
shares will be available  for sale in the public  market upon the  expiration of
the  lockup  agreements  90 days after the date of this  Prospectus,  subject in
certain cases, to the volume, manner of sale and reporting  requirements of Rule
144. In  addition,  the holders of 945,681  shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
after this  offering  (including  50,000  shares of Common Stock  subject to the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option) have the right in certain circumstances to
require the Company to register their shares under the Securities Act for resale
to the public. If such holders, by exercising their demand registration  rights,
cause a large number of shares to be registered  and sold in the public  market,
such sales could have an adverse  effect on the market  price for the  Company's
Common  Stock.  If the Company were  required to include in a  Company-initiated
registration  shares  held by such  holders  pursuant  to the  exercise of their
"piggyback"  registration  rights,  such sales may have an adverse effect on the
Company's  ability to raise  needed  capital.  See "Shares  Eligible  for Future
Sale," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriting."


UNSPECIFIED USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     Following this offering,  the Company will have approximately $40.7 million
($46.0 million if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in full)
of the net proceeds of this offering  available for working  capital and general
corporate purposes,  which may include acquisitions,  assuming a public offering
price of  $22.125  per share  and after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions and estimated offering expenses.  The Company's management,  subject
to approval by the Board of Directors in certain circumstances,  will have broad
discretion  with  respect to the  application  of such  proceeds.  See "- Growth
Through Acquisitions" and "Use of Proceeds."
    


POTENTIAL   ANTI-TAKEOVER   EFFECTS  OF  CERTAIN  PROVISIONS  OF  THE  COMPANY'S
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS AND THE DGCL

     The  Company's  Restated  Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of
Incorporation") and By-laws   (the   "By-laws")   and   the   Delaware   General
Corporation  Law  (the  "DGCL")  contain provisions which may have the effect of
delaying,  deterring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the
Company  unless  such takeover or change in control is approved by the Company's
Board  of  Directors.  Such  provisions may also render the removal of directors
and  management  more  difficult.  The  Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
provide  for,  among  other  things,  a  classified  Board  of Directors serving
staggered  terms  of  three  years,  certain  advance  notice  requirements  for
stockholder  nominations  of  candidates  for election to the Board of Directors
and  certain other stockholder proposals, restrictions on who may call a special
meeting  of  stockholders  and  a  prohibition  on stockholder action by written
consent.  In  addition,  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors has the ability to
authorize  the  issuance  of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or
more  series  and  to  fix  the  voting  powers,  designations,  preferences and
relative,  participating,  optional and other special rights and qualifications,
limitations  or restrictions thereof without stockholder approval. The DGCL also
contains  provisions  preventing  certain stockholders from engaging in business
combinations  with  the Company, subject to certain exceptions. See "Description
of Capital Stock."

     THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  CERTAIN  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS WITHIN THE
MEANING  OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 WITH RESPECT TO
THE  FINANCIAL  CONDITION,  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY,
INCLUDING  STATEMENTS  UNDER  THE CAPTIONS "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" AND "BUSINESS" RELATING TO
(i) DECREASED  CONCENTRATION OF REVE NUES, (ii) THE ADEQUACY OF THE NET PROCEEDS
FROM THIS  OFFERING,  TOGETHER WITH CASH ON HAND,  INTEREST  INCOME AND REVENUES
FROM OPERATIONS, TO FUND PLANNED OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY THROUGH

                                       15
<PAGE>

AT LEAST THE END OF 1999, (iii) THE COMPANY'S  BUSINESS  OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGY
AND (iv) THE  COMPANY'S  DEVELOPMENT  AND  STRATEGIES  RELATING TO ITS  CLINICAL
INFORMATION SYSTEMS.  THESE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS INVOLVE CERTAIN RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES.  NO  ASSURANCE  CAN BE  GIVEN  THAT ANY OF SUCH  MATTERS  WILL BE
REALIZED.  FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE
CONTEMPLATED  BY SUCH FORWARD  LOOKING  STATEMENTS  INCLUDE,  AMONG OTHERS,  THE
FOLLOWING  POSSIBILITIES:  (i) THE COMPANY'S CLINICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS DO NOT
ACHIEVE MARKET  ACCEPTANCE,  (ii) THE COMPANY DOES NOT DEVELOP  SUCCESSFULLY NEW
CLINICAL  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS,  (iii) CHANGES IN GOVERNMENT  REGULATIONS,  (iv)
COMPETITIVE  PRESSURE IN THE COMPANY'S  INDUSTRY  INCREASES  SIGNIFICANTLY,  (v)
COSTS OR  DIFFICULTIES  RELATED TO ANY ACQUIRED  BUSINESSES  INTEGRATED WITH THE
BUSINESSES  OF THE COMPANY ARE GREATER THAN  EXPECTED AND (vi) GENERAL  ECONOMIC
CONDITIONS ARE LESS FAVORABLE THAN EXPECTED.


                                       16


<PAGE>

                                  THE COMPANY


     The   Company's   predecessor,   Med-E-Systems   Corporation  ("MES"),  was
incorporated  on  August  27, 1993 as a clinical information systems development
company.  Effective  August  23,  1995,  MES  became a subsidiary of the Company
through  a tax-free reorganization. The Company was subsequently merged with and
into  Majean,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  the  surviving corporation
changed  its  name  to  Advanced  Health  Corporation.  The  Company's executive
offices  are  located  at  555 White Plains Road, Tarrytown, New York 10591, and
its telephone number at that address is (914) 524-4200.


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered by the Company  hereby are estimated to be  approximately  $40.7 million
($46.0 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
assuming  a public  offering  price of  $22.125  per share  and after  deducting
underwriting  discounts and commissions  and estimated  offering  expenses.  The
Company  intends  to use  the net  proceeds  for  working  capital  and  general
corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions.  The principal categories of
the  Company's   anticipated  working  capital  expenditures  include  continued
research and development of the Company's clinical  information systems, as well
as ongoing business development and marketing. From time to time in the ordinary
course  of  its  business,   the  Company  evaluates  possible  acquisitions  of
businesses,  products and  technologies  that are  complementary to those of the
Company.  The Company currently has no agreements or understandings,  and is not
engaged in active negotiations,  with respect to any material  acquisition.  See
"Risk  Factors  -  Growth  through  Acquisitions"  and  "-  Unspecified  Use  of
Proceeds."

     Pending  the  application of the net proceeds of this offering, the Company
intends    to    invest   such   proceeds   in   short-term,   investment-grade,
interest-bearing instruments or money market funds.

                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY

   
     The Company's  Common Stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq  National  Market
since October 3, 1996 under the symbol  "ADVH." the  following  table sets forth
the range of high and low per-share  closing sale prices for the Common Stock as
reported on the Nasdaq National Market during the periods indicated.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          HIGH       LOW
                                                          --------   -------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:
     Fourth Quarter (beginning October 3, 1996)  ......   $16 5/8     $12 1/2

   YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1997:
     First Quarter ....................................    18 1/8       9 3/8
     Second Quarter   .................................    20 1/8      15 1/8
     Third Quarter (through September 9, 1997)   ......    24 5/8      17 5/8
</TABLE>

     On September 9, 1997,  the last  reported sale price of the Common Stock as
reported  on the  Nasdaq  National  Market  was  $22.125  per  share.  There are
currently approximately 80 holders of record of the Common Stock.

     The  Company  has  not  declared  or paid any cash dividends on its capital
stock  since  inception  and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable
future.  The  Company  presently  intends  to retain future earnings, if any, to
finance  the expansion of its business. The payment of any cash dividends in the
future  will  depend  on the Company's earnings, financial condition, results of
operations,  capital  needs, and other factors deemed pertinent by the Company's
Board of Directors, subject to laws and regulations then in effect.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
30, 1997 and as adjusted to reflect the receipt of the  estimated  net  proceeds
from the sale of the  2,000,000  shares of Common  Stock  offered by the Company
hereby  (assuming  a public  offering  price of  $22.125  per  share  and  after
deducting   underwriting   discounts  and  commissions  and  estimated  offering
expenses):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                           ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                                          -----------   ------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS,)
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>
Current portion of long-term debt  ....................................    $     53      $     53
                                                                           ========      ========
Long-term debt, less current portion  .................................    $      -      $      -
                                                                           --------      --------
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized and
   no shares issued and outstanding   .................................           -             -
 Common Stock, $.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized,
   7,201,600 shares issued and outstanding actual; and 9,201,600
   shares issued and outstanding as adjusted(1)   .....................          72            92
 Additional paid-in capital  ..........................................      42,339        83,025
 Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of deferred income
   taxes   ............................................................          60            60
 Accumulated deficit   ................................................      (8,431)       (8,431)
 Treasury stock, at cost (8,937 shares actual and as adjusted)   ......         (75)          (75)
                                                                           --------      --------
   Total stockholders' equity   .......................................      33,965        74,671
                                                                           --------      --------
    Total capitalization  .............................................    $ 33,965      $ 74,671
                                                                           ========      ========
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  Excludes  254,047 shares issued upon the exercise of options since June 30,
     1997 and 2,397,187  shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding  stock
     options  at a  weighted  average  exercise  price of  $12.42  per share and
     481,489  shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of  outstanding  warrants to
     purchase  Common Stock at a weighted  average  exercise  price of $8.50 per
     share.  Also excludes  313,203 shares and 113,995 shares  issuable upon the
     exercise of options and warrants,  respectively,  which,  in each case, are
     contingent  upon the  Company's  achieving  certain  capitalization  levels
     related to regulatory  requirements or upon the Company's achieving certain
     performance  targets.  Also excludes 548,224 shares issuable in the Roll Up
     Transaction.  See "Business -  Contractual  Relationships  with  Affiliated
     Physicians,"  "Management  - Stock Plans" and Notes 3, 9 and 10 of Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       18
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

     The net  tangible  book  value  of the  Company  as of June  30,  1997  was
$28,706,000,  or $3.99 per share of Common  Stock.  "Net tangible book value per
share"  represents the amount of the Company's  total  tangible  assets less the
Company's  total  liabilities,  divided by the number of shares of Common  Stock
outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock
offered by the Company hereby  (assuming a public  offering price of $22.125 per
share and after deducting  underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses), the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at June
30, 1997 would have been  $69,412,000  or $7.54 per share of Common Stock.  This
represents  an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.55
per share to existing stockholders and an immediate, substantial dilution in pro
forma net  tangible  book value per share of $14.59 per share to  purchasers  of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby, as illustrated in the following table:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>      <C>
     Assumed public offering price per share ...........................            $22.13
       Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1997   ............   $3.99
       Increase per share attributable to new investors  ...............    3.55
                                                                           ------
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering ...              7.54
                                                                                    -------
     Dilution per share to new investors  ..............................            $14.59
                                                                                    =======
</TABLE>
     The foregoing  table assumes no issuance of 254,047  shares of Common Stock
issued upon the exercise of options since June 30, 1997 and no exercise of stock
options to purchase  2,397,187 shares of Common Stock  outstanding at a weighted
average  exercise  price of $12.42 per share and  warrants to  purchase  481,489
shares of Common Stock outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $8.50
per share.  The foregoing table also assumes no exercise of options and warrants
to purchase  313,203  shares of Common Stock and 113,995 shares of Common Stock,
respectively,  which, in each case, are contingent upon the Company's  achieving
certain  capitalization  levels related to regulatory  requirements  or upon the
Company's achieving certain performance  targets.  Finally,  the foregoing table
assumes no issuance of the 548,224  shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
in the Roll Up  Transaction.  To the extent that any of such options or warrants
are exercised,  or such shares are issued, there will be further dilution to new
investors in this  offering.  See  "Business -  Contractual  Relationships  with
Affiliated  Physicians,"  "Management  - Stock  Plans"  and Notes 3, 9 and 10 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                       19
<PAGE>
                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended
December  31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the balance sheet data as of December 31,
1995  and  1996,  are  derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company  included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus,  which  have been audited by
Arthur  Andersen  LLP, independent public accountants. The selected consolidated
balance  sheet  data  as  of  December  31,  1993 and 1994, and the statement of
operations  data for the period from inception (August 27, 1993) to December 31,
1993,  are  derived  from  the  consolidated financial statements of the Company
which  have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants,
but  which  are  not  included  in  this  Prospectus.  The selected consolidated
statement  of  operations  data  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997
and  the  selected  consolidated  balance  sheet  data  as  of June 30, 1997 are
derived  from  the  Company's unaudited consolidated financial statements, which
include  all  adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which the
Company  considers  necessary  for a fair presentation of the financial position
and  results  of operations as of and for the periods then ended. The results of
operations  for  the  six  months  ended  June  30,  1997  are  not  necessarily
indicative  of  the  results  that  may  be  expected for the entire year ending
December  31,  1997  or  any  future period. The selected consolidated financial
data  set  forth  below  is  qualified  by  reference  to, and should be read in
conjunction  with, the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes
thereto  and  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                        PERIOD FROM             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                JUNE 30,
                                         INCEPTION       -------------------------------------- -----------------------
                                     (AUGUST 27, 1993)
                                      TO DECEMBER 31,
                                            1993            1994         1995         1996         1996        1997
                                     ------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------ ----------- -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>         <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues   ........................      $     -         $    379    $  1,054      $ 19,136     $  7,617    $23,028
 Cost of revenues ..................            -               12         340         9,707        5,580     17,309
                                          -------         --------    ---------     --------     --------    -------
 Gross profit  .....................            -              367         714         9,429        2,037      5,719
 Operating expenses  ...............          521            2,901       6,412        11,886        3,840      4,185
                                          -------         --------    ---------     --------     --------    -------
 Operating income (loss)   .........         (521)          (2,534)     (5,698)       (2,457)      (1,803)     1,534
 Other income (expense) ............            -              (15)         (9)           15          (53)       343
                                          -------         --------    ---------     --------     --------    -------
 Net income (loss) before in-
   come taxes                                (521)          (2,549)     (5,707)       (2,442)      (1,856)     1,877
 Benefit (provision) for income
   taxes ...........................            -                -           -           977            -        (66)
                                          -------         --------    ---------     --------     --------    -------
 Net income (loss)   ...............      $  (521)        $ (2,549)   $ (5,707)     $ (1,465)    $ (1,856)   $ 1,811
                                          =======         ========    =========     ========     ========    =======
 Net income (loss) per share  ......      $ (0.30)        $  (1.29)   $  (1.68)     $  (0.29)    $  (0.41)   $  0.22
                                          =======         ========    =========     ========     ========    =======
 Weighted average number of
   common shares and com-
   mon share equivalents out-
   standing(1) .....................        1,725            1,978       3,389         5,130        4,489      8,190
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,                     JUNE 30,
                                                ----------------------------------   ----------------------
                                                  1994        1995        1996         1996        1997
                                                -----------   --------   ---------   -----------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents(2) ...............    $      7     $1,464     $12,086      $    837     $4,840
 Investments in marketable securities .......           -         -        7,390             -      7,336
 Working capital (deficit) ..................      (1,032)     (742)      26,684        (2,712)    21,645
 Total assets  ..............................         913     6,462       35,400         8,191     36,999
 Total debt .................................         416       567          235         4,504         53
 Total stockholders' equity (deficit)  ......        (325)    2,675       31,884           863     33,965
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) See Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) Cash  and  cash  equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with
    original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

                                       20
<PAGE>

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  of  the  results  of  operations  and financial
condition  of  the  Company  should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial   Statements   and  the  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.


OVERVIEW

     The  Company  provides  a  full range of integrated management services and
clinical   information  systems  to  physician  group  practices  and  physician
networks.  The  Company  generates  revenues  from  (i)  fees  for  managing and
providing  consulting  services  to  physician  group  practices,  (ii) fees for
managing  physician  networks and (iii) fees for use and support of its clinical
information   systems,   including   license,  software  installation,  software
integration,  training  and data conversion fees. The Company contracts with its
physician   practice  and  network  management  clients  pursuant  to  long-term
agreements  with  its  MSOs,  the  results of which MSOs are consolidated in the
Consolidated Financial Statements.

     To  date,  the Company has been dependent on a small number of contracts to
generate  the  majority  of  its  revenues. See "Risk Factors - Concentration of
Revenues."  The  Company  expects that the concentration of its revenues will be
reduced  as  the  Company enters into additional contracts to provide management
services and clinical information systems to physician organizations.

     The  Company believes that its historical results of operations from period
to  period  are  not  comparable  and  that  such  results  are  not necessarily
indicative  of  results  for  any  future  periods  because  the  Company  was a
development  stage  company  investing  in  technology  development  and did not
provide  physician  practice  and  network management services prior to December
11, 1995.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 and 1996

     Net  revenue  for  the  six  months  ended June 30, 1997 increased to $23.0
million  from  $7.6  million  in  the  comparable  period  ended  June 30, 1996,
primarily  as  a  result  of the addition of new physician group practices under
management,  provision  of  additional  network management services and fees for
the  use  and  support  of  clinical  information  systems.  The  Company  began
providing  network  management  services  in  September 1995 and physician group
practice  management  and  related  services  in December 1995. The provision of
physician  group practice management and related services and network management
services  accounted for approximately $17.0 million of the Company's net revenue
for  the  six  months  ended  June  30, 1997, as compared to $6.1 million in the
comparable  period  ended June 30, 1996. The Company earned fees for the use and
support  of  its  clinical  information  systems,  including  the recognition of
license  revenues  and  software  and  training  revenues, of approximately $6.0
million  for  the six months ended June 30, 1997, as compared to $1.5 million in
the comparable period ended June 30, 1996.

     Cost  of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1997 increased to $17.3
million  from  $5.6  million  for the comparable period ended June 30, 1996. The
increase  in  cost  of  revenues related primarily to the expenses outsourced to
the  Company  from  physician  group  practices  under  management  and expenses
related to clinical information systems sales.

     Operating  expenses  for  the  six  months ended June 30, 1997 increased to
$4.2  million  from  $3.8 million for the comparable period ended June 30, 1996.
The  increase  in  operating  expenses  related  to  the  increased provision of
physician group practice management and related services.

     For  the  six  months ended June 30, 1997, the Company also earned interest
income  in the amount of $300,000 from investments in marketable securities as a
result  of the investment of proceeds from the Company's initial public offering
in  October  1996 (the "Initial Public Offering"). The Company incurred interest
expense  of approximately $53,000 for the comparable period ended June 30, 1996,
which  related  primarily  to  interest  on  $4.0  million  of  then-outstanding
indebtedness  bearing  interest  at  8%  per annum and interest on capital lease
obligations.


                                       21
<PAGE>
     The  net  income  for  the  six months ended June 30, 1997 was $1.8 million
compared  to  a  net loss of $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 1996
due to the factors described above.

     As  of  June  30,  1997,  the  Company had net operating loss carryforwards
("NOLs")  available  to  offset  future book and taxable income of approximately
$8.3  million  and  $6.8  million,  respectively, which will expire in 2011. The
difference  between the book and tax NOLs relates principally to the differences
between  book and tax accounting with respect to start-up costs, depreciation of
fixed  assets,  amortization  of  intangible  assets and recognition of deferred
revenue.  The  book  income  tax benefits of $3.3 million and $2.7 million as of
June  30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively, have been fully reserved due
to   the  uncertainty  of  their  future  realization,  although  management  is
evaluating  these  reserve  levels  based  on expected earnings, and they may be
revised in the future.

   
     As  discussed  under  "Business  --  Legal  Proceedings,"  Advanced  Health
Corporation commenced an action in September 1997 to collect $1 million owing by
a licensee  to the  Company  under a software  license  agreement.  The  Company
recognized this amount as revenue in the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997, and
the  dispute  between  the  parties  arose  thereafter.  See  Note 2 to Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company expects to make final delivery of
software to the licensee under the software  license  agreement on September 30,
1997,  at which  time the  Company  believes  it will have fully  performed  its
obligations  under the  software  license  agreement  and the  licensee  will be
required  to make a final  payment of  $500,000  to the  Company.  This  payment
obligation  of the  licensee is  independent  of its  obligation  to make the $1
million payment that is the subject matter of the foregoing action instituted by
the Company.  The Company believes that the ultimate resolution of the foregoing
action will not have a material effect on the Company's financial position as of
June 30,  1997 or the  results of  operations  for the three and six months then
ended.
    

Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

     Total  revenues  for  the  year  ended December 31, 1996 increased to $19.1
million  from  $1.1  million in the year ended December 31, 1995, primarily as a
result  of  the increased activity in the Company's physician group practice and
network   management   services.  The  provision  of  physician  group  practice
management  and  related  services and network management services accounted for
approximately  $15.1  million  of  the  Company's net revenue for the year ended
December  31,  1996 as compared to $300,000 in the year ended December 31, 1995.
The  Company  earned  fees  for  the use and support of its clinical information
systems,  including the recognition of license revenues and software systems and
training  revenues,  of  approximately  $4.0 million for the year ended December
31, 1996, as compared to $700,000 in the year ended December 31, 1995.

     Cost  of  revenues  for  the year ended December 31, 1996 increased to $9.7
million  from  approximately  $300,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. The
increase  in  cost  of  revenues related primarily to the expenses outsourced to
the Company from physician group practices under management.

     Operating  expenses for the year ended December 31, 1996 increased to $11.9
million  from $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. The increase in
operating  expenses  reflected  expenses  related  to the provision of physician
group  practice  management  services for the full year ended December 31, 1996.
The Company did not begin to provide such services until December 1995.

     An  income  tax  benefit of approximately $1.0 million was recorded in 1996
as  a  result of the Company's determination, based on profitable fourth quarter
operations,  that  the  related  deferred  income  tax  asset  would be realized
through  the  generation  of  taxable  income in the future. No such benefit was
recorded in 1995.

     The  net  loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1996 was $1.5 million
compared to a loss of $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1995.

Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

     Total  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 1995 increased to $1.1
million  from  $379,000  in  the  year  ended  December 31, 1994, primarily as a
result  of  the initiation of the Company's physician group practice services to
Madison  in  December  1995,  which  generated  approximately  $505,000  of  the
Com-

                                       22
<PAGE>
pany's net revenue for the year ended December  31, 1995.  The Company  began to
provide physician network management services in September 1995, which accounted
for  approximately  $163,000  of the  Company's  net  revenue for the year ended
December  31,  1995.  The  Company  earned  fees for the use and  support of its
clinical  information  systems,  including the  recognition of license  revenues
under its contract with an affiliate of PCS Health  Systems,  Inc.,  the managed
care  unit of Eli  Lilly &  Company,  and  software  installation  and  training
revenues,  of  approximately  $386,000 for the year ended  December 31, 1995, as
compared to $379,000 of such revenues for the year ended December 31, 1994.

     Operating  expenses  for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased to $6.4
million  from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1994. The increase in
operating  expenses  was  due to the increases in staffing and general corporate
expenses  required  to  fund  the  Company's transition from a development stage
company  involved  in  the development of clinical information systems to a full
service physician practice and network management company.

     The  net  loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1995 was $5.7 million
compared to a loss of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1994.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Effective  October 3, 1996, the Company made its Initial Public Offering of
2,645,000  shares  of  Common  Stock,  including  shares offered pursuant to the
underwriters'  over-allotment  option. The Initial Public Offering generated net
proceeds  to  the  Company  of approximately $31.0 million. Prior to the Initial
Public  Offering  and  since  its  inception,  the  Company financed its capital
requirements  through  the  sale  of  equity  and  debt securities. In 1996, the
Company  issued  three  8% promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$3.0  million  and  six 9% promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$2.0  million.  All  such  notes were repaid in October 1996 using proceeds from
the Initial Public Offering.

       For the six months  ended June 30, 1997,  the Company had  positive  cash
flow from its operating  activities  of $549,000,  compared with a negative $4.1
million  for the  comparable  period  ended  June 30,  1996.  Net  cash  used in
investing  activities  was $7.9  million for the six months ended June 30, 1997,
compared  with  $249,000 for the  comparable  period  ended June 30, 1996.  This
increase  primarily  related to advances to, and investments in, physician group
practices  under  Company  management,  purchases of fixed assets and a minority
investment in Caresoft,  Inc.  ("Caresoft"),  a developer of disease  management
tools. Net cash provided by financing  activities was $88,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1997,  and related to proceeds from the exercise of stock options
and the repayment of capital lease  obligations.  Net cash provided by financing
activities for the six months ended June 30, 1996 was $3.7 million,  principally
attributable  to net proceeds from the issuance of $4.0 million in  indebtedness
during the period and the repayment of capital lease obligations.

     The Company's operations used net cash of $11.0 million and $4.3 million in
1996  and  1995,  respectively.  The  increased  use of cash  in  1996  resulted
primarily from the purchase of accounts receivable from AHP&S, a physician group
practice under Company  management,  for an aggregate amount of $4.5 million and
from the  recognition of $1.1 million of revenue  deferred at December 31, 1995.
Net cash used in investing activities  increased,  as a result of the investment
of proceeds from the Initial Public Offering in marketable  securities,  to $8.6
million for the year ended December 31, 1996, compared with $1.0 million for the
year ended  December 31, 1995.  Net cash  provided by financing  activities  was
$30.2  million  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1996,  and  related  to the
completion  of the Initial  Public  Offering.  Net cash  provided  by  financing
activities  for the year ended  December  31,  1995 was $6.8  million  primarily
attributable to the private placement of equity securities.

     During the first  quarter  ended  March 31,  1997,  the  Company  loaned an
aggregate principal amount of $2.0 million to Madison.  Such loan bears interest
at a rate equal to 2% over the prime rate (not to exceed 10%) and is required to
be repaid over 12 months,  beginning in January 1998. In  conjunction  with this
loan,  the Company has  guaranteed a letter of credit of Madison,  in the amount
$1.7  million,  by depositing  restricted  cash in the same amount with the same
financial  institution  providing that letter of credit.  These  obligations are
secured by the 49% ownership interest in Uptown Physician Management,  

                                       23
<PAGE>

Inc., the MSO related to Madison. In addition, in June 1997, the Company forgave
approximately $3.6 million of accounts receivable due from Madison in connection
with an amendment to the  management  services  agreement  with  Madison,  which
increased  the fees payable by Madison,  increased  the term from 20 years to 30
years and eliminated  Madison's  right to terminate the agreement  without cause
prior to the end of the tenth  year of the  term.  This  consideration  has been
added to intangible  assets and amortized over the remaining life of the related
contract,   as  amended.  As  of  June  30,  1997,  Long  Island  Interventional
Cardiology,  a physician  group  practice  under  Company  management,  owed the
Company  approximately   $985,000  pursuant  to  certain  lending  and  accounts
receivable  transactions  between the  Company  and Long  Island  Interventional
Cardiology which occurred in the quarter ended December 31, 1996 and the quarter
ended March 31, 1997. The Company  expects that from time to time it may advance
funds  to  group  practices  and/or  forgive  amounts  owed  to the  Company  in
connection  with the  negotiation  or  renegotiation  of the terms of management
services agreements.

     The  Company's  operating plan for the remainder of 1997 includes continued
development  of  its  integrated  management  services  and clinical information
systems.   The   principal  categories  of  expenditures  include  research  and
development  of  the  Company's  clinical information systems as well as ongoing
business  development  and marketing. The Company believes that the net proceeds
of  this offering, together with cash on hand, interest income and revenues from
operations,  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  planned  operations  of the Company
through  at  least  the end of 1999. The Company has no planned material capital
expenditures or capital commitments.

     From  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary course of its business, the Company
evaluates  possible  acquisitions  of businesses, products and technologies that
are  complementary  to  those  of  the  Company.  The  Company  currently has no
agreements  or  understandings,  and is not engaged in active negotiations, with
respect  to  any  material  acquisition.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  Growth Through
Acquisitions."

     Under  certain specified circumstances, the Company has the option to cause
the  Roll  Up  Transaction  to occur. The Company has reserved 548,224 shares of
Common  Stock  for issuance upon consummation of the Roll Up Transaction, all of
which   will  be  issued  if  the  Company  effects  the  Roll  Up  Transaction.
Accordingly,  the  Roll  Up  Transaction,  if  effected,  will  be  dilutive  to
investors.  In addition, certain of the physician groups and networks managed by
the  Company  have rights to require the Company to purchase all or part of such
physicians'  interest in their respective MSO in the event that the Company does
not  consummate  the  Roll Up Transaction within one year after the satisfaction
of  specified  conditions.  There can be no assurance that the Company will have
the  financial  resources  to  purchase  such  interests  in accordance with its
obligations  at  the  time  any  such  rights are exercised, or that the Company
would  be  able  to  obtain financing on satisfactory terms or conditions, if at
all,  to  purchase  such  interests. In addition, pursuant to its agreement with
one  of  its  physician  group  practice  clients, the Company has agreed, under
certain  circumstances,  to  advance  funds  to  such  group practice to finance
working  capital.  To  date, the Company has not made any advances to such group
practice  under the agreement and it does not expect to do so in the future. See
"Business - Contractual Relationships with Affiliated Physicians."



                                       24
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS



OVERVIEW

     Advanced Health Corporation provides a full range of integrated  management
services and clinical  information systems to physician group practices,  single
legal  entities  comprised  of  multiple  physicians,  and  physician  networks,
aggregations  of  individual  physicians  and  physician  groups  formed for the
purpose of entering into  contracts  with  third-party  payors.  The  management
services  provided  by  the  Company  include  physician  practice  and  network
development,   marketing,   payor  contracting,   financial  and  administrative
management,  clinical  information  management,  human  resource  management and
practice and network governance.  The Company developed its clinical information
systems to provide  physicians,  at the point of care and on a real-time  basis,
with patient-specific clinical and payor information and the ability to generate
patient medical orders and facilitate the  implementation of disease  management
programs.   Through  the  management  of  multi-specialty  and  single-specialty
physician  group  practices and  networks,  the Company  focuses its  management
efforts on  high-cost,  high-volume  areas of medical  care,  including  disease
specialties such as cardiology,  oncology and orthopedics. The Company currently
manages   eight    multi-specialty    physician   group   practices   and   four
single-specialty  physician group practices comprised of more than 225 providers
in the greater New York and  Philadelphia  metropolitan  areas and 13  physician
networks  with   approximately   1,550  physicians  in  the  greater  New  York,
Philadelphia  and Atlanta  metropolitan  and  surrounding  areas,  and  provides
physician group consulting services to more than 50 physicians.


INDUSTRY

     Increasing  concern  over  the  rising  cost  of  health care in the United
States  has  led  to the development of managed care organizations and programs.
Under  such  programs,  managed  care  payors  typically govern the provision of
health  care  with  the  objective  of  ensuring  delivery  of quality care in a
cost-effective  manner.  The  traditional fee-for-service method of compensating
health  care  providers  offers  few incentives for the efficient utilization of
resources  and is generally believed to contribute to health care cost increases
at  rates  significantly  higher  than  inflation. Consequently, fee-for-service
reimbursement  is  rapidly  being  replaced by alternative reimbursement models,
including  capitated  and other fixed-fee arrangements. The growth in enrollment
in  these  new reimbursement models is shifting the financial risk of delivering
health care from payors to providers.

     As  a  result  of  this  changing health care environment, health care cost
containment  pressures  have  increased  physician  management  responsibilities
while  lowering  reimbursement  rates  to  physicians.  Consequently,  physician
compensation  has  declined.  Because  the  majority of all physicians currently
practice  individually or in two-person groups, their ability to lower costs and
to  negotiate  with  payors  is  limited.  Individual physicians and small group
practices  also  tend  to  have limited administrative capacity, limited ties to
other  health  care  providers  (restricting  their  ability  to coordinate care
across  a  variety  of  specialties),  limited capital to invest in new clinical
equipment  and technologies and limited purchasing power with vendors of medical
supplies.   In   addition,  individual  physicians  and  small  group  practices
typically  lack  the  information  systems  necessary  to  enter into and manage
risk-sharing  contracts with payors and to implement disease management programs
efficiently.

     In  response  to  the  foregoing  factors,  individual physicians and small
group  practices  are  increasingly  affiliating with larger group practices and
physician  practice management companies ("PPMs"). By affiliating with physician
practices,  PPMs  are  providing  physicians  with  lower  administrative costs,
leverage  with  vendors  and  payors and economies of scale necessary to attract
capital  resources.  In  addition,  management  companies  and  consultants  are
organizing  independent physician practices, independent physician associations,
physician  hospital  organizations  and  other  physician  organizations for the
purpose of enabling physicians to contract with managed care payors.

     The   Company   believes  that  significant  opportunities  exist,  in  the
consolidating  health  care  industry,  to  assist  physicians  in  managing the
administrative  aspects  of  group practices and networks. More importantly, the
Company  believes  that even greater opportunities exist to assist physicians in
managing



                                       25
<PAGE>


the  clinical  aspects of group practices and networks. The Company believes its
integrated  physician  practice  and  network  management  services and clinical
information  systems will enable physicians to more effectively control both the
quality and cost of health care.



STRATEGY


     The  objective of the Company is to become a leading provider of integrated
management   services   and   clinical   information   systems   to   physician
organizations.  By  enabling  physicians to develop and efficiently manage group
practices  and  networks, the Company seeks to assist physicians in facilitating
risk-based   managed   care   contracts,  developing  and  implementing  disease
management  programs  and  monitoring  and  controlling health care outcomes and
costs.  The  Company intends to achieve its objective through the implementation
of the following strategy:

o Establishing  Long-Term  Alliances  with  Physician Organizations. The Company
  partners  with  physician  group  practices  and  networks  through  long-term
  management  contracts  under  which  the  Company  provides  a  full  range of
  integrated  management  and  information  services.  The Company believes that
  contracting   with   physician  organizations,  rather  than  acquiring  them,
  permits  physicians  to  remain  independent  while  providing  them  with the
  proper  incentives  and  resources to improve their organizations. The Company
  typically  develops  an  alliance with each physician organization through the
  establishment of  an  MSO.  See  "-- Contractual Relationships with Affiliated
  Physicians."

o Managing  High-Cost,  High-Volume  Disease  Specialties.  The Company believes
  that  the  greatest  opportunity  for  achieving  clinical  efficiencies is in
  high-cost,  high-volume  areas  of medical care, including disease specialties
  such  as  cardiology, oncology and orthopedics. Total health care expenditures
  for  these  medical specialties are expected to increase with the aging of the
  U.S.  population.  The  Company integrates physicians into multi-specialty and
  single-specialty  practices  and  networks to provide them with greater access
  to  managed  care  contracts and to implement disease management programs. The
  Company   believes   that   the   evolution  of  disease  specialty  treatment
  organizations  will  play  a  major role in managed care contracting as payors
  recognize  that  the  quality of care is improved and the cost of care reduced
  when  reimbursement  and  health  care  services  target  a  specific  disease
  through coordinated networks of health care providers.

o Providing  Physicians  with  Clinical  Information  at  the Point of Care. The
  Company   has   designed  and  developed  point-of-care  clinical  information
  systems  that  link  physician users and their offices on a real-time basis to
  other   physicians,  health  care  providers  and  third-party  databases.  By
  facilitating  the  integration  of clinical guidelines and efficient access to
  information,  the  Company  believes it can assist physicians in improving the
  quality and lowering the cost of patient care.

o Focusing  on Selected Geographic Markets. The Company provides its services to
  physician  group  practices  and  networks  located  principally in geographic
  markets  where  fee-for-service  reimbursement  is  shifting  to capitated and
  other    risk-based    reimbursement   and   where   there   are   significant
  concentrations  of  physicians specializing in high-cost, high-volume areas of
  medical  care.  The  Company's  initial target markets include the greater New
  York, Philadelphia and Atlanta metropolitan and surrounding areas.

   
o  Developing  Strategic  Industry  Relationships.  The  Company  believes  that
   developing  strategic  industry  relationships  will  enhance  its ability to
   penetrate  existing  markets,  gain  access to new  markets  and  develop new
   products and services.  The Company has entered into  information  technology
   agreements with Merck Medco Managed Care, Inc., PCS Health Systems, Inc., the
   managed  care  unit of Eli  Lilly &  Company,  Physicians'  Online  and  Rush
   Presbyterian - St. Luke's Medical  Center.  The Company is continuing to seek
   relationships  for the development  and  distribution to third parties of its
   clinical information systems.
    


PHYSICIAN PRACTICE AND NETWORK SERVICES

     The  Company  provides  physicians with a full range of integrated services
to  form  and develop group practices and networks, to manage group practice and
network  operations,  to  develop  disease  management  programs  and  to manage
medical risk. These integrated services include clinical support


                                       26
<PAGE>

and  administrative  and marketing services as well as point-of-care information
systems  and  support.  The  Company often initially provides physician practice
and  network services pursuant to a consulting arrangement. The Company believes
that  its point-of-care clinical information systems provide physicians with the
information needed to improve the quality and reduce the cost of health care.

     The  Company  manages  eight   multi-specialty  group  practices  and  four
single-specialty  physician group practices  located in the greater New York and
Philadelphia  metropolitan  areas.  The eight  multi-specialty  physician  group
practices are made up of more than 150  providers  who have,  with the Company's
assistance,  aggregated  their  practices  into  group  practices.  The  medical
specialties  represented by these eight groups  include,  among others,  primary
care,  cardiology,  oncology and orthopedics.  The four  single-specialty  group
practices  are  collectively  comprised of more than 70 clinical  cardiologists,
interventional  cardiologists  and  cardiothoracic  surgeons,  including leading
physicians in the areas of minimally  invasive coronary artery bypass grafts and
angioplasties  employing coronary stents.  The Company is currently  negotiating
the terms of management  agreements with additional physician group practices in
the greater New York,  Philadelphia  and Atlanta  metropolitan  and  surrounding
areas.

     The  Company currently provides physician group consulting services to more
than  50  physicians.  Such services have traditionally included group formation
services.   More   recently,   the  Company  has  begun  to  provide  operations
development  and  strategic planning services to established groups. The Company
believes  that  the  provision  of  consulting services, particularly operations
development  and  strategic  planning services, may lead to the establishment of
long-term practice management agreements.

     The  Company  manages  three   multi-specialty  and  ten   single-specialty
physician networks with  approximately  1,550 physicians.  The  single-specialty
networks cover approximately  922,000 lives, with a total of ten payor contracts
among such networks. The Company is currently seeking to arrange payor contracts
for the multi-specialty  networks.  The Company has in the past, and believes it
can, in the future,  market its physician group practice  management services to
its network customers.


     In  addition  to  providing administrative management services to physician
organizations,   the   Company   seeks  to  differentiate  itself  by  assisting
physicians  in  managing  the  clinical  aspects of their practices. The Company
believes  that  its  integrated  management  services  and  clinical information
systems  will  enhance  the ability of physician group practices and networks to
implement  disease  management programs and to manage practices under risk-based
contracts.   The   Company   is  working  to  assist  physicians  in  developing
disease-specific  clinical  practice  guidelines and in practicing in accordance
with  applicable  standards  of  care. It is anticipated that disease management
programs  will  be delivered through linked practices and networks of physicians
under  management and/or development by the Company who will provide integrated,
high-quality  care  for  patients based on clinical care guidelines developed by
the  physicians.  The  Company  anticipates  that  the  physicians  within these
practices  and  networks  will  be  linked  together  by  the Company's clinical
information systems.


     The   Company   markets  its  physician  practice  management  and  network
management  services  through  (i) direct sales methods, (ii) consultative sales
that  include  providing  advice on the development, consolidation and financing
of  group  practices  and  networks  and (iii) cross-selling to customers of its
clinical information systems.


PHYSICIAN PRACTICE SERVICES


     The  Company  offers  a  comprehensive set of physician practice management
services,  including  practice  formation,  operations development and strategic
planning,   marketing,   payor   contracting   and   management,  financial  and
administrative  management,  clinical  information  management,  human  resource
management and practice governance.


     Practice  Formation,  Operations  Development  and  Strategic Planning. The
Company  assists  physician  group  practices  in developing and expanding their
practices  through  a  combination of physician recruitment, physician specialty
mix   analysis,  acquisition  evaluation  and  integration,  ancillary  services
evaluation,  financial  consulting  and  operations  development  and  strategic
planning.


                                       27
<PAGE>


     Marketing.  The  Company  assists  physician  group  practices in marketing
their  medical services to HMOs, insurance companies, self-insured companies and
the  patient  community.  Working closely with the physician group practice, the
Company  develops  public  relations and community outreach programs designed to
educate  managed  care  entities  and  the  patient  community about the medical
services provided by the physician group practice.


     Payor  Contracting  and  Management.  The  Company  assists physician group
practices  in negotiating and structuring managed care contracts with payors for
the  provision  of  physician  services.  The Company works with physician group
practices  to  meet  credentialling  standards and specialty mix requirements of
payors.  The  Company  administers  payments  to physician providers under payor
contracts.


     Financial  and  Administrative  Management. The Company offers a variety of
financial  and  administrative management services to physician group practices.
The   Company's  financial  management  services  include  accounting,  payroll,
finance,   payables   management,   financial   reporting,  financial  controls,
insurance  negotiation  and billing and collection. The Company's administrative
management   services   include   lease  negotiations,  facilities  contracting,
purchasing and inventory management.


     Clinical   Information  Management.  The  Company  offers  physician  group
practices   its   proprietary   clinical  information  management  systems.  The
Med-E-Practice  suite  of  applications  is delivered as an integrated system of
computer  hardware,  software  and  clinical  information  intended to provide a
physician,  at  the  point  of  care  and  on  a real-time basis, with access to
databases  containing  clinical, diagnostic, disease management, patient medical
record  and  other  medical  information.  The  Company's  clinical  information
systems  provide  a  seamless  interface with certain third-party administrative
software. See "- Clinical Information Systems."


     Human  Resource  Management.  The  Company,  through  its MSOs, employs and
manages all non-medical  personnel  that  perform  administrative,  clerical and
secretarial  support,  billing  and  collection  and  records  management  for a
physician  practice. The Company evaluates such employees, establishes personnel
policies  and procedures and manages employee benefit programs. The Company also
provides  payroll  administration  on  behalf  of the physician practice for the
medical personnel.


     Practice  Governance.  The  management  services agreement that the Company
enters  into  with  a  physician  practice  provides  for the establishment of a
management  advisory  board. Such board is responsible for developing management
and  administrative  policies  for  the overall operation of the physician group
practice  and  guidelines  for  the delivery of medical services. The management
advisory  board  is controlled by licensed physicians within the physician group
practice.


PHYSICIAN NETWORK SERVICES


     The   Company's  physician  network  management  services  include  network
development  and  strategic  planning,  disease  management program development,
payor  marketing  and  contracting,  financial  and  administrative  management,
clinical information management and network governance.


     Network  Development  and  Strategic Planning. The Company provides network
development  services  including  feasibility  studies, organizational services,
financial   services,   payor  identification  services,  physician  recruiting,
credentialling  services  and  operations  development  and  strategic  planning
services.


     Disease  Management  Program  Development.  The  Company provides physician
networks   with  disease  management  program  development  services,  including
clinical  guidelines  development,  implementation and management services, data
collection, outcomes measurement and clinical trials development.


     Payor  Marketing and Contracting. The Company assists physician networks in
marketing  their  medical  services  to  health  care  payors,  including  HMOs,
insurance  companies,  self-insured  companies  and other managed care entities.
The  Company  works  with  each  physician  network  to educate payors about the
medical   services   provided  by  such  network.  The  Company  structures  and
negotiates  risk-based contracts on behalf of its affiliated physician networks.
The  Company  works with physician networks to meet credentialling standards and
specialty mix requirements of payors.


                                       28
<PAGE>


     Financial  and  Administrative  Management. The Company offers a variety of
financial  and  administrative  services  to  physician  networks. The financial
services  provided by the Company include risk management, capitation allocation
and  distribution, claims processing and accounting services. The administrative
services  provided  by  the  Company  include  records  maintenance, utilization
management and communications.

     Clinical  Information  Management.  The Company offers clinical information
management   services   to   physician  networks.  The  Med-E-Network  suite  of
applications  allows  network  physicians  to  process  electronic referrals and
electronic  claims.  Med-E-Network  also provides access to electronic payor and
patient  eligibility  information,  third-party  databases  and patient-specific
diagnostic and clinical information.

     Network  Governance.  The  Company  assists  network  medical directors and
governance committees with a variety of governance issues.



CLINICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS

     The  Company has developed clinical information systems that link physician
users  at  the  point  of  care  and  on a real-time basis with patient data and
clinical  guidelines  maintained by the Company and third parties. The Company's
clinical  information  systems  consist  of  proprietary  software,  third-party
hardware,  proprietary  and  third-party databases and related support services.
The  Company's clinical information systems are designed to allow physicians (i)
to  access  patient-specific  clinical  and  payor information, (ii) to generate
patient  instructions,  prescriptions  and orders for tests, specialty referrals
and  specialty  procedures and (iii) to access databases containing managed care
and   disease   management   guidelines,  diagnostic/treatment  preferences  and
guidelines affecting medical orders.


     The  Company's  clinical  information  systems  are  designed to complement
existing  health  care  information  systems  and  to  function with third-party
applications.  The  clinical  information  systems  connect  to  physician users
either  through  the  use of a hand-held computer equipped with a wireless modem
or  a  desktop  computer using a standard wireline modem. It is anticipated that
access  to  the  Company's  clinical  information  systems  will be delivered to
physician  users and other health care professionals via both private and public
networks,  including the Internet. The Company's product suites operate within a
client/server-based  open  architecture.  The  Company's  products  support HL-7
interfaces,  incorporate  TCP/IP  protocols  for real-time data transmission and
run  on  the Microsoft Windows operating system and standard hardware platforms.
The  Company  employs  proprietary  processes  and  standard commercial security
measures  to  ensure  the  privacy  of  the  data communication paths within its
products.

   
     In addition to providing its clinical information systems to its affiliated
physicians,  the Company from time to time  licenses  its  clinical  information
systems to  third-party  health  care  organizations.  To date,  the Company has
entered into such  agreements  with Merck Medco Managed Care,  Inc.,  PCS Health
Systems,  Inc., the managed care unit of Eli Lilly,  Physicians' Online and Rush
Presbyterian - St. Luke's Medical Center.  In addition,  the Company markets its
clinical  information systems to physician group practices and networks together
with its management services.
    

     The  Company  continues  to pursue strategic relationships with health care
providers  as well as hospital information systems companies, physician practice
management  systems  companies and on-line services companies for the purpose of
further developing and marketing its information systems.

   
   The  Company  offers  a broad  range  of  clinical  information  systems  for
physician users, presently through three suites of applications, Med-E-Practice,
EOS 2000 and  Med-E-Net.  Med-E-Practice  is  designed  to be used  directly  by
physician  group  practices  in support of clinical  decision  making,  clinical
ordering     and     administrative     management.     EOS    2000    is    the
Internet/Intranet-enabled   version  of  certain  Med-E-Practice   applications.
Med-E-Net is designed to support administrative and clinical decision making for
physician  networks engaged in capitated and other fixed-fee  arrangements under
managed  care   contracts.   The  initial   commercial   installations   of  the
Med-E-Practice  and Med-E-Net  suites of applications  occurred in June 1996 and
February 1997,  respectively.  EOS 2000 is in beta testing and is expected to be
commerically  available  in the  fourth  quarter of 1997.  See "Risk  Factors --
Uncertainty of Successful Commercialization of Clinical Information Systems" and
" -- Legal Proceedings."
    



                                       29
<PAGE>


     The  following  table  summarizes  the three suites of applications offered
and being developed by the Company:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCT NAME                  PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

<S>                           <C>
  MED-E-PRACTICE
     Smart Scripts  ......... Pharmaceutical prescription writing application providing formu-
                              lary management, drug utilization and review ("DUR") edits and
                              diagnostic coding linkage to drug therapy protocols.
     Med-E-Visit ............ Patient encounter application generating a Superbill with fully-
                              qualified diagnostic coding linked to appropriate billing codes re-
                              quired to support outcomes analysis.
     Med-E-Referral ......... Supports multiple referral networks by recording referral infor-
                              mation and providing both network-specific referral rules and ap-
                              propriate network specialists.
     Conditions Editor ...... Tracks and maintains an active conditions list by patient.
     Allergies Editor  ...... Maintains active and inactive allergy conditions by patient, sup-
                              porting charting and DUR editing.
     Practice Management
      Integrator ............ Allows Med-E-Practice applications to integrate with third-party
                              physician practice management systems using industry-standard
                              HL-7 records.
  EOS 2000
     E-Rx  .................. Internet/Intranet-enabled pharmaceutical prescription writing ap-
                              plication providing formulary management, DUR edits and diag-
                              nostic coding linkage to drug therapy protocols.
     E-Referral  ............ Internet/Intranet-enabled application supporting multiple referral
                              networks by recording referral information and providing both
                              network-specific referral rules and appropriate network specialists.
  MED-E-NET
     Med-E-Net Central ...... Provides centralized administrative functions necessary to manage
                              risk-taking specialty networks.
     Med-E-Net Office  ...... Integrates physicians in geographically dispersed networks.

================================================================================

</TABLE>


 


     Med-E-Practice  provides  administrative and clinical support for physician
group  practices.  The Med-E-Practice suite is designed for use by physicians at
the  point of care and on a real-time basis and is intended to allow better care
decisions  by  providing  better  information.  All  of  the applications in the
Med-E-Practice  suite  are designed to be run on a pen-based, portable, wireless
computer  for  use  in  a  busy  ambulatory  practice.  The Med-E-Practice suite
consists of the following applications:

     Smart  Scripts.  Smart  Scripts  is a prescription writing application that
provides   the   clinician:  (i)  patient-specific  prescription  history,  (ii)
real-time  formulary  management, specific to each patient's insurance coverage,
(iii)  clinical  intervention  screening,  using  third-party  DUR modules, (iv)
default  dosing,  (v)  generic  substitution,  (vi)  condition/drug relationship
maintenance  and  (vii)  support for individual customer lists. The Company also
markets Smart Scripts as a stand-alone product.

     Med-E-Visit.  Med-E-Visit  is  a  patient  encounter management application
that  records procedures and conditions. Med-E-Visit allows for the selection of
laboratory,  x-ray,  immunization,  visit  and  procedure  codes, using standard
diagnostic  and billing coding. Med-E-Visit links all procedures with conditions
for  outcomes  analysis  and  facilitates correct insurance billing. Med-E-Visit
records  follow-up  visit  requirements  and,  in  conjunction with the Practice
Management  Integrator, submits a Superbill to a third-party practice management
system.



                                       30
<PAGE>


     Med-E-Referral.   Med-E-Referral   simplifies   patient  referrals  through
real-time  access  to  each  individual patient's appropriate physician network.
The    Referral    application    records    referral    information,   provides
network-specific  referral  rules  and  helps to select the appropriate referral
physician  by  specialty  and location and allows a complete referral form to be
created and printed.

     Conditions  Editor.  The Conditions Editor automatically tracks a patient's
medical  condition  information  generated  by  the  other  applications  in the
Med-E-Practice  suite. It uses disease-specific algorithms to monitor and permit
a  physician  to  record  a patient encounter. The Conditions Editor also allows
the clinical user to directly edit and manage the current conditions list.

     Allergies  Editor.  The Allergies Editor allows the clinical user to easily
maintain  allergy  information  for  use  in  the  Med-E-Practice suite. Allergy
information   is  provided  by  the  Conditions  Editor  to  the  Smart  Scripts
application and other Med-E-Practice applications.

     Practice   Management   Integrator.   The  Practice  Management  Integrator
integrates   the   Med-E-Practice   suite   with  certain  third-party  practice
management  systems  through  a  Company-designed  interface  using the industry
standard HL-7 interface.

     EOS  2000 is a  suite  of  Internet/Intranet-enabled  versions  of  certain
Med-E-Practice applications.  The applications entered the beta testing phase in
September  1997 and are  expected  to be  commercially  available  in the fourth
quarter of 1997.  E-Rx is  designed  to allow any  physician  with access to the
Internet to gain the advantages of on-line  prescription  management.  E-Rx will
provide (i) patient  specific  prescription  history,  (ii) real-time  formulary
management,  specific  to each  patient's  insurance  coverage,  (iii)  clinical
intervention screening,  using third party DUR modules and (iv) legible, printed
prescriptions.  E-Referral  is intended to simplify  patient  referrals  through
real-time access to each individual patient's appropriate physician network.

     Med-E-Net   is  a  suite  of  network  management  applications  supporting
physician  networks  engaged  in  risk-based  contracts  with  payors. Med-E-Net
automates   network   configuration,  maintenance  of  network  rules,  referral
management,  utilization review management, claims and encounter submissions and
financial  and  clinical  reporting.  Med-E-Net  utilizes  a relational database
engine  which  integrates various sources of information and provides a flexible
repository  for  developing  administrative, financial and clinical reports. The
Med-E-Net suite consists of the following applications:

     Med-E-Net  Central. Med-E-Net Central is designed to centralize and support
the   administrative  functions  of  a  risk-taking  physician  network  by  (i)
providing  pre-certification,  (ii)  processing  claims  and  encounters,  (iii)
generating,  managing  and  matching  referrals,  (iv)  providing  financial and
clinical  utilization  review  reporting,  (v)  providing  automated utilization
review approvals and denials and (vi) providing eligibility assistance.

     Med-E-Net  Office.  Med-E-Net  Office  links physician offices to Med-E-Net
Central.   Med-E-Net   Office   is   a   forms-based,  scaleable,  client/server
application  supporting  referral  creation  and  receipt,  claims and encounter
submission and the creation and submission of treatment plans.

     The   Company   believes  that  the  timely  development  of  new  clinical
information  applications  and  the enhancement of existing clinical information
systems  are  important  to  its  competitive  position.  The  Company's product
development  strategy  is  directed toward creating new or enhanced applications
that  (i)  increase  the functionality of current products by providing enhanced
interfaces  to  third-party  systems and data repositories, (ii) expand coverage
along  the  continuum  of  clinical  care, (iii) increase coverage to additional
disease  and  procedure  groups  and  (iv)  provide  customers  with  a range of
decision  support  systems  at  various  price points. One new application being
developed   by   the   Company  is  a  clinical  trials  information  management
application.  The  Company  has  approximately  30  professionals  dedicated  to
systems development. See "Risk Factors - Technological Change."


CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIPS WITH AFFILIATED PHYSICIANS

     The  Company  typically  establishes an MSO for each physician organization
it  manages.  The  MSO is a joint venture between the physician organization and
the  Company, with the Company owning at least 51% of the equity in the MSO. The
MSO enters into a long-term management services agreement with



                                       31
<PAGE>


the  physician  organization  pursuant  to which the MSO provides group practice
management  or  network management services that provide both administrative and
clinical  support to members of the physician organization. The MSO concurrently
enters  into  a  services  agreement with the Company pursuant to which it gains
access  to  management  services  and  clinical  information  systems  from  the
Company.  The MSO's assets consist primarily of its management service contracts
with  the  physician  group  or  network  served  and  its  liabilities  consist
primarily  of  its  obligations  under  its  agreement  with the Company and its
obligations  to  its  employees.  For  certain MSOs, a stockholders agreement is
entered  into  among  the  MSO,  the physician organization and the Company. The
stockholders  agreement,  among  other things, (i) restricts the transfer of MSO
equity,  (ii) provides the terms upon which, after the occurrence of the Trigger
Event  (as hereinafter defined), the MSO can, at the Company's option, be merged
with  and  into  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company in a transaction in
which  interests  of  the  physician  groups  and  networks in such MSO would be
exchanged  for  Common  Stock and (iii) grants to the physician organization the
right  to  put  its equity in the MSO to the Company at a price equal to 110% of
the  then-current  fair  market  value  of the shares of Common Stock that would
have  otherwise  been  issued in the Roll Up Transaction if the Company does not
exercise  its  option  to cause the Roll Up Transaction to occur within one year
after  the  occurrence  of  the  Trigger  Event. In the case of each such MSO, a
Trigger  Event will occur at such time as (i) the Company is providing physician
practice  management  services  to  at least 300 physicians, (ii) the Company is
providing  physician  network  management services to at least 2,000 physicians,
(iii)  the Company has at least $75,000,000 in stockholders' equity and (iv) the
Company's  Common  Stock  is  publicly  traded. The Company has reserved 548,224
shares  of  Common  Stock  for  issuance  upon  the merger of such MSOs into the
Company.  See "Risk Factors - Dependence on Management Contracts with Affiliated
Physician   Groups  and  Networks"  and  "Risk  Factors  -  Management  Services
Organizations Not Wholly-Owned; Physician Put Rights; Dilution."

     Physician  Practices.  The  management  services agreements between the MSO
and  a  physician  group  practice  generally have an initial term of five to 30
years  and  are  automatically  renewable  for additional terms. Such agreements
typically  are  subject  to early termination for cause. The management services
agreements  generally  obligate  an  MSO to provide certain non-medical practice
management  services  to the physician group practice for a monthly fee. The fee
paid  to  the  MSO is generally a combination of fixed fees for certain services
and  percentage  fees  for  certain  services. For risk-based contracts that the
physician  group  practice  enters  into, the management services agreement will
generally  provide  for additional management fees based upon savings recognized
by  the physician group practice attributable to any cost efficiencies resulting
from  the  MSO's  performance.  The  fees  are  set to be competitive within the
geographic  area  in  which the physician group practice is located. A provision
restricting  the  physician  group  practice  from  competing against the MSO or
employing  the MSO's employees is generally included in the agreement. See "Risk
Factors  -  Dependence  on Management Contracts with Affiliated Physician Groups
and Networks."

     Physician  Networks. The management services agreements between the MSO and
a  physician  network  generally have an initial term of at least five years and
are  automatically renewable for additional terms. Such agreements typically are
subject  to  early  termination  for  cause.  The management services agreements
generally  obligate an MSO to provide certain non-medical management services to
the  physician  network  for  a  fee.  The fee paid to the MSO for risk-based or
capitated  contracts is generally a service fee equal to the actual cost, not to
exceed   a  specified  percentage  of  capitated  revenues,  for  providing  the
non-medical  management services plus an incentive based on savings generated by
the  network. The fee paid to the MSO for fee-for-service contracts is generally
equal  to  the  administrative fees included in the managed care contract plus a
management  processing fee agreed upon by the MSO and the physician network. The
fees  are  set  to  be  competitive  within  the  geographic  area  in which the
physician  network  is  located.  In the agreement, the physician network agrees
that  the  MSO will be the exclusive provider of non-medical management services
to  the  physician  network.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  Dependence  on  Management
Contracts with Affiliated Physician Groups and Networks."

     Capitated and Other Fixed-Fee Arrangements.  The Company has recently begun
to  enter  into,  and  in the  future  the  Company  anticipates  entering  into
additional,  managed care or capitated  arrangements,  either indirectly through
the  assignment of managed care  contracts  entered into between its  affiliated
physicians  and  third-party  payors or directly to the Company or, in New York,
through the formation of 


                                       32
<PAGE>


an  IPA.  The  Company  has  little   experience   in  managing   capitated-risk
arrangements  and has no  experience in forming or managing an IPA. With respect
to the  assignment  of capitated  revenues to the  Company,  the Company will be
dependent on the  physician  group  practices  and networks  entering  into such
agreements,  the terms and  conditions of which are determined by the physicians
in  their  sole  discretion,  and  providing  medical  services  thereunder.  In
addition, the Company is dependent upon the continued alliance of the physicians
with the group practice and network clients of the Company.  The Company has not
earned,  recognized  or recorded any managed care or capitated  revenue  through
June 30, 1997, although the Company expects to do so beginning prior to the year
ending  December  31,  1997.  Revenues  under  any  managed  care  or  capitated
arrangements  entered  into  directly by the Company  will  generally be a fixed
amount per enrollee. Under such an arrangement,  the Company would contract with
affiliated  physicians for the provision of health care services and the Company
would be  responsible  for the  provision of all or a portion of the health care
requirements of such enrollees.  To the extent that enrollees  require more care
than is  anticipated  by the Company  upon  entering  into such a contract,  the
Company's  revenues under such contracts may be insufficient to cover its costs,
in which event the Company  would  suffer a loss.  The Company  expects to enter
into  floating  rate  reimbursement  arrangements  with network  physicians  and
reinsurance  agreements with  third-party  insurers in respect of such risk. See
"Risk Factors - Risks Associated with Capitated Fee  Arrangements"  and "- Risks
Associated with Direct Capitation."


PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

     The  Company  is relying upon the effectiveness of protection provided by a
combination  of patent, trade secret and copyright laws, nondisclosure and other
contractual  provisions  and  technological  measures to protect its proprietary
position  in its methodologies, databases and software. The Company has two U.S.
patent  applications,  one of which has been allowed and is expected to issue by
the  end of 1997. In addition, foreign patent applications having subject matter
common  with both U.S. applications have been filed. The patent applications are
directed  to  the  Company's  Smart  Scripts  prescription management system and
related  technologies.  No  assurance  can  be provided that a patent or patents
will   be  issued  or,  if  issued,  will  provide  the  Company  with  adequate
protection.  Nor  can  any  assurance  be  given  that  patent,  trade  secrets,
copyright  or other intellectual property rights can be successfully asserted in
any  court  action.  The  Company  also  has  copyrights  in  its software, user
documentation  and  databases.  The  copyright protection accorded to databases,
however,  is  fairly  limited.  While  the arrangement and selection of data are
protectable,  the  actual  data are not, and others are free to create databases
that   perform   the   same  function.  The  Company  distributes  its  clinical
information   systems   products   under   agreements   that   grant   customers
non-exclusive  licenses  and  generally contain terms and conditions restricting
the  disclosure  and  use  of  the  Company's  systems. In addition, the Company
attempts  to  protect  the  secrecy of its proprietary databases and other trade
secrets  and  proprietary  information  through  confidentiality agreements with
employees, consultants and third parties.

     The  Company believes that, aside from the various legal protections of its
proprietary  information and technologies, factors such as the technological and
creative  skills  of  its  personnel  and  product  maintenance  and support are
integral  to  establishing  and  maintaining its position within the health care
industry.  Although  the Company believes that its products do not infringe upon
the  proprietary  rights  of third parties, there can be no assurance that third
parties will not assert infringement claims against the Company in the future.


Competition

     The  provision  of  physician practice and network management services is a
highly  competitive  business  in  which the Company competes for contracts with
several  national  and  many  regional  and  local  companies.  The Company also
competes  with  traditional  managers  of  health  care  services  that directly
recruit   and   manage   physicians.  In  addition,  certain  of  the  Company's
competitors   are   dedicated   to   or   specialize   in   the   management  of
single-specialty  practices focused on diseases such as cardiology, oncology and
orthopedics,  specialties  on which the Company intends to focus. Certain of the
Company's  competitors  have access to substantially greater financial resources
than  the  Company.  The  Company  believes that competition in this industry is
generally based on cost and quality of services.



                                       33
<PAGE>


     The  market  for  health  care  information  systems and services is highly
competitive  and  rapidly  changing.  The  Company  believes  that the principal
competitive  factors for clinical information systems are the proprietary nature
of  methodologies, databases and technical resources, the usefulness of the data
and   reports   generated   by  the  software,  customer  service  and  support,
compatibility  with  the  customer's existing information systems, potential for
product   enhancement,   vendor  reputation,  price  and  the  effectiveness  of
marketing and sales efforts.

     The  Company's  competitors include other providers of clinical information
systems  and  practice management systems. Many of the Company's competitors and
potential  competitors  have  greater  financial, product development, technical
and  marketing resources than the Company, and currently have, or may develop or
acquire,  substantial  installed  customer bases in the health care industry. In
addition,   as   the  market  for  clinical  information  systems  and  practice
management  systems  develops,  additional  competitors may enter the market and
competition  may intensify. While the Company believes that it will successfully
differentiate  its  clinical  information systems from those of its competitors,
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  future competition will not have a material
adverse   effect  on  the  Company.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  Highly  Competitive
Industry."

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     AS  A PARTICIPANT IN THE HEALTH CARE INDUSTRY, THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS AND
RELATIONSHIPS  ARE SUBJECT TO extensive and increasing regulation by a number of
governmental  entities  at  the  federal,  state  and  local levels. The Company
believes  its  operations  are  in  material  compliance  with  applicable laws.
Nevertheless,   because  of  the  nature  of  the  Company's  relationship  with
physician  organizations, many aspects of the Company's business operations have
not  been  the subject of formal state or federal regulatory interpretations and
there  can  be no assurance that a review by courts or regulatory authorities of
the  Company's  business  or that of its affiliated physician organizations will
not  result in a determination that could adversely affect the operations of the
Company  or that the health care regulatory environment will not change so as to
restrict  the  Company's  or  the  affiliated physicians' existing operations or
their expansion.

     Reimbursement.  Management estimates that approximately 35% of the revenues
of  the Company's affiliated physician group practices are derived from payments
made   by  government-sponsored  health  care  programs  (principally  Medicare,
Medicaid   and  state  reimbursement  programs).  Consequently,  any  change  in
reimbursement  regulations,  policies,  practices,  interpretations  or statutes
could  adversely  affect  the  operations  of  the Company. The federal Medicare
program  has implemented a system of reimbursement of physician services, RBRVS.
The  Company  expects that future changes in the RBRVS fee schedule, as required
by  law, and in Medicare reimbursement generally, will result, in some cases, in
a  reduction  and,  in  some cases, in an increase from historical levels in the
per-patient  Medicare revenue received by certain of the physician organizations
with  which  the  Company  contracts.  Although the Company does not believe any
such  reductions  would have a material adverse effect on the Company, the RBRVS
fee  schedule  may  be  adopted  by  other  payors,  which could have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Company.  See  "Risk  Factors  -  Cost Containment and
Reimbursement Trends."

     Billing.  There  are  state  and federal civil and criminal statutes, which
impose   substantial   penalties,   including   civil  and  criminal  fines  and
imprisonment,  on  health  care  providers  who  fraudulently or wrongfully bill
governmental  or  other third-party payors for health care services. The federal
law  prohibiting  false billings allows a private person to bring a civil action
in  the  name  of the U.S. government for violations of its provisions. There is
no   assurance   that  the  Company's  activities  will  not  be  challenged  or
scrutinized  by governmental authorities. Moreover, technical Medicare and other
reimbursement  rules affect the structure of physician billing arrangements. The
Company  believes  it  is  in  material  compliance  with  such regulations, but
regulatory  authorities  may differ in their interpretations of such regulations
and,  in  such  event,  the  Company  might have to modify its relationship with
physician  organizations.  Noncompliance  with  such  regulations  could  have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the business, financial conditions and results of
operations  of  the  Company  and  subject it and affiliated physician groups to
penalties and additional costs.

     Corporate  Practice  of Medicine and Fee Splitting. The laws of many states
prohibit  business corporations such as the Company from practicing medicine and
employing  physicians  to  practice  medicine.  These  laws  forbid  both direct
control over medical decisions and indirect interference, such as splitting



                                       34
<PAGE>


medical  fees  with  physicians  or controlling budgetary allotments for patient
care.  Laws  regarding  the  corporate  practice  of medicine vary from state to
state  and  are enforced by the courts and by regulatory authorities. All of the
management service agreements ("MSAs") between the Company's majority-owned
MSOs  and  the  physician  groups  and networks they serve address this issue by
providing  that the physician organization retains complete control over medical
decisionmaking,  and  that  the  MSO may neither interfere with the professional
judgment  of medical personnel nor control, direct or supervise the provision of
medical  services.  Furthermore,  the  MSAs provide that the MSO may not perform
any  services  or  activities  which  constitute  the  practice of medicine. For
instance,  the  MSO  has  no responsibility to make decisions regarding level of
patient  care,  credentialing  or  quality  monitoring. Administrative policies,
budgets  and  fee  schedules  affecting  the  delivery  of  medical services are
developed  by  a  Joint  Management  Advisory  Board,  which  is  at  all  times
controlled  by medical group physicians. Each MSO controlled by the Company is a
management  organization  whose  role  is to perform administrative and business
functions.  Although  the  Company  believes  it  is in material compliance with
regulations  regarding  the  corporate practice of medicine, no assurance can be
given that its operations will not be challenged by regulatory authorities.


     A  recent letter by the general counsel of the New York State Department of
Health  has called into question commonplace practices with regard to management
services  fees  charged  to  physician  practices  by  corporations  such as the
Company.  Specifically,  this  letter  took the position that per visit fees and
billing   fees  based  on  a  percentage  of  collections  violated  New  York's
prohibition   on  fee-splitting  by  licensed  professionals.  The  Company  has
included  such  percentage  of  collection fees in substantially all of the MSAs
with  physicians  in  New  York.  No assurance can be given that such agreements
will  be enforceable. Furthermore, expansion of the operations of the Company to
certain  jurisdictions  may  require  it  to  comply  with  such  jurisdictions'
regulations  which  could lead to structural and organizational modifications of
the  Company's form of relationships with physician organizations. Such changes,
if  any,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the Company's business,
financial  condition  and  results  of operations and on the price of the Common
Stock.  In addition, a determination in any state that the Company is engaged in
the  corporate practice of medicine or fee splitting could render any management
services  agreement or IPA provider agreement between the Company and a practice
in  such  state  unenforceable or subject to modification in a manner materially
adverse to the Company.


     Fraud  and  Abuse  Statutes. Certain provisions of the Social Security Act,
commonly  referred  to  as  the  "Anti-kickback  Statute,"  prohibit  the offer,
payment,  solicitation  or receipt of any form of remuneration which is intended
to  induce  business  for  which payment may be made under a federal health care
program.  A  federal  health  care  program is any plan or program that provides
health  benefits,  whether  directly,  through  insurance or otherwise, which is
funded  directly,  in  whole  or in part, by the United States government (e.g.,
Medicare,  Medicaid and CHAMPUS). Excluded from the definition of federal health
care  program  is  the  Federal  Employee  Health  Benefits Program. The type of
remuneration  covered  by  the  Anti-kickback Statute is very broad. It includes
not   only   kickbacks,  bribes  and  rebates,  but  also  proscribes  any  such
remuneration,  whether made directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash
or  in  kind.  Moreover,  prohibited  conduct  includes  not  only  remuneration
intended  to  induce  referrals,  but  also  remuneration intended to induce the
purchasing,  leasing,  arranging  or ordering of any goods, facilities, services
or  items  paid  for by a federal health care program. The Anti-kickback Statute
has  been  broadly  interpreted by courts in many jurisdictions. Read literally,
the  statute  places  at  risk many business arrangements potentially subjecting
such   arrangements   to   lengthy  expensive  investigations  and  prosecutions
initiated  by  federal  and  state  government officials. Many states, including
some  of  those  in  which  the  Company  does  business,  have  adopted similar
prohibitions  against  payments  intended  to  induce  referrals of Medicaid and
other  third-party  payor  patients.  The  Company believes that, although it is
receiving  remuneration  under  the MSAs for management services, it is not in a
position  to  make  or influence the referral of patients or services reimbursed
under  government  programs  to the physician groups and, therefore, believes it
has  not  violated  the  Anti-kickback  Statute.  Moreover, the Company is not a
separate  provider  of  Medicare or state health program reimbursed services. To
the  extent  the  Company is deemed to be either a referral source or a separate
provider  under its MSAs and to receive referrals from physicians, the financial
arrangements  under such agreements could be subject to scrutiny and prosecution
under the Anti-kickback Statute. Violation of the Anti-kickback Statute is a



                                       35
<PAGE>


felony,   punishable   by  criminal  fines  up  to  $25,000  per  violation  and
imprisonment  for  up to five years; a civil monetary penalty of $50,000; and/or
civil  damages  of not more than three times the amount of remuneration offered,
paid,  solicited  or  received  without  regard  to  whether any portion of such
remuneration  was  for  a  lawful  purpose.  In addition, the U.S. Department of
Health   and  Human  Services  ("HHS")  may  impose  civil  penalties  excluding
violators from participation in Medicare or state health programs.

     In  July  1991,  in  part  to  address concerns regarding the Anti-kickback
Statute,  the federal government published regulations that provided exceptions,
or  "safe  harbors,"  for  transactions  that  will be deemed not to violate the
Anti-kickback  Statute.  Among the safe harbors included in the regulations were
provisions  relating  to  the  sale  of  practitioner  practices, management and
personal   services  agreements  and  employee  relationships.  Additional  safe
harbors  were  proposed  in  September  1993  offering new protections under the
Anti-kickback  Statute  to  eight  activities,  including referrals within group
practices  consisting  of active investors. Proposed amendments to clarify these
safe  harbors  were  published  in  July  1994  which,  if  adopted, would cause
substantive  retroactive  changes  to the 1991 regulations. Although the Company
believes  that  it  is  not  in  violation  of  the  Anti-kickback  Statute, its
operations may not fit within any of the existing or proposed safe harbors.

     As  a  component  of  the recently enacted Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability  Act  of  1996,  Congress  directed the Secretary of HHS to issue
advisory  opinions regarding compliance with the Anti-kickback Statute. Advisory
opinions  are  available  concerning  what  constitutes  prohibited remuneration
within  the  meaning  of  the  Anti-kickback  Statute,  whether  an  arrangement
satisfies  the  statutory  exceptions  to  the Anti-kickback Statute, whether an
arrangement  meets  a  safe  harbor,  what  constitutes an illegal inducement to
reduce  or  limit  services  to  individuals entitled to benefits covered by the
Anti-kickback  Statute  and  whether  an  activity  constitutes  grounds for the
imposition  of  civil  or  criminal  penalties  under  the applicable exclusion.
Advisory  opinions,  however,  will  not assess fair market value for any goods,
services  or property or determine whether an individual is a bona fide employee
within  the  meaning  of the Internal Revenue Code. The statutory language makes
clear  that  advisory  opinions  are  available  for  both proposed and existing
arrangements.  The  failure of a party to seek an advisory opinion, however, may
not  be introduced into evidence to prove that the party intended to violate the
Anti-kickback  Statute. The Company has not sought, and has no present intention
of  seeking,  an advisory opinion regarding any aspect of its current operations
or arrangements with physicians.

     Significant  prohibitions  against  physician  referrals  were  enacted  by
Congress  in  the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993. These prohibitions,
commonly  known as "Stark II," amended prior physician self-referral legislation
known as "Stark I" by dramatically enlarging the field of physician-owned    or
physician-interested   entities   to  which  the  referral  prohibitions  apply.
Effective  January 1, 1995, Stark II prohibits, subject to certain exemptions, a
physician  or  a  member  of his or her immediate family from referring Medicare
patients  to  an  entity  providing  "designated  health  services" in which the
physician  has  an ownership or investment interest, or with which the physician
has  entered  into  a  compensation arrangement, including the physician's group
practice.  The designated health services include radiology and other diagnostic
services,   radiation   therapy  services,  physical  and  occupational  therapy
services  and  providing  durable  medical  equipment,  parenteral  and  enteral
nutrients,   equipment   and   supplies,   prosthetics,   orthotics,  outpatient
prescription  drugs,  home health services and inpatient and outpatient hospital
services.  The penalties for violating Stark II include a prohibition on payment
by  these government programs and civil penalties of as much as $15,000 for each
violative  referral  and $100,000 for participation in a "circumvention scheme."
The  Company  believes  that  its  activities are not in violation of Stark I or
Stark  II.  However,  interpretative  regulations  clarifying  the provisions of
Stark  II  have  not  been issued and, therefore, there can be no assurance that
the Company's operations will not be challenged by regulatory authorities.

     Stark  II  also  governs  a  physician's  ability  to  refer  patients  for
designated  health  services  within the practices and networks that the Company
manages  in light of the physician's ongoing compensation arrangements with such
practices  and  networks. An exception for in-office ancillary services requires
that  the  practices  and  networks  meet  certain  structural  and  operational
requirements  on  an  ongoing  basis  in  order  to bill for in-office ancillary
designated  health services rendered by employed or contracted physicians. A key
 



                                       36
<PAGE>


feature  of  the  in-office  ancillary  services  exception  is  the Stark law's
definition  of  "group  practice."  The  Health  Care  Financing  Administration
("HCFA")  has  announced  its  intention  to publish proposed regulations in the
near  future, which, among other things, are expected to focus on the definition
of  "group  practice."  Any adverse changes to the group practice definition may
have  a  material adverse effect on the Company by severely limiting the ability
of  the practices and networks that the Company manages to bill the Medicare and
Medicaid  Programs  for  certain ancillary services furnished by those practices
and networks.


     In  the recently enacted Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Congress directed the
Secretary  of  HHS  to issue advisory opinions as to whether a referral relating
to  designated  health  services  (other  than  clinical laboratory services) is
prohibited  under the Stark law. The advisory opinion mechanism is authorized to
begin  on or about November 3, 1997. An advisory opinion issued by the Secretary
will  be  binding  as  to  the Secretary and the party or parties requesting the
opinion.  The  Company  has  no  present  intention  to seek an advisory opinion
regarding  its  current operations, arrangements with physicians or the referral
activities of physicians in the practices and networks it manages.


     A  number  of  states  have  enacted self-referral laws that are similar in
purpose  to  Stark  II but which impose different restrictions on referrals from
Stark  II.  These  various state self-referral laws have different requirements.
Some   states,  for  example,  only  prohibit  referrals  when  the  physician's
financial  relationship  with a health care provider is based upon an investment
interest.  Other  state laws apply only to a limited number of designated health
services  or,  alternatively,  to  all  health  care  services  furnished  by  a
provider.  Some states do not prohibit referrals at all, but require only that a
patient  be  informed of the financial relationship before the referral is made.
Most  of  the  states  in  which the Company conducts business have adopted some
form   of   self-referral   law.   Many  states,  including  Pennsylvania,  have
self-referral  laws  that  are  particularly applicable to workers' compensation
patients.  The Company believes that its current operations and the structure of
the  practices  and  networks  it  manages  are  in material compliance with the
self-referral  laws  of  the  states  in  which  such practices and networks are
located.


     Under  numerous  federal  laws, including the Federal False Claims Act (the
"False  Claims  Act"),  the federal government is authorized to impose criminal,
civil  and  administrative  penalties  on  any health care provider that files a
false  claim  for  reimbursement from a federally funded health program (such as
Medicare  or  Medicaid).  Recently  enacted  federal  legislation  also  imposes
federal  criminal  penalties on persons who file false or fraudulent claims with
private  insurers.  While  the  criminal  statutes  are  generally  reserved for
instances  of  fraud,  the  civil  and administrative penalty statutes are being
applied  by  the  government  in  an  increasingly broad range of circumstances.
Civil  sanctions  may  be imposed if the claimant knew or should have known that
billing  was  improper. The government also has taken the position that claiming
reimbursement  for  services  that are substandard is a violation of these false
claims  statutes  if  the  claimant  knew or should have known that the care was
substandard  or rendered under improper circumstances. Private persons may bring
civil  actions  to  enforce  the  False  Claims  Act.  Under certain lower court
decisions,  claims  derived from the Anti-kickback Statute or the Stark law have
been  deemed to be, or may under certain circumstances be construed to be, false
claims.


     While  the Company believes that it and the MSOs are in compliance with the
foregoing  federal  and state laws, future regulations could require the Company
to  modify the form of its relationships with physician organizations. Moreover,
the  violation  of any such state or federal law by the Company, the MSOs or the
physician  organizations  managed  by  the Company could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.


     PIP  Regulations. HCFA has issued final regulations (the "PIP regulations")
covering  the  use  of  physician  incentive  plans  ("PIPs")  by HMOs and other
managed  care  contractors  and  subcontractors  that  contract  to  arrange for
services  to  Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries ("Organizations"), potentially
including  the  Company.  Any Organization that contracts with a physician group
that  places  the  individual  physician  members  of  the  group at substantial
financial  risk  for  the provision of services that the group does not directly
provide  (e.g.,  if  a  primary  care  group  takes risk but subcontracts with a
specialty  group  to  provide certain services) must satisfy certain disclosure,
survey  and  stop-loss  requirements. Under the PIP regulations, payments of any
kind, direct or indirect, to induce providers to reduce



                                       37
<PAGE>


or  limit  covered  or  medically necessary services are prohibited ("Prohibited
Payments").  Further,  where  there are no Prohibited Payments but there is risk
sharing  among  participating  providers  related  to utilization of services by
their  patients,  the  regulations  contain  three  groups  of requirements: (i)
requirements   for   physician   incentive   plans   that  place  physicians  at
"substantial   financial   risk,"   (ii)   disclosure   requirements   for   all
Organizations  with  PIPs:  and  (iii)  requirements  related  to subcontracting
arrangements.  In case of substantial financial risk (defined in the regulations
according  to  several  methods,  but  essentially  risk in excess of 25% of the
maximum  payments anticipated under a plan with less than 25,000 covered lives),
Organizations  must  conduct enrollee surveys and ensure that all providers have
specified  stop-loss  protection.  The  violation of the requirements of the PIP
regulations  may  result  in  a  variety  of  sanctions, including suspension of
enrollment  of  new Medicaid or Medicare members, or a civil monetary penalty of
$25,000  for  each  determination  of noncompliance. In addition, because of the
increasing  public  concerns  regarding  PIPs,  the PIP regulations may become a
model  for  the  industry  as  a  whole.  Although  the Company currently has no
contracts   that   require   compliance   with  the  PIP  regulations,  the  new
regulations,  by limiting the amount of risk that may be imposed upon physicians
in  certain  arrangements, could have an effect on the ability of the Company to
effectively  reduce  the  costs of providing services, by limiting the amount of
risk that may be imposed upon physicians.

     Anti-Trust.  Because  the  physician  organizations  managed by the Company
remain  separate legal  entities,  they may be deemed  competitors  subject to a
range of antitrust laws which prohibit anti-competitive conduct, including price
fixing, concerted refusals to deal and divisions of markets. In particular,  the
antitrust  laws have been  interpreted  by the Federal Trade  Commission and the
United  States   Department  of  Justice  to  prohibit  joint   negotiations  by
competitors of price terms in the absence of financial risk that is shared among
the competitors, other financial integration or substantial clinical integration
among the competitors. The Company intends to comply with such state and federal
laws as may affect its development of, and contracting  for,  integrated  health
care  delivery  networks,  but  there  can be no  assurance  that  review of the
Company's  business  by courts or  regulatory  authorities  will not result in a
determination  that could adversely  affect the operation of the Company and its
affiliated physician groups.

     Insurance  Regulations.  Laws  in  all  states  regulate  the  business  of
insurance  and  the  operation  of  HMOs.  On August 10, 1995, the NAIC issued a
report  opining  that  certain  risk-transferring  arrangements  may  entail the
business  of  insurance, to which state licensure laws apply, but that licensure
laws  would not apply where an unlicensed entity contracts to assume "downstream
risk"  from  a  duly  licensed health insurer or HMO for health care provided to
that  carrier's  enrollees.  In  addition,  in  December 1996, the NAIC issued a
report  entitled  "Regulation of Health Risk Bearing Entities," which sets forth
issues  to  be  considered  by  state  insurance regulators when considering new
regulations,  and encourages that a uniform body of regulation be adopted by the
states.  Certain  states  have enacted statutes or adopted regulations affecting
risk  assumption  in the health care industry. In some states, including some of
those  in  which  the  Company  does  business,  these  statutes and regulations
subject  any  physician  or physician network engaged in risk-based contracting,
even  if  through HMOs and insurance companies, to applicable insurance laws and
regulations,  or  other  laws  and  regulations,  which may include, among other
things,  providing  for  minimum  capital  requirements  and  other  safety  and
soundness  requirements.  Although the NAIC's conclusions are not binding on the
states,  the Company believes that additional regulation at the state level will
be  forthcoming in response to the NAIC initiatives. The Company will enter into
capitated  contracts  only  with licensed insurance companies and HMOs, and only
if  allowed  by  state  law.  The Company believes that it is in compliance with
these  laws  in  the  states  in  which  it  does  business, but there can be no
assurance  that future interpretations of insurance laws and health care network
laws  by  the regulatory authorities in these states or in the states into which
the  Company may expand will not require licensure or a restructuring of some or
all of the Company's operations.

     Health  Care Reform. As a result of the continued escalation of health care
costs  and  the  inability  of  many  individuals  to  obtain  health insurance,
numerous  proposals  have  been  and  may  continue to be introduced in the U.S.
Congress  and state legislatures relating to health care reform. There can be no
assurance  as  to  the  ultimate  content,  timing  or effect of any health care
reform  legislation,  nor  is it possible at this time to estimate the impact of
potential legislation, which may be material to the Company.



                                       38
<PAGE>


     Confidentiality of Patient Records.  The confidentiality of patient records
and the  circumstances  under  which such  records may be released is subject to
substantial  regulation under state and federal laws and  regulations.  Although
the Company does not currently collect  aggregate  clinical data for utilization
review and quality assurance purposes, it plans to develop such databases.  Data
entries to these databases would delete any patient identifiers, including name,
address,  hospital  and  physician.  With  respect  to its  electronic  clinical
information  systems,  the  Company  uses a  state-of-the-art  security  system,
including user  passwords,  128-bit key  encryption  technology and a triple-DES
encryption  algorithm,  to safeguard  the privacy of clinical  data  accessed or
transmitted  on both private and public  networks,  including the Internet,  and
will  continue to employ  such  security  measures  in the  future.  The Company
believes that its procedures comply with the laws and regulations  regarding the
collection of patient data in substantially all  jurisdictions,  but regulations
governing  patient  confidentiality  rights are  evolving  rapidly and are often
difficult  to apply.  Additional  legislation  governing  the  dissemination  of
medical  record  information  has been  proposed  at both the state and  federal
level.  Furthermore,  the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of
1996  requires  the  Secretary  of HHS to recommend  legislation  or  promulgate
regulations  governing  privacy standards for individually  identifiable  health
information  and creates a federal  criminal  offense for knowing  disclosure or
misuse of such  information.  These statutes and regulations may require holders
of such  information to implement  security  measures that may be of substantial
cost to the Company.  There can be no assurance that changes to state or federal
laws would not materially  restrict the ability of the Company to obtain patient
information originating from records.
   
   Licensure,  Certificate  of  Need  and  Prescription  Laws.  Certain  of  the
ancillary  services  that the  Company  anticipates  providing  on behalf of the
practices  and networks it manages are now, or may in the future be,  subject to
licensure  or  certificate  of need  laws in  various  states.  There  can be no
assurance  that the Company,  or the  practices or networks it manages,  will be
able to obtain  such  licenses  or  certificate  of need  approval to the extent
required for the particular  ancillary  service.  Each state  establishes  rules
related to the practice of medicine,  including the method of prescribing drugs.
In addition,  the federal drug enforcement  administration (the "DEA") regulates
the  issuance  and  content of  prescriptions  for  controlled  substances.  The
application of these federal and state rules to the use of the Smart Scripts and
E-Rx prescription  writing and management systems (the  "Prescription  Systems")
varies.  Certain  states in which the Company does  business,  such as New York,
Delaware and Tennessee,  prohibit the use of the Prescription  Systems while the
other  states in which the Company  does  business,  Connecticut,  Georgia,  New
Jersey and Pennsylvania,  limit the use of the Prescription  Systems and the DEA
neither specifically permits nor specifically prohibits electronic  transmission
of prescription  orders.  The DEA is investigating the possibility of adopting a
policy regarding  electronic  transmission of prescription  orders, such as that
used by the Prescription  Systems, for controlled  substances.  The Company will
advise users of the Prescription  Systems of the existence of these restrictions
and  limitations  and  believes its use of the  Prescription  Systems will be in
compliance  with  applicable  state and federal  laws.  Modification  or further
clarification  of federal  and state  rules  regarding  use of the  Prescription
Systems in a manner  that  reduces  their  utility  may have a material  adverse
effect on the Company.

     FDA   Regulation.   Certain   products,  including  software  applications,
intended  for  use  in  the  diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the
cure,  treatment, mitigation or prevention of disease, are subject to regulation
by  the  FDA  under  the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1938, as amended
(the  "FDCA").  The  FDCA  imposes  substantial  regulatory  controls  over  the
manufacturing,  testing,  labeling,  sale, distribution, marketing and promotion
of  medical  devices and other related activities. These regulatory controls can
include,  for example, compliance with the following: manufacturer establishment
registration  and  device  listing;  current  good  manufacturing practices; FDA
clearance  of a premarket notification submission or FDA approval of a premarket
approval  application;  medical device adverse event reporting; and prohibitions
on  misbranding  and  adulteration.  Violations of the FDCA can result in severe
criminal  and  civil  penalties, and other sanctions, including, but not limited
to,  product  seizure,  recall, repair or refund orders, withdrawal or denial of
premarket   notifications   or   premarket   approval  applications,  denial  or
suspension  of  government  contracts,  and injunctions against unlawful product
manufacture, labeling, promotion, and distribution or other activities.
    

     In  its  1989  Draft  Policy  Statement, the FDA stated that it intended to
exempt  certain  clinical  decision  support  software products from a number of
regulatory  controls. Under the 1989 Draft Policy 


                                       39
<PAGE>
Statement,  the FDA stated that it intended to exempt decision  support software
products that involve "competent human  intervention  before any impact on human
health occurs (e.g., where clinical judgment and experience can be used to check
and  interpret  a system  output)"  from the  following  controls:  manufacturer
establishment  registration  and  device  listing,  premarket  notification  and
compliance  with the medical  device  reporting  and current good  manufacturing
practice  regulations.  In the 1989 Draft Policy Statement,  the FDA stated that
until it  formally  exempted  decision  support  software  products  from  these
requirements, manufacturers of eligible decision support software products would
be required to comply with those controls.

   
     Since  issuing  the  1989  Draft Policy Statement, the FDA has not issued a
final  policy  on  this  issue  and  has  not  formally exempted any products as
discussed  in  the 1989 Draft Policy Statement. The FDA has referred to the 1989
Draft  Policy  Statement in official presentations regarding software regulation
and  in  decisions  and  opinions  regarding  the  regulatory  status of various
products.  Over  the  last  several  years,  however, the FDA has stated that it
intends  to  issue  a  new  policy  concerning  computer  products  and has been
increasing  its  efforts to develop this policy in recent months. Under this new
policy,  exemptions  from  regulatory  controls,  if  any,  may  be based upon a
product  specific "risk factor" analysis. For purposes of this analysis, the FDA
may  consider, among other things, the following: (i) seriousness of the disease
to  be  diagnosed  or  treated,  (ii) the time frame for use of the information,
(iii)  whether  the  data  output  is  provided  or  manipulated  in  a novel or
non-traditional  manner,  (iv)  whether  the  software  provides  individualized
patient  care  recommendations,  (v) whether the mechanism by which the software
arrives  at  a  decision  is  hidden or transparent and (vi) whether the product
provides  new  capabilities  for the user. Given the FDA's intent to issue a new
policy  concerning  the  regulation  of  computer  software,  there  can  be  no
assurance  as to the effect of such a policy, if any, upon the regulatory status
of the Company's products.
    

     The Company's  clinical  information  systems are intended to assist health
care  providers in  analyzing  economic and quality data related to patient care
and  expected  outcomes in order to maximize the  cost-effectiveness  of general
treatment  plans and  practice  protocols.  These  products  are not intended to
provide  specific  diagnostic  data or  results  or affect  the use of  specific
therapeutic interventions for individual patients. As such, the Company believes
that its clinical  information  systems are not medical  devices  under the FDCA
and, thus, are not subject to the controls  imposed on  manufacturers of medical
devices and do not fall within the scope of the 1989 Draft Policy Statement. The
Company  further  believes  that  to the  extent  that  its  products  might  be
determined to be medical  devices,  they fall within the exemptions for decision
support systems provided by the 1989 Draft Policy Statement. The Company has not
taken action to comply with the  requirements  that would otherwise apply if the
Company's products were determined to be non-exempt medical devices.

     There  can  be  no  assurance  that the FDA will not make a request or take
other  action to require the Company to comply with any or all current or future
controls  applicable  to  medical  devices  under  the  FDCA.  There  can  be no
assurance  that,  if  such  a  request were made or other action were taken, the
Company  could  comply  in  a  timely  manner, if at all, or that any failure to
comply  would  not  have  a  material  adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial  condition  or results of operations, or that the Company would not be
subjected  to  significant  penalties  or  other  sanctions.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that  the  FDA  will  continue to permit any or all of the exemptions
provided  in  the  1989 Draft Policy Statement, or in a new policy statement, if
any,  or  that  the  FDA  will promulgate regulations formally implementing such
exemptions.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that the Company's current or future
clinical  information  systems  will  qualify for future exemptions, if any, nor
can  there  be  any  assurance  that  any  future  requirements  will not have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business,  financial condition or
results of operations. See "Risk Factors - Government Regulation."

     The  health  care  industry  is subject to changing political, economic and
regulatory  influences  that may affect the procurement practices and operations
of  health care industry participants. During the past several years, government
regulation  of reimbursement rates in the United States health care industry has
increased.  Lawmakers  continue  to propose programs to reform the United States
health   care  system,  which  may  contain  proposals  to  increase  government
involvement  in  health care, lower reimbursement rates and otherwise change the
operating   environment  for  the  Company's  customers.  Health 


                                       40
<PAGE>
care  industry  participants  may  react to these  proposals  by  curtailing  or
deferring  investments,  including  investments in the Company's  products.  The
Company  cannot  predict  what  impact,  if any,  such  factors  may have on its
business,  financial  condition and results of operations or on the price of the
Common Stock.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     On May 22,  1997,  an action  captioned  Benenson &  Associates,  Inc.  and
Michael J. Benenson v. Advanced Health  Corporation,  Advanced Health Management
Corp. f/k/a Advanced Clinical Networks Corp., Jonathan Edelson,  M.D., Steven I.
Hochberg and Alan B. Masarek was filed in the United States  District  Court for
the  Southern  District of New York.  The action  relates to: (i) an  Employment
Agreement  dated April 1, 1996  between the Company and Michael J.  Benenson and
(ii) an Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  April 1,  1996,  among  the  Company,
Benenson & Associates,  Inc. and Mr.  Benenson.  Plaintiffs have asserted claims
against all  defendants for alleged  violations of the Exchange Act,  common law
fraud and fraudulent inducement, and against the Company for breach of contract.
Plaintiffs'  complaint  seeks both  damages and  equitable  relief.  The Company
believes that each of the plaintiffs' claims is without merit, and it intends to
defend against the action vigorously.

   
     On September 23, 1997,  the Company  commenced an action  against  Synetic,
Inc. ("Synetic") entitled Advanced Health Med-E-Systems  Corporation v. Synetic,
Inc. in the Supreme  Court of the State of New York to collect $1 million  owing
by Synetic to the Company pursuant to a software  license  agreement dated as of
March 31, 1997, as amended (the "License  Agreement"),  between  Synetic and the
Company.  The Company  believes that Synetic's  stated ground for its refusal to
make this payment (alleged failure to timely deliver software and  documentation
as required  by the License  Agreement)  is without  merit.  Synetic has not yet
filed an answer or other response to this lawsuit.
    

     From time to time,  the  Company is involved in  litigation.  Although  the
actual  amount of any  liability  that  could  arise  with  respect  to any such
litigation  cannot be accurately  predicted,  in the opinion of management,  the
resolution of these matters is not expected to have material  adverse  effect on
the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition.


EMPLOYEES

     As  of  September  1,  1997,  the  Company had a total of approximately 580
employees,   approximately   400   of   whom  were  employed  by  the  MSOs  and
approximately  40  of  whom  were  employed by the Company's information systems
subsidiary.  None  of  the  Company's  employees  is  subject  to  a  collective
bargaining  agreement.  The  Company  has  never experienced a work stoppage and
believes that its employee relations are satisfactory.


PROPERTIES

     The  Company  currently  occupies 26,302 square feet of leased office space
in  Tarrytown,  New  York, 4,065 square feet of leased office space in Marietta,
Georgia,  1,180  square  feet of leased office space in Wayne, Pennsylvania, and
10,742  square feet of leased office and data center space in Chicago, Illinois.
The  current  lease  for  the  Tarrytown  office  has  an  annual rental cost of
approximately  $500,000  and  expires  in March 2002. The lease for the Marietta
office  expires  in  January 2001 and has an annual rental cost of approximately
$50,000.  The  lease  for  the  Wayne  office expires in October 1997 and has an
annual  rental  cost  of approximately $20,000. The lease for the Chicago office
expires  in March 2001 and has an annual rental cost of $184,000 for the current
year.   The  Company  believes  that  these  facilities  are  adequate  for  the
foreseeable future.



                                       41
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            NAME               AGE                      POSITION
- ------------------------------ ----- -----------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>   <C>
   
Jonathan Edelson, M.D.  ......  37   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                     Officer
Steven Hochberg   ............  35   Vice Chairman and Director
Alan B. Masarek   ............  36   President, Chief Operating Officer and Acting
                                     Chief Financial Officer 
Robert Alger   ...............  42   Vice President and Chief Information Officer
James T. Carney(2)   .........  53   Director
Barry Kurokawa(1)(2) .........  41   Director
Jonathan Lieber(1)   .........  31   Director
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) Member of Audit Committee.

(2) Member of Compensation Committee.

     Jonathan  Edelson,  M.D.  has  been  the  Chairman  of  the Board and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  the  Company  since  its  inception.  Dr.  Edelson  is a
board-certified  internist. Prior to co-founding the Company, Dr. Edelson served
as  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Physicians'  Online, from August 1993 to
December  1994.  Dr. Edelson was a Senior Vice President with ValueRx, Inc., the
prescription  drug  benefits management unit of Value Health, Inc., from October
1990  to  June  1993.  As a practicing physician prior to joining ValueRx, Inc.,
Dr.  Edelson founded Medical Decision Resources, Inc., a physician profiling and
education  business,  in  March  1989,  and  served  as  its  President  through
September  1990.  Dr.  Edelson  attended  Yale University, University of Chicago
School of Medicine and the Harvard School of Public Health.

   
     Steven  Hochberg has been Vice Chairman of the Company since  September 15,
1997 and has been a director of the Company since its  inception.  Mr.  Hochberg
served as President of the Company from inception  until  September 15, 1997. He
is a co-founder of the Company and a co-founder of Physicians'  Online, Inc. Mr.
Hochberg served as the President of Physicians'  Online,  Inc. from January 1993
to June 1994.  Mr.  Hochberg  served as the President of Ascent  Group,  Inc., a
financial  consulting  business  that he founded,  from February 1992 to January
1993. Mr. Hochberg, a CPA, holds an MBA from Harvard Business School.

     Alan B.  Masarek has been  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer and Acting
Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company since  September 15, 1997 and served as
the Chief  Operating  Officer and Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company  from
November 1995 until September 15, 1997. Prior to joining the Company, from April
1995 to November 1995, Mr. Masarek was acting as an independent consultant.  Mr.
Masarek was  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Scovill  Group,  an
international  manufacturer  of fasteners and other  component items with annual
revenues of approximately $125 million,  from February 1994 to April 1995. Prior
to Scovill,  Mr.  Masarek was President of two divisions of the Bibb Company,  a
diversified  textile  manufacturer,  from  December 1991 to February  1994.  Mr.
Masarek, a CPA, holds an MBA from Harvard Business School.
    

     Robert  Alger  has been Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the
Company  since  February 1995. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Alger was Chief
Information  Officer and Vice President of Information Systems at Blue Shield of
California,  from  December  1991  to  February 1995, and a partner at Scribner,
Jackson  &  Associates,  a  technology  consulting  group,  from January 1986 to
December  1991.  Mr.  Alger received his B.S. from California State University -
Northridge.



                                       42
<PAGE>

     James  T.  Carney  has been a director of the Company since September 1996.
Mr.  Carney  has  served  as  General Manager of Benefits Administration for USX
Corporation  and  Vice  President  of Administration for United States Steel and
Carnegie   Pension   Fund   since   1989.   Mr.   Carney   was   named   General
Attorney-Employee   Benefits   of   USX  Corporation  in  1978,  Senior  General
Attorney-Employee  Benefits and Workers' Compensation in 1985 and Senior General
Attorney-Commercial  and  Employee  Relations  for the U.S. Diversified Group in
1986.

     Barry  Kurokawa has been a director of the Company since March 1996.  Since
February  1996,  Mr.  Kurokawa  has served as a managing  member of ProMed Asset
Management, L.L.C. and has served as President of Blackriver Capital Management,
Ltd., a managing member of ProMed  Management,  L.L.C.  ProMed Asset Management,
L.L.C  is a  private  health  care  investment  management  company  and  ProMed
Management,  L.L.C is a private  health care service  company . From May 1992 to
January 1996, he was employed by INVESCO Trust Company as Senior Vice  President
and portfolio  manager of four health care funds managed by the firm.  From July
1992 to January 1996, Mr.  Kurokawa was also the Vice President of Global Health
Services,  a closed-end  mutual fund.  Before he joined  INVESCO,  Mr.  Kurokawa
served as Vice  President  Equity  Research  and  health  care  analyst at Trust
Company of the West, an investment  management company,  from July 1987 to April
1992.

     Jonathan  Lieber has been a director of the Company since  September  1995.
Mr. Lieber has served as an  investment  analyst  focusing on special  situation
investments,  including  the areas of  healthcare,  banking  and other  consumer
services, of GeoCapital Corp., since July 1992. Mr. Lieber has served since June
1992 as Vice  President of Applewood  Capital,  where he specializes in consumer
services including  healthcare,  banking and finance,  and has served since June
1996 as a member of Wheatley  Partners,  LLC,  the  general  partner of Wheatley
Partners,  L.P. an equity investment partnership.  Additionally,  Mr. Lieber has
served as a Vice  President of Infomedia  Management  Co.,  Inc., the management
company  for the general  partner of the 21st  Century  investment  partnerships
since February 1995. Prior to joining  GeoCapital,  Mr. Lieber was employed as a
research analyst at Gabelli & Co., an investment  management and brokerage firm,
from 1990 to 1991.

     The  Board  of  Directors is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in
number  as  possible,  having  terms  expiring  at  the  annual  meeting  of the
Company's  stockholders in 1998 (comprised of Messrs. Carney and Kurokawa), 1999
(comprised  of Dr. Edelson and Mr. Hochberg) and 2000 (comprised of Mr. Lieber).
At  each  annual  meeting  of stockholders, successors to the class of directors
whose  term  expires  at  such  meeting  will be elected to serve for three-year
terms and until their successors are elected and qualified.

BOARD COMMITTEES

     The  Board of Directors has established two committees, the Audit Committee
and  the  Compensation  Committee.  The  Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs.
Kurokawa  and  Lieber  and  oversees the activities of the Company's independent
auditors  and the Company's internal controls. The Compensation Committee, which
is  comprised of Messrs. Carney and Kurokawa, makes recommendations to the Board
of   Directors   with  respect  to  general  compensation  and  benefit  levels,
determines  the  compensation  and benefits for the Company's executive officers
and  administers  the  Company's  stock option plans and employee stock purchase
plan.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Directors  do  not currently receive any cash compensation from the Company
for  their  service  as  members  of  the  Board of Directors, although they are
reimbursed  for  certain  expenses  in  connection  with attendance at Board and
Committee  meetings.  Non-employee  directors  of  the  Company  are eligible to
receive  options  under  the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan. See "Management -
Stock Plans."

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' LIABILITY

     The  Company's  Certificate of Incorporation provides that directors of the
Company  shall  not  be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for
monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty  as  a  director  except for
liability  (i)  for  any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company
or  its

                                       43
<PAGE>
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct  or a knowing  violation  of law,  (iii) in  respect  of
certain  unlawful  payments  of  dividends  or  unlawful  stock  repurchases  or
redemptions  as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any  transaction
from which the  director  derived an improper  personal  benefit.  The effect of
these  provisions  will  be to  eliminate  the  rights  of the  Company  and its
stockholders (through  stockholders'  derivative suits on behalf of the Company)
to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior),  except
in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability
of directors under federal securities laws.

     The  Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company shall
indemnify  its  directors,  officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent
permitted  by law. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation also permits it to
secure  insurance  on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent against
any  expense,  liability  or  loss  arising  out  of  his or her actions in such
capacity.

     The  Company  carries  directors'  and  officers' liability insurance ("D&O
Insurance").  In  addition,  the  Company  has  entered  into an indemnification
agreement  with  each  of its directors and officers under which the Company has
indemnified  each  of  them  against  expenses  and  losses  incurred for claims
brought against them by reason of a director or officer of the Company.

     The  Company  believes that the limitation of liability and indemnification
provisions  in  its  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the  D&O Insurance and the
indemnification  agreements  will  enhance  the Company's ability to continue to
attract  and  retain  qualified  individuals to serve as directors and officers.
There  is  no  pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or
employee of the Company to which the indemnification provisions would apply.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following table sets forth a summary of the compensation earned by the
Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  other  executive officers of the
Company  (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered in
all  capacities  to the Company during the Company's fiscal years ended December
31, 1996 and 1995.


                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>      <C>                     <C>
                                                                                 LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION            AWARDS
                                                         ---------------------   -----------------------
                                                                                  SECURITIES UNDERLYING
                                                                                      OPTIONS/SARS 
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                     YEAR     SALARY ($)                         (#)    
- ---------------------------------------------   ------   ---------------------  -----------------------
Jonathan Edelson, M.D.  .....................   1996           $220,224                        -
 Chief Executive Officer                        1995            187,115                  101,286

Steven Hochberg(1)   ........................   1996            220,184                        -
 President                                      1995            187,115                  101,286

Alan B. Masarek(2)   ........................   1996            200,198                        -
 Chief Operating Officer                        1995             25,942                   86,307
 and Chief Financial Officer

Robert Alger   ..............................   1996            154,854                        -
 Vice President and Chief Information Officer   1995            123,937                   41,706
</TABLE>
- ----------

   
(1) Effective  September  15, 1997,  Mr.  Hochberg  became Vice  Chairman of the
    Company.

(2) Effective September 15, 1997, Mr. Masarek became President,  Chief Operating
    Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
    



                                       44
<PAGE>


            AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
                           FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES

     During  the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company made no option
grants  to the Named Executive Officers and no Named Executive Officer exercised
any  options.  The  following  table  sets  forth  certain information regarding
options held at December 31, 1996 by each of the Named Executive Officers.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                  NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING              IN-THE-MONEY
                                   UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT FISCAL       OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
                                              YEAR-END (#)                        ($)(1)
                                 ----------------------------------   ------------------------------
NAME                             EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE        EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------   -------------   ------------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                              <C>             <C>                  <C>             <C>
Jonathan Edelson, M.D.  ......     33,762            67,524             $321,052         $642,115
Steven Hochberg   ............     33,762            67,524              321,052          642,115
Alan B. Masarek   ............     33,407            52,630              299,992          472,620
Robert Alger   ...............     13,902            27,804              136,756          273,512
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) Value  of unexercised in-the-money options is based on a value of $12.50 per
    share  of  the  Company's  Common  Stock,  the  fair  market  value  of  the
    Company's  Common  Stock  on  December 31, 1996. Amounts reflected are based
    on  the  assumed  value minus the exercise price multiplied by the number of
    shares subject to the option.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     The  Company  has  entered  into  employment  agreements  (the  "Employment
Agreements")  with  each  of the Named Executive Officers (each, an "Employee").
The  Employment  Agreements  provide that the minimum annual base salary of each
of  the  Employees  is:  Dr.  Edelson,  $220,000;  Mr.  Hochberg,  $220,000; Mr.
Masarek,  $200,000;  and Mr. Alger, $174,000. The Employees are also entitled to
receive discretionary bonuses.

     The  Employment  Agreements generally provide for a three-year term that is
automatically  renewable for successive one-year terms unless either party gives
prior  written  notice of its intent not to renew. The Employment Agreements set
forth  the  compensation  arrangements and the employee fringe benefits provided
by  the  Company  to  each  Employee. In addition, the Employment Agreements set
forth  the  compensation payable to an Employee in the event of a termination of
the  Employee's employment by the Company. Generally, upon the termination of an
Employee's  employment  by  the  Company  for cause, the Employee is entitled to
receive  earned  but  unpaid  salary  and  reimbursement  for  business expenses
incurred  during  the  performance  of  the  Employee's duties. If an Employee's
employment  with  the  Company  is terminated without cause, due to the death or
incapacity  of  the  Employee  or  within  a  specified period after a change of
control  (as  defined in the Employment Agreements), the Employee is entitled to
receive  the amounts payable in the event of a termination for cause plus a cash
severance  payment  not to exceed the cash compensation received by the Employee
in  the  prior 12-month period and the vesting of certain shares of Common Stock
and  options to purchase Common Stock of the Company then held by such Employee.
Each  Employment  Agreement  provides  a non-compete provision that restricts an
Employee  from  competing against the Company for a period of one-year following
such Employee's termination of employment with the Company.


STOCK PLANS

     1995  Stock Option Plan. The Company has adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan
(the  "1995  Plan").  The 1995 Plan permits the grant of (i) options to purchase
shares  of  Common  Stock  intended  to qualify as incentive stock options under
Section  422  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
("Incentive   Stock   Options"),  and  (ii)  options  that  do  not  so  qualify
("Non-Qualified  Options").  No  award  may be granted under the 1995 Plan after
the  tenth  anniversary of the Plan's adoption. The 1995 Plan is administered by
the Compensation Committee.

     2,100,000  shares of Common Stock have been reserved for issuance under the
1995  Plan and, subject to stockholder approval, an additional 650,000 shares of
Common  Stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1995 Plan. The number of
shares reserved for issuance under the 1995 Plan is subject


                                       45
<PAGE>

to   adjustment   for   stock   splits,   stock   dividends,  recapitalizations,
reclassifications  and  similar events. If an option granted under the 1995 Plan
expires  unexercised or is terminated or cancelled for any reason, the shares of
Common  Stock  previously reserved for issuance thereunder will be available for
future option grants under the 1995 Plan.

     Options  may  be  granted  to  persons  who  are,  at  the  time  of grant,
employees,  officers  or  directors  of,  or  consultants  or  advisors  to, the
Company,   provided  that  Incentive  Stock  Options  may  only  be  granted  to
individuals  who  are  employees  of  the Company (within the meaning of Section
3401(c) of the Code).


     Options  granted  under the 1995 Plan must be exercised within no more than
ten  years of the grant date, except that an Incentive Stock Option granted to a
person  owning  more  than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes
of  stock  of the Company (a "Ten Percent Stockholder") must be exercised within
no  more  than  five  years  of  the  grant  date. No options may be assigned or
transferred  by  the  optionee  other  than  by  will  or the laws of descent or
distribution  or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in
the  Code  or  Title  I  of  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the
rules  thereunder). Each option may be exercised only by the optionee during his
or her lifetime.


     The  exercise  price  for  each  option  granted  will be determined by the
Compensation  Committee  at  the  time  of  grant.  For  Incentive Stock Options
granted  to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price shall not be less than
110% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock.


     Options  may be made exercisable in installments, and the exercisability of
Options  may be accelerated by the Compensation Committee. Options granted under
the 1995 Plan typically vest over a three-year period.



     In  the  event of a consolidation or merger in which the Company is not the
surviving  corporation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company   in  which  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  exchanged  for
securities,  cash  or other property of any other corporation or business entity
or  a  liquidation  of the Company (a "Corporate Transaction"), the Compensation
Committee,   or   the  board  of  directors  of  any  corporation  assuming  the
obligations  of the Company, may, in its discretion, take any one or more of the
following  actions,  as  to  outstanding  options: (i) provide that such options
shall  be  assumed, or equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring
or  succeeding  corporation  (or  an  affiliate thereof), provided that any such
option  substituted  for  incentive stock options shall meet the requirements of
Section  424(a)  of  the Code, (ii) upon written notice to the optionee, provide
that   all   unexercised   options  will  terminate  immediately  prior  to  the
consummation  of  such  transaction  unless  exercised  by the optionee within a
specified  period  following  the  date  of such notice, (iii) in the event of a
Corporate  Transaction  under  the terms of which holders of the Common Stock of
the  Company  will  receive  upon  consummation  thereof a cash payment for each
share  surrendered  in the Corporate Transaction (the "Transaction Price"), make
or  provide  for a cash payment to the optionees equal to the difference between
(A)  the Transaction Price times the number of shares of Common Stock subject to
such  outstanding  options  (to  the  extent  then  exercisable at prices not in
excess  of  the  Transaction  Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all
such  outstanding  options  in  exchange for the termination of such options and
(iv)  provide  that  all  or any outstanding options shall become exercisable in
full immediately prior to any such event.


     As  of  the  date of this Prospectus, an aggregate of 2,397,187 outstanding
options  had  been  granted  at  a weighted average exercise price of $12.42 per
share  and  an  aggregate  of  352,813  shares  were available for future option
grants.  Of  such  outstanding  options,  549,651  were  granted to Dr. Edelson,
199,651  to  Mr.  Hochberg, 387,629 to Mr. Masarek, 132,876 to Mr. Alger, 10,000
to Mr. Carney, 22,506 to Mr. Kurokawa and 22,506 to Mr. Lieber.


     Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  The  Company  has  adopted,  but  not yet
implemented,  an  employee  stock purchase plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan"). The
purpose  of  the Stock Purchase Plan is to allow the employees of the Company to
acquire  a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of shares of
Common  Stock. Under the Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees will be granted
options  (exercisable by electing to participate in the Plan) to purchase shares
of  Common  Stock through regular payroll deductions. The Stock Purchase Plan is
intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase



                                       46
<PAGE>


plan"  under Section 423 of the Code. The total number of shares of Common Stock
that  are  authorized  for  issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan is 1,200,000.
All  full-time  employees of the Company who have completed at least one year of
employment  will  be eligible to participate in the Stock Purchase Plan, subject
to  certain  limited  exceptions.  Options  will  be granted every six months to
eligible  employees  and,  if  not exercised, will expire on the last day of the
six-month  period  in  which  granted. Employees electing to participate for any
plan  year  will  authorize  payroll  deductions  at  a  stated whole percentage
ranging  from  2%  to  10%  of  compensation,  as determined by the participant.
Employees  may  also  elect  to make payments by check payable to the Company to
purchase  shares  of Common Stock. Options will be nontransferable other than by
will  or  by  operation  of  the  laws of descent and distribution. The purchase
price  for  shares offered under the Stock Purchase Plan each year will be equal
to  a percentage designated by the Board of Directors (not less than 85%) of the
lower  of  the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant or the
semi-annual  date  of  exercise as evidenced by the high and low sales prices of
the  Common  Stock  on  such date as reported on the Nasdaq National Market. The
Stock  Purchase  Plan  will  expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of this
Prospectus,  unless  sooner  terminated  by the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors  of  the  Company  may  amend, suspend or terminate the Stock Purchase
Plan  at  any  time  and  from time to time, subject to certain limitations. The
Stock Purchase Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee.



                                       47
<PAGE>
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     In  May  1995,  Jonathan Edelson, M.D., the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive  Officer of the Company, exercised options to purchase 239,515 shares,
for  which  he  paid  the  Company $2,680. In August 1995, Dr. Edelson purchased
48,260  shares for $576. In 1994, Dr. Edelson loaned the Company an aggregate of
$50,000 to fund working capital. Such loans have been repaid in full.

     In  March  1995,  Steven  Hochberg, the Vice Chairman and a director of the
Company,  exercised  options  to  purchase 268,114 shares, for which he paid the
Company  $3,000.  In August 1995, Mr. Hochberg purchased 48,260 shares for $576.
In  1995,  Mr.  Hochberg  loaned  the  Company  an  aggregate of $32,000 to fund
working capital. Such loans have been repaid in full.

     In  January 1995, the Company issued 200,000 shares of Series C Convertible
Preferred  Stock to affiliates of INVESCO Trust Company, a principal stockholder
of  the  Company,  for  $1,500,000.  In  August 1995, the Company issued 666,360
shares  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  to  certain  21st  Century
partnerships,  a  principal  stockholder  of  the  Company, for $4,997,700. Each
share  of  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (collectively,  the "Preferred Stock")
converted  into  approximately  1.1 shares of Common Stock upon the consummation
of the Initial Public Offering.

     In  June 1996, the Company issued three 9% Series B Promissory Notes in the
aggregate  principal  amount of $1 million to certain 21st Century Partnerships.
In  August  1996,  the  Company  issued  three additional 9% Series B Promissory
Notes  in  the  aggregate principal amount of $1 million to certain 21st Century
Partnerships.  21st  Century  Partnerships  is  a  principal  stockholder of the
Company.  Such  loans  were  repaid in full upon the consummation of the Initial
Public Offering.

     In  1996  and  1997, in accordance with the Company's Senior Executive Loan
Policy,  which  is  administered  by  the Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors,  the  Company  made loans of $220,000, $275,000, $103,000 and $60,000
to  Dr.  Edelson,  Mr.  Hochberg, Mr. Masarek and Mr. Alger, respectively. These
loans  are due three years from the date of grant, with interest payable monthly
at a rate of 6% per annum.

     In June 1997,  the  Company  purchased  approximately  $500,000 of Series A
Preferred  Stock issued by Caresoft,  a  corporation  that,  among other things,
develops chronic disease and patient compliance software.  In addition,  certain
of the Company's stockholders and other investors,  including Wheatley Partners,
L.P., of which Jonathan Lieber, a director of the Company, serves as a member of
the general partner,  certain funds advised by INVESCO Funds Group, Inc., Steven
Hochberg,  the Company's Vice Chairman,  and certain  entities  affiliated  with
ProMed Management,  L.L.C., of which Barry Kurokawa,  a director of the Company,
is the general partner,  purchased the following  amounts of Caresoft's Series A
Preferred   Stock:   $2.0  million,   $1.0   million,   $125,000  and  $500,000,
respectively.  Messrs.  Hochberg and Kurokawa serve on the Board of Directors of
Caresoft. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

     Through  November 1, 1996, the Company subleased approximately 4,500 square
feet  of office space in Tarrytown, New York from Physicians' Online, a Delaware
corporation  of  which  Dr.  Edelson and Mr. Hochberg own capital stock and were
previously  directors.  Physicians'  Online  was  founded in January 1992 by Mr.
Hochberg.  The  yearly  base  rental  on the Physicians' Online sublease equaled
$77,707,  plus  escalations.  During  the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995
and  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1996,  Physicians'  Online  incurred
administrative  expenses totalling $135,825, $180,631 and $25,500, respectively,
on  behalf  of  the Company for which the Company reimbursed Physicians' Online.
During  1994,  Physicians'  Online  loaned the Company $300,000, which loan bore
interest  at  the  prime  rate.  At December 31, 1994, $304,262 was outstanding,
which  included  accrued  interest  of  $4,262.  Such loan was repaid in full in
1995,  and  the  accrued  interest was forgiven. During 1995, Physicians' Online
borrowed  $500,000 from the Company. Such amount bore interest at the prime rate
plus  1% and was repaid in full prior to December 31, 1995. In January 1997, the
Company  and  Physicians'  Online  announced  an  agreement  to  jointly market,
distribute  and  operate  E-Rx.  See  Note  4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

                                     48

<PAGE>
     The  Company  has granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock to its
directors  and executive officers. See "Management - Stock Plans" and Note 10 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     The  Company  believes  that  all  of the transactions set forth above were
made  on  terms  no  less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained
from  unaffiliated  third  parties.  All  future  transactions, including loans,
between  the  Company and its officers, directors and principal stockholders and
their  affiliates  will  be  approved  by  a majority of the Board of Directors,
including  a  majority of the independent and disinterested outside directors of
the Board of Directors.







                                       49
<PAGE>
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The  following  table  sets  forth certain information known to the Company
regarding  the  beneficial  ownership  of  the Common Stock of the Company as of
September  1,  1997  and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common
Stock  offered  hereby  with  respect to (i) each person known by the Company to
own  beneficially  more  than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii)
each  of  the  Company's  directors, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers,
(iv)  all  directors  and  officers as a group and (v) each Selling Stockholder.
Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  address  for  each  stockholder  is  c/o the
Company, 555 White Plains Road, Tarrytown, New York 10591.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                              OWNED PRIOR TO THE                        OWNED AFTER THE
                                                  OFFERING(1)                            OFFERING(1)(2)
                                            -----------------------                   --------------------
                                                                      SHARES BEING
 NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER        NUMBER       PERCENT     OFFERED(2)      NUMBER      PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------   -----------   ---------   -------------   ---------   --------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
INVESCO Trust Company(3)  ...............  1,165,086        15.6%       300,000       865,086        9.1%
 7800 E. Union Avenue
 Denver, CO 80237
21st Century Partnerships(4) ............    852,394        10.8%       200,000       652,394        6.6%
 767 Fifth Avenue
 New York, NY 10153
Jonathan Edelson, M.D.(2)(5) ............    528,224         7.0%             -       528,224        5.5%
Steven Hochberg(2)(6)  ..................    390,918         5.2%             -       390,918        4.1%
Alan B. Masarek(7)  .....................     22,350           *              -        22,350          *
Robert Alger(8)  ........................      5,002           *              -         5,002          *
James T. Carney(9)  .....................      3,334           *              -         3,334          *
Barry Kurokawa(10)  .....................      4,502           *              -         4,502          *
Jonathan Lieber(10)(11) .................      2,502           *              -         2,502          *
All directors and executive officers as a
 group (7 persons)(12) ..................    956,832        12.6%             -       956,832       10.0%
</TABLE>
- ----------
 *  Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

(1)  Beneficial  ownership is  determined  in  accordance  with the rules of the
     Commission and generally  includes voting or investment  power with respect
     to securities and includes options  exercisable within 60 days of September
     1, 1997. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community property
     laws  where  applicable,  the  persons  named in the table  above have sole
     voting  and  investment  power with  respect to all shares of Common  Stock
     shown as beneficially owned by them.  Percentage of beneficial ownership is
     based on 7,455,647  shares of Common Stock  outstanding  as of September 1,
     and 9,455,647  shares of Common Stock  outstanding upon the consummation of
     this offering (9,705,647 shares if the Underwriters'  overallotment  option
     is exercised in full).

 (2) Assumes  no  exercise  of  the  Underwriters' over-allotment option. If the
     over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full, the number of shares being
     offered,  the  number  of shares beneficially owned after this offering and
     the  percentage  of  shares beneficially owned after this offering for each
     of  the Selling Stockholders would be as follows: 300,000, 865,086 and 8.9%
     for  INVESCO  Trust Company; 250,000, 602,394 and 5.9% for the 21st Century
     Partnerships;  10,000,  518,224  and  5.3%  for Jonathan Edelson, M.D.; and
     65,000, 325,918 and 3.4% for Steven Hochberg.

 (3) Includes  613,537  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned  of  record  by INVESCO
     Strategic  Portfolios,  Inc.  - Health Sciences Portfolio ("ISP - HSP") and
     551,549  shares  of  Common  Stock  owned  of  record  by The Global Health
     Sciences  Fund ("GHS"). ISP - HSP and GHS are mutual fund companies advised
     by  INVESCO  Funds  Group,  Inc.,  which  is  a  subsidiary of INVESCO PLC.
     INVESCO Trust Company is a subsidiary of INVESCO Funds Group, Inc.

 (4) Includes  warrants  to  purchase  446,858  shares of Common  Stock that are
     exercisable  within 60 days of the date of this  Prospectus  and  shares of
     Common  Stock owned by 21st Century  Communications  Partners,  L.P.,  21st
     Century  Communications  T-E  Partners,   L.P.  and  21st  Century  Foreign
     Partners, L.P.

 (5) Includes  options  to  purchase  100,000  shares of Common  Stock  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (6) Includes no options to purchase shares of Common Stock that are exercisable
     within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (7) Includes  options  to  purchase  22,343  shares  of Common  Stock  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (8) Includes  options  to  purchase  5,002  shares  of  Common  Stock  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (9) Includes  options  to  purchase  3,334  shares  of  Common  Stock  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

(10) Includes  options  to  purchase  2,502  shares  of  Common  Stock  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

(11) Includes  2,000  shares  of Common  Stock  that are  owned  jointly  by Mr.
     Kurokawa and his spouse.

(12) See notes (5) (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10).

                                       50
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

     The  Company's  authorized  capital  stock consists of 15,000,000 shares of
Common  Stock,  par  value  $.01  per  share,  and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock,  par  value $.01 per share. The following summaries of certain provisions
of  the  Common  Stock and Preferred Stock do not purport to be complete and are
subject  to,  and  qualified  by,  the  provisions  of  the  Company's  Restated
Certificate  of Incorporation and By-laws, which are included as exhibits to the
Registration  Statement  of  which  this Prospectus is a part, and by applicable
law.



COMMON STOCK


     As  of  September  1,  1997,  there  were  7,455,647 shares of Common Stock
outstanding  that  were  held  of  record  by approximately 80 stockholders. The
holders  of  Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all matters
voted  upon by stockholders, including the election of directors. Subject to the
rights  of  any  then-outstanding  Preferred  Shares,  the holders of the Common
Stock  are  entitled  to  such dividends as may be declared in the discretion of
the  Board  of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Holders of the
Common  Stock  are  entitled  to  share ratably in the net assets of the Company
upon  liquidation  after  payment  or  provision  for  all  liabilities  and any
preferential  liquidation  rights  of any Preferred Shares then outstanding. The
holders  of  Common  Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of stock
of  the  Company.  Shares  of  Common  Stock  are  not subject to any redemption
provisions  and  are  not  convertible into any other securities of the Company.
All  outstanding  shares  of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock to
be  issued  pursuant  to  this  offering  will be, upon payment of consideration
therefor, fully paid and nonassessable.


PREFERRED STOCK

     Preferred  Stock  may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors
as  shares  of  one  or more classes or series. Subject to the provisions of the
Company's  Restated  Certificate  of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by
law,  the  Board  of  Directors  is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to
issue  the  shares,  to  fix  the  number  of shares and to change the number of
shares  constituting  any  series,  and  to  provide  for a change in the voting
power,  designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special  rights,  qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including
dividend  rights  (including  whether  dividends are cumulative), dividend rates
conversion  rights  and  liquidation  preferences of the shares constituting any
class  or series of the Preferred Stock, in each case without any further action
or  vote by the stockholders. Although the Company has no present plans to issue
any  shares  of Preferred Stock following the consummation of this offering, the
issuance  of  shares  of  Preferred Stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase
such  shares,  may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change
in control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.


REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     The  holders  of  945,681  shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding
after  this  offering  are  entitled  to  certain  rights  with  respect  to the
registration  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  under the Securities Act. Under the
terms  of the agreements between the Company and the holders of such registrable
securities,  if the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the
Securities  Act, either for its own account or for the account of other security
holders  exercising  registration rights, such holders are entitled to notice of
such  registration  and  are  entitled  to  include  shares of such Common Stock
therein.  Other  than  with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered by the
Selling  Stockholders  hereby,  these  registration  rights  have been waived in
connection  with  this  offering.  The stockholders benefiting from these rights
may  also  require  the  Company  to  file  a  registration  statement under the
Securities  Act at its expense with respect to their shares of Common Stock, and
the  Company  is  required  to use its best efforts to effect such registration.
These  registration  rights  will  expire  in  October  1999. In addition, these
stockholders  have the right to require the Company to file up to two additional
registration  statements  on  Form  S-3.  This  right becomes available upon the
eligibility  of the Company to use such Form S-3,  which is expected to occur in
October 1997,  and will expire in October 1999.  All of these rights are subject
to certain  conditions and limitations,  including the right of the underwriters
of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration.

                                       51
<PAGE>
     In  connection  with  the  outstanding  warrants, the holders of the Common
Stock  issuable upon exercise of the warrants have certain rights to request the
Company  to  use its best efforts to effect the registration of the Common Stock
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  the  warrants in connection with a registered
offering  of  Common  Stock  by  the  Company; provided that the Company will be
required  to use its best efforts to include any such Common Stock issuable upon
the  exercise  of  the warrants only after the registration of the Company's own
securities  to  the  extent the underwriter for any such offering would not deem
any  inclusion  of  such  Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants to
interfere  with  such  offering. The warrant holders have waived these rights in
connection  with  this  offering.  The  rights  to  notice  and inclusion in any
registration  terminates  with  respect  to each such share of Common Stock when
such  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the warrants have been registered or
sold.

     Pursuant  to  an  agreement  between the Company and INVESCO Trust Company,
INVESCO  Trust  Company  has a right to purchase its proportionate percentage of
shares  of  Common  Stock offered for sale by the Company. INVESCO Trust Company
has  waived  such  rights  with  respect  to  shares being sold pursuant to this
offering.



CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

     As  described  below,  the  Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and  By-laws  contain  certain  provisions  that  are  intended  to  enhance the
likelihood  of  continuity  and  stability  in  the composition of the Company's
Board  of  Directors  and  which  may  have the effect of delaying, deterring or
preventing  a  future  takeover  or change in control of the Company unless such
takeover  or  change in control is approved by the Company's Board of Directors.
Such  provisions  may  also  render  the removal of the directors and management
more difficult.

     Pursuant  to  the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the  Board of
Directors  of  the  Company  is  divided  into  three  classes serving staggered
three-year  terms. The By-laws establish an advance notice procedure with regard
to  the nomination, other than by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,
of  candidates  for  election as directors and with regard to certain matters to
be  brought before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company. In general,
notice  must  be  received  by  the  Company not less than 130 days prior to the
meeting  and must contain certain specified information concerning the person to
be  nominated  or the matter to be brought before the meeting and concerning the
stockholder  submitting  the  proposal.  Special meetings of stockholders may be
called  only  by  the Chairman of the Board, the President of the Company or the
Board  of Directors. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that
stockholders  may  act only at an annual or special meeting and stockholders may
not act by written consent.


SECTION 203 OF THE DGCL

     Section   203   of   the  DGCL  ("Section  203")  prevents  an  "interested
stockholder"  (defined in Section 203, generally, as a person owning 15% or more
of  a  corporation's  outstanding  voting  stock)  from  engaging in a "business
combination"   (as  defined  in  Section  203)  with  a  publicly-held  Delaware
corporation  for three years following the date such person became an interested
stockholder  unless (i) before such person became an interested stockholder, the
board  of  directors of the corporation approved either the business combination
or  the  transaction  that  resulted in the interested stockholder's becoming an
interested  stockholder,  (ii)  the  interested stockholder owns at least 85% of
the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced  (excluding  stock  held  by  directors  who  are also officers of the
corporation  and  by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the
right  to  determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will
be  tendered  in  a tender or exchange offer) or (iii) following the transaction
in  which such person became an interested stockholder, the business combination
is  approved  by  the  board of directors of the corporation and authorized at a
meeting  of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of
the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the corporation not owned by the interested
stockholder.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  transfer  agent  and  registrar  for the shares of Common Stock of the
Company is The Bank of New York.

                                       52
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Future  sales  of  substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market
could  adversely  affect  the  prevailing market price from time to time and the
ability  of the Company to raise equity capital in the future. See "Risk Factors
- - Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     Upon  completion  of  this  offering,  the  Company  will  have outstanding
9,455,647  shares  of  Common  Stock.  Approximately  7,690,817 shares of Common
Stock,  including  the  2,500,000  shares  sold in this offering, will be freely
transferable  without  restriction  or further registration under the Securities
Act  unless  purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in
Rule  144  of  the Securities Act (an "Affiliate"), which shares will be subject
to  the  resale  limitations  of  Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act. The
remaining  1,764,830  shares  outstanding  upon  completion of this offering and
held  by  existing  shareholders will be "restricted securities" as that term is
defined  under  Rule  144 (the "Restricted Shares"). Restricted Shares generally
may  be  sold  in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an
exemption  from  registration  under  Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under
the  Securities  Act,  which  rules  are  summarized  below.  As a result of the
contractual  restrictions  described  below and the provisions of Rule 144, such
shares  will  be  available for sale in the public market upon the expiration of
the  lock-up  agreements  90  days after the Effective Date, subject, in certain
cases, to the volume, manner of sale and reporting requirements of Rule 144.

     The  Company  has  registered Common Shares reserved for issuance under its
stock  option  plans  and  employee stock purchase plan. See "Management - Stock
Plans."  Persons acquiring such shares, whether or not they are Affiliates, will
be  permitted  to resell their shares in the public market without regard to the
Rule 144 holding period.

     Upon  completion  of this offering, the holders of 945,681 shares of Common
Stock  (including  50,000  shares  of  Common  Stock subject to the Underwriters
over-allotment  option),  or  their  transferees,  will  be  entitled to certain
rights  with  respect  to  the  registration of such shares under the Securities
Act.  See  "Description of Capital Stock - Registration Rights." Registration of
such  shares  under  the  Securities Act would result in such shares (except for
shares  purchased by Affiliates) becoming eligible for sale immediately upon the
effectiveness of such registration.

     The  Company  has  agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common  Stock  or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for  Common  Stock,  or enter into any swap or similar agreement that transfers,
in  whole  or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock, for a
period  of  90  days after the Effective Date, without the prior written consent
of  Cowen  &  Company,  subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, all
directors,  executive  officers  and  principal  stockholders  of  the  Company,
holding  in  the  aggregate  approximately  1,764,830  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  after  this offering (1,639,830 if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option  is  exercised in full), have agreed with the Underwriters not to sell or
otherwise  dispose  of  any shares of Common Stock for a period of 90 days after
the  Effective  Date  (the "Lockup Period") without the prior written consent of
Cowen  &  Company.  See  "Underwriting."  The  number  of shares of Common Stock
available  for  sale  in  the  public  market is further limited by restrictions
under the Securities Act.

     In  general,  under  Rule  144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose  shares  are  aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for
at  least  one  year,  including  persons  who may be deemed "affiliates" of the
Company,  would  be  entitled  to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares  that  does not exceed the greater of one percent of the number of shares
of  Common  Stock  then  outstanding or the average weekly trading volume of the
Common  Stock  as  reported  through  the Nasdaq National Market during the four
calendar  weeks  preceding  the  filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales  under  Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and
notice  requirements and to the availability of current public information about
the Company.  In addition,  a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of the  Company at any time  during the 90 days  preceding  a sale,  and who has
beneficially  owned for at least two years the Restricted  Shares proposed to be
sold,  would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to
the  volume   limitation,   manner  of  sale  provisions,   public   information
requirements or notice requirements.

                                       53
  
<PAGE>
   Subject  to  certain  limitations  on  the  aggregate  offering  price of a
transaction  and  certain  other  conditions, Rule 701 permits resales of shares
issued   prior  to  the  date  the  issuer  becomes  subject  to  the  reporting
requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act,  pursuant  to certain compensatory benefit
plans  and  contracts commencing 90 days after the issuer becomes subject to the
reporting  requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act,  in  reliance upon Rule 144 but
without  compliance  with  certain  restrictions,  including  the holding period
requirements,  contained  in Rule 144. In addition, the Commission has indicated
that  Rule  701  will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before
it  becomes  subject  to  the  reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along
with  the  shares  acquired  upon  exercise of such options (including exercises
after  the  date  of this Prospectus). Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701
are   restricted   securities  and,  subject  to  the  contractual  restrictions
described  above,  may  be sold by persons other than Affiliates subject only to
the  manner  of  sale  provisions  of  Rule 144 and by Affiliates under Rule 144
without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirements.



                                       54
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters  named  below  (the "Underwriters"), through their Representatives,
Cowen  &  Company, Hambrecht & Quist LLC, SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. and Volpe
Brown  Whelan & Company, LLC, have severally agreed to purchase from the Company
and  the  Selling  Stockholders the following respective number of shares at the
public  offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth
on the cover page of this Prospectus:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NUMBER OF
                                               SHARES OF
UNDERWRITER                                    COMMON STOCK
- --------------------------------------------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>
   Cowen & Company  ........................
   Hambrecht & Quist LLC  ..................
   SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. ............
   Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC  ......








                                               -----
      Total   ..............................   2,500,000
                                               =========
</TABLE>


     The   Underwriting   Agreement   provides   that  the  obligations  of  the
Underwriters  are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence
of  any  material  adverse  change  in the Company's business and the receipt of
certain  certificates, opinions and letters from the Company and its counsel and
independent  auditors.  The  nature of the Underwriters' obligation is such that
they  are committed to purchase all shares of Common Stock offered hereby if any
of such shares are purchased.

     The  Underwriters  propose  to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to
the  public  at  the  public  offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus  and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess
of  $    per  share.  The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may re-allow a
concession  not  in  excess  of  $    per  share  to  certain other dealers. The
Underwriters  have informed the Company that they do not intend to confirm sales
to  any  accounts  over  which  they exercise discretionary authority. After the
public  offering  of  the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may
from time to time be varied by the Underwriters.

     The  Company  and the Selling Stockholders have granted to the Underwriters
an  option, exercisable no later than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus,
to  purchase  up  to  375,000  additional  shares  (250,000 from the Company and
125,000  from  the  Selling Stockholders) of Common Stock at the public offering
price,  less  the underwriting discounts and commissions, set forth on the cover
page  of  this Prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters
exercise  such  over-allotment  option,  the Underwriters have severally agreed,
subject  to  certain  conditions,  to purchase approximately the same percentage
thereof  that  the  number  of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by each of
them  shown in the foregoing table bears to the total number of shares of Common
Stock  offered  hereby.  The Underwriters may exercise such option only to cover
over-allotments  made  in  connection  with  the  sale of shares of Common Stock
offered hereby.

     The  Company's officers and directors and certain other stockholders of the
Company  holding in the aggregate approximately 1,764,830 shares of Common Stock
and  approximately 133,181 shares of Common Stock subject to options exercisable
within  90  days  of  the effective date have agreed that they will not, without
the  prior  written  consent  of Cowen & Company, offer, sell, contract or grant
any  option  to  purchase  or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common Stock,
options,  rights  or 

                                       55
<PAGE>
warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock,  or securities  exchangeable  for or
convertible  into shares of Common Stock owned by them during the 90-day  period
commencing  on the Effective  Date. In addition,  the Company has agreed that it
will not,  without the prior written  consent of Cowen & Company,  offer,  sell,
contract or grant any option to purchase or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of
Common Stock,  options,  rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock or
securities  exchangeable  for or convertible  into shares of Common Stock during
such 90-day period except in certain limited circumstances.

     The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholders  have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the
Securities  Act,  and to contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required
to make in respect thereof.

     In order to  facilitate  this  offering,  the  Underwriters  may  engage in
transactions  that  stabilize,  maintain  or  otherwise  affect the price of the
Common Stock.  Specifically,  the Underwriters may over-allot in connection with
this  offering,  creating a short  position  in the  Common  Stock for their own
account. In addition,  to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the
Common Stock, the  Underwriters may bid for, and purchase,  shares of the Common
Stock in the open market. The Underwriters may also reclaim selling  concessions
allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for  distributing the Common Stock in this
offering, if the Underwriters  repurchase previously distributed Common Stock in
transactions to cover their short positions,  in  stabilization  transactions or
otherwise.  Finally,  the  Underwriters  may bid for, and purchase shares of the
Common Stock in market making  transactions.  These  activities may stabilize or
maintain  the market  price of the Common  Stock  above  market  levels that may
otherwise  prevail.  The  Underwriters  are not  required  to  engage  in  these
activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

     The   Underwriters   and  dealers  may  engage  in  passive  market  making
transactions  in  the  Common  Stock in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M
promulgated  by  the  Commission. In general, a passive market maker may not bid
for,  or  purchase,  the  Common  Stock  at  a  price  that  exceeds the highest
independent  bid.  In  addition,  the  net  daily  purchases made by any passive
market  marker  generally may not exceed 30% of its average daily trading volume
in  the  Common  Stock  during a specified two-month prior period or 200 shares,
whichever  is  greater.  A  passive  market  maker  must identify passive market
making  bids  as  such  on  the Nasdaq electronic inter-dealer reporting system.
Passive  market  making may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common
Stock  above  independent  market  levels.  Underwriters  and  dealers  are  not
required  to  engage  in passive market making and may end passive market making
activities at any time.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The  validity  of  the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed
upon  for  the  Company  by O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP, New York, New York
and for the Underwriters by Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York.


                                    EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements  of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
and  for  the  three  years  ended December 31, 1996 included in this Prospectus
have  been  audited  by  Arthur  Andersen LLP, independent public accountants as
indicated  in  their  reports  with  respect thereto, and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.


                                       56
<PAGE>


                  ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES


                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          -----
<S>                                                                       <C>
 Report of Independent Public Accountants   ...........................   F-2
 Consolidated Balance Sheets:
   As of December 31, 1995 and 1996   .................................
   As of June 30, 1997 (unaudited)    .................................   F-3
 Consolidated Statements of Operations:
   For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996    ............
   For the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)   ......   F-4
 Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity:
   For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996    ............
   For the six months ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited)   ...............   F-5
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
   For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996    ............
   For the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)   ......   F-6
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.    .....................   F-7
</TABLE>


                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Advanced Health Corporation:


     We  have  audited  the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Advanced
Health  Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1995   and   1996,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,
shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the three years ended December 31,
1996.  These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.


     We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of
material  misstatement.  An  audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also   includes   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

     In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all material respects, the financial position of Advanced Health Corporation
and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of their
operations  and  their cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


New York, New York
March 28, 1997 (except for the matters
discussed in the last paragraph
of Note 4, as to which the
date is April 15, 1997)


                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,          JUNE 30,
                                                                     -------------------------   ------------
                                                                       1995          1996          1997
                                                                     -----------   -----------   ------------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>            <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents .......................................    $  1,464     $ 12,086       $  4,840
 Investments in marketable securities (Note 5)  ..................           -        7,390          7,336
 Accounts receivable, net  .......................................       1,021        8,637          7,870
 Note receivable  ................................................         125            -             60
 Prepaid expenses ................................................         278          182            124
 Advances to physician practices (Note 4) ........................           -          647          3,372
 Deferred income taxes, net (Note 11)  ...........................           -          977            977
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
   Total current assets ..........................................       2,888       29,919         24,579
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net (Note 6)   ...........................       1,539        2,053          2,644
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net (Note 7)  .................................       1,876        1,858          5,259
OTHER ASSETS (Notes 2 and 4)  ....................................         159        1,570          4,517
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
   Total assets   ................................................    $  6,462     $ 35,400       $ 36,999
                                                                      ========     =========      ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ................................................    $  1,313     $  1,968       $  1,942
 Accrued expenses (Note 8) .......................................         407          913            739
 Deferred revenue ................................................       1,500          200            200
 Loan payable related to acquisition (Note 3)   ..................         150           23              -
 Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 12)  .........         260          131             53
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
   Total current liabilities  ....................................       3,630        3,235          2,934
DEFERRED REVENUE  ................................................           -          200            100
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS (Note 12) ..............................         157           81              -
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
   Total liabilities .............................................       3,787        3,516          3,034
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
COMMITMENTS (Note 13)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; 0
   shares issued and outstanding
 Common stock, $.01 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized;
   4,491,270, 7,166,941 and 7,201,600 (unaudited) shares issued
   and outstanding, respectively .................................          45           72             72
 Additional paid-in capital   ....................................      11,481       42,069         42,339
 Accumulated deficit .............................................      (8,776)     (10,242)        (8,431)
 Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of deferred in-
   come taxes                                                                -           60             60
 Less: Treasury stock, at cost; 8,937 shares, respectively  ......         (75)         (75)           (75)
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
   Total shareholders' equity ....................................       2,675       31,884         33,965
                                                                      --------     ---------      --------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   ..................    $  6,462     $ 35,400       $ 36,999
                                                                      ========     =========      ========
</TABLE>
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                   part of these consolidated balance sheets.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          ------------------------------------------ -------------------------
                                             1994           1995           1996         1996         1997
                                          ------------ --------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES   .............................. $     204     $    1,054      $   19,136   $   7,617    $  23,028
REVENUES FROM RELATED
 PARTY  .................................       175              -               -           -            -
                                          ----------    -----------     ----------   ----------   ----------
 Total revenues  ........................       379          1,054          19,136       7,617       23,028
COST OF REVENUES ........................        12            340           9,707       5,580       17,309
                                          ----------    -----------     ----------   ----------   ----------
 Gross profit ...........................       367            714           9,429       2,037        5,719
OPERATING EXPENSES  .....................     2,901          6,412          11,886       3,840        4,185
                                          ----------    -----------     ----------   ----------   ----------
 Operating income (loss)  ...............    (2,534)        (5,698)         (2,457)     (1,803)       1,534
INTEREST EXPENSE ........................       (15)            (9)           (164)        (53)           -
INTEREST INCOME  ........................         -              -             179           -          343
                                          ----------    -----------     ----------   ----------   ----------
 Net income (loss) before income taxes.      (2,549)        (5,707)         (2,442)     (1,856)       1,877
BENEFIT (PROVISION) FOR IN-
 COME TAXES (Note 11)                             -              -             977           0          (66)
                                          ----------    -----------     ----------   ----------   ----------
 Net income (loss)  ..................... $  (2,549)    $   (5,707)     $   (1,465)  $  (1,856)   $   1,811
                                          ==========    ===========     ==========   ==========   ==========
PER SHARE INFORMATION
 (Note 2):
 Net income (loss) per share ............ $   (1.29)    $    (1.68)     $    (0.29)  $   (0.41)   $    0.22
                                          ==========    ===========     ==========   ==========   ==========
 Weighted average common shares
   and common share equivalents out-
   standing                               1,977,736      3,388,767       5,130,421   4,488,766    8,189,732
                                          ==========    ===========     ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>


                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)







<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         COMMON STOCK
                                                                                         SUBSCRIPTIONS
                                                   COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL          RECEIVABLE
                                              -----------------------   PAID-IN    -------------------------
                                                SHARES    PAR VALUE     CAPITAL       SHARES       AMOUNT
                                              ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------- -----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>           <C>
BALANCE, January 1, 1994   ..................   1,773,389    $ 18      $    91        185,893     $    (3)
 Sale and issuance of common stock (Note
 10a) .......................................      25,319       -          639              -         -
 Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred
 Stock (Note 10)  ...........................     252,831       2        1,998              -         -
 Net loss   .................................           -       -            -              -         -
                                               ----------    -----     --------     ---------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994 ..................   2,051,539      20        2,728        185,893          (3)
 Issuance of common stock (Note 10a)   ......      50,641       1             (1)           -         -
 Issuance of Series C Convertible Preferred
 Stock (Note 10)  ...........................     178,743       2        1,498              -         -
 Issuance of common stock in private
 placement (Note 10c)   .....................      79,780       1          624              -         -
 Redemption of common stock subscrip-
 tions                                                  -       -            -       (185,893)        3
 Exercise of stock options ..................     885,279       9           11              -         -
 Common stock issued for acquisitions  ......     649,753       7        1,629              -         -
 Issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred
 Stock (Note 10)  ...........................     595,535       6        4,992              -         -
 Repurchase of treasury stock ...............           -       -            -              -         -
 Net loss   .................................           -       -            -              -         -
                                               ----------    -----     --------     ---------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995 ..................   4,491,270      46       11,481              -         -
 Common stock issued for acquisition   ......       8,937       -           45              -         -
 Exercise of stock options (Note 10)   ......      21,734       -           86              -         -
 Issuance of common stock in public offer-
 ing, net of expenses of $3,922 (Note 10c).     2,645,000      26       30,457              -         -
 Unrealized gain on marketable securities,
 net of deferred income taxes of $40.........           -       -            -              -         -
 Net loss   .................................           -       -            -              -         -
                                               ----------    -----     --------     ---------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 ..................   7,166,941      72       42,069              -         -
 Exercise of stock options ..................      34,659       -          270              -         -
 Net income .................................           -       -            -              -         -
                                               ----------    -----     --------     ---------     ------
BALANCE, June 30, 1997 (unaudited)  .........   7,201,600    $ 72      $42,339              -     $   -
                                               ==========    =====     ========     =========     ======



<CAPTION>
                                                            UNREALIZED
                                                             GAIN ON     TREASURY STOCK
                                              ACCUMULATED   MARKETABLE  -----------------
                                                DEFICIT     SECURITIES  SHARES   AMOUNT     TOTAL
                                              ------------- ----------- -------- -------- -----------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
BALANCE, January 1, 1994   ..................  $     (521)      $ -           -   $   -   $   (415)
 Sale and issuance of common stock (Note
 10a) .......................................           -         -           -       -        639
 Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred
 Stock (Note 10)  ...........................           -         -           -       -      2,000
 Net loss   .................................      (2,549)        -           -       -     (2,549)
                                               ----------       ----     ------   -----   ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994 ..................      (3,070)        -           -       -       (325)
 Issuance of Common Stock (Note 10a)   ......           -         -           -       -          -
 Issuance of Series C convertible Preferred
 Stock (Note 10)  ...........................           -         -           -       -      1,500
 Issuance of common stock in private
 placement (Note 10c)   .....................           -         -           -       -        625
 Redemption of common stock subscrip-
 tions                                                  -         -           -       -          3
 Exercise of stock options ..................           -         -           -       -         20
 Common stock issued for acquisitions  ......           -         -           -      --      1,636
 Issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred
 Stock (Note 10)  ...........................           -         -           -       -      4,998
 Repurchase of treasury stock ...............           -         -       8,937     (75)       (75)
 Net loss   .................................      (5,707)        -           -       -     (5,707)
                                               ----------       ----     ------   -----   ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995 ..................      (8,777)        -       8,937     (75)     2,675
 Common stock issued for acquisition   ......           -         -           -       -         45
 Exercise of stock options (Note 10)   ......           -         -           -       -         86
 Issuance of common stock in public offer-
 ing, net of expenses of $3,922 (Note 10c).             -         -           -       -     30,483
 Unrealized gain on marketable securities,
 net of deferred income taxes of $40.........           -        60           -       -         60
 Net loss   .................................      (1,465)        -           -       -     (1,465)
                                               ----------       ----     ------   -----   ---------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996 ..................     (10,242)       60       8,937     (75)    31,884
 Exercise of stock options ..................           -         -           -       -        270
 Net income .................................       1,811         -           -       -      1,811
                                               ----------       ----     ------   -----   ---------
BALANCE, June 30, 1997 (unaudited)  .........  $   (8,431)      $60       8,937   $ (75)  $ 33,965
                                               ==========       ====     ======   =====   =========
</TABLE>



 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
 


                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                                                                            ENDED
                                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30, (UNAUDITED)
                                                          ----------------------------------------- ---------------------
                                                               1994          1995         1996        1996       1997
                                                          --------------- ----------- ------------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss)   ....................................  $  (2,549)     $ (5,707)    $  (1,465)   $(1,856)   $ 1,811
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
  operating activities-
 Depreciation and amortization ..........................        147           457           890        423        483
 Deferred income taxes  .................................          -             -          (977)         -          -
 Allowance for doubtful accounts ........................          -             -           210          -          -
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities- 
  Accounts receivable   .................................          -        (1,021)       (7,826)    (2,282)       767
  Note receivable .......................................          -          (125)          125        110        (60)
  Prepaid expenses   ....................................           (7)       (271)           96        (58)        58
  Advances to physician practices   .....................          -             -          (647)        50       (125)
  Other assets ..........................................       (126)          (33)       (1,440)       (15)    (2,085)
  Accounts payable   ....................................        201           994           656       (341)       (26)
  Accrued expenses   ....................................         83           280           506        445       (174)
  Due to related party  .................................        271          (376)            -          -          -
  Deferred revenue   ....................................       (175)        1,500        (1,100)      (550)      (100)
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities...     (2,155)       (4,302)      (10,972)    (4,074)       549
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:  
 Issuance of note receivable from related party .........          -          (500)            -          -          -
 Proceeds from repayment of note receivable from re-
  lated party                                                      -           500             -          -          -
 Investments in marketable securities  ..................          -             -        (7,290)         -          -
 Cash paid for acquisitions   ...........................          -          (150)            -          -          -
 Purchases of property and equipment, net ...............       (506)         (882)       (1,296)      (249)    (1,020)
 Advances to physician practices ........................          -             -             -          -     (2,600)
 Investment in physician practices  .....................          -             -             -          -     (3,763)
 Minority investment in software development company.              -             -             -          -       (500)
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
   Net cash used in investing activities  ...............       (506)       (1,032)       (8,586)      (249)    (7,883)
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 (Repayment of) proceeds from loan payable related to
  acquisition  ..........................................         50           (50)          (94)       (95)       (23)
 Net proceeds from sale and issuance of common stock     .       639           628        30,483          -          -
 Net proceeds from exercise of stock options ............          -            20            86          -        270
 Net proceeds from promissory notes .....................          -             -         5,000      4,000          -
 Repayment of promissory notes   ........................          -             -        (5,000)         -          -
 Purchase of treasury stock   ...........................          -           (75)            -          -          -
 Net proceeds from issuance of Series B Convertible
  Preferred Stock (Note 10)   ...........................      2,000             -             -          -          -
 Net proceeds from issuance of Series C Convertible
  Preferred Stock (Note 10)   ...........................          -         1,500             -          -          -
 Net proceeds from issuance of Series D Convertible
  Preferred Stock (Note 10)   ...........................          -         4,998             -          -          -
 Repayment of capital lease obligations   ...............        (28)         (230)         (295)      (209)      (159)
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
  Net cash provided by financing activities  ............      2,661         6,791        30,180      3,696         88
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
  Net change in cash and cash equivalents ...............          -         1,457        10,622       (627)    (7,246)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.                    7             7         1,464      1,464     12,086
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ................  $       7      $  1,464     $  12,086    $   837    $ 4,840
                                                           ==========     =========    =========    ========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the year for:  
  Interest  .............................................  $       3      $     21     $     160    $    46    $     7
                                                           ==========     =========    =========    ========   ========
  Income taxes ..........................................  $       3      $     15     $      36    $     -    $    66
                                                           ==========     =========    =========    ========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH IN-
 VESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital lease obligations incurred .....................  $     394      $    281     $      58    $   196    $     -
                                                           ==========     =========    =========    ========   ========
 Fair market value of common stock issued for acquisi-
  tions                                                    $       -      $  1,636     $      45    $    45    $     -
                                                           ----------     ---------    ---------    --------   --------
 Unrealized gain on marketable securities ...............  $       -      $      -     $     100    $     -    $     -
                                                           ==========     =========    =========    ========   ========
 Loan payable issued for acquisition   ..................  $       -      $    150     $      23    $     -    $     -
                                                           ==========     =========    =========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>



                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                           DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)


1. ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS:



THE COMPANY


     Advanced  Health  Corporation  ("AHC")  and subsidiaries (collectively, the
"Company")  provides  physician  groups  and networks with professional practice
and  network  management services and clinical information systems and services.
The  Company's  wholly-owned  subsidiary  was incorporated on August 27, 1993 as
Med-E-Systems  Corporation,  and  was engaged at inception to design and develop
clinical  information  systems  for  physician  users.  Effective  August  1995,
Med-E-Systems  Corporation  became  a  wholly-owned subsidiary of AHC, an entity
incorporated  in  March  1995,  through  a  stock-for-stock  transfer  in  which
preferred  and  common shareholders of Med-E-Systems Corporation exchanged their
interests  for the same amounts and classes of preferred and common stock in AHC
as  those  then  outstanding  in  Med-E-Systems  Corporation.  The  Company  was
subsequently   merged   with   and  into  Majean,  Inc.  (Note  3),  a  Delaware
corporation,  and  the surviving corporation changed its name to Advanced Health
Corporation.


     The  Company  operates  in  a  highly-regulated  environment  in  which its
sources  of  revenues  are  dependent  on  the Company's ability to successfully
negotiate  with  third  parties for its various services. Currently, the Company
depends  on  revenue  generated  by  a  limited  number  of customers, including
physician groups and networks which are under long-term contracts.


FORMATION OF MANAGEMENT SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS


     The  Company  has  established Management Service Organizations ("MSOs") to
facilitate  the  provision  of  management  services  to  physician practice and
network clients.



     In  November  1995, the Company obtained a 51% interest in Uptown Physician
Management,  Inc.  ("Uptown"),  a  newly  formed  MSO. The Company acquired this
interest  as  part of the formation of Uptown and concurrent with the signing of
a  long-term  management services agreement between Uptown and Madison Medical -
The  Private  Practice  Group  of  New  York,  L.L.P.  ("Madison"),  which  is a
multi-specialist group practice based in the State of New York.



     In  June 1996, the Company obtained a 51% interest in Specialist Physicians
Management,  Inc.  ("Specialist"), a newly formed MSO. The Company acquired this
interest  as part of the formation of Specialist and concurrent with the signing
of  a  long-term management services agreement between Specialist and Cardiology
First  of  New  Jersey,  P.A.,  which is a network of cardiologists based in the
State of New Jersey.


     In  June  1996,  the  Company  obtained a 51% interest in Diamond Physician
Management,  Inc.  ("Diamond"),  a  newly  formed MSO. The Company acquired this
interest  as part of the formation of Diamond and concurrent with the signing of
a  long-term  management  services  agreement  between  Diamond  and Long Island
Interventional  Cardiology, which is a private cardiovascular physician practice
based in Long Island, New York.



     In  August  1996,  the  Company  obtained  a  51%  interest  in  Millennium
Physician  Management,  Inc.  ("Millennium"),  a  newly  formed MSO. The Company
acquired  this  interest  as  part of the formation of Millennium and concurrent
with   the   signing  of  a  long-term  management  services  agreement  between
Millennium  and Millennium Medical Associates, P.C., which is a multi-specialist
group practice based in the State of New Jersey.



                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     In  November  1996,  the  Company  obtained  a 51% interest in Prime Health
Physician  Management,  Inc. ("Prime"), a newly formed MSO. The Company acquired
this  interest as part of the formation of Prime and concurrent with the signing
of  a  long-term  management  services  agreement between Prime and Primary Care
Associates,  which  is  a  multi-specialist group practice based in the State of
Pennsylvania.

     In  November  1996,  the  Company  obtained  a 51% interest in Mid-Atlantic
Physicians  Management,  Inc.  ("Mid-Atlantic"), a newly formed MSO. The Company
acquired  this  interest as part of the formation of Mid-Atlantic and concurrent
with   the   signing  of  a  long-term  management  services  agreement  between
Mid-Atlantic  and  Mid-Atlantic  Cardiology, P.A., which is a cardiologist group
practice based in the State of New Jersey.

     In  forming  these MSOs, the Company conveyed 49% interests (Note 3) to the
physician  practice  or  network  in exchange for the execution of the long-term
management  services  agreements  described  above. The Company records the fair
value  of  these  arrangements,  which  is,  in  the opinion of management, more
readily  determinable  than  the  49%  MSO  interest  conveyed. These intangible
assets,  which  are not material, will be amortized over the life of the related
contracts.




2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

     The  accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
AHC and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Advanced  Health Management Corporation
("AHM",  formerly  Advanced  Clinical  Networks  Corporation)  and Med-E-Systems
Corporation  ("MES"),  and  the  MSOs  discussed  in  Note  1.  The consolidated
financial  statements for 1994 and 1995 include the results of operations of the
Company,  including  other  entities  formed or acquired from their formation or
acquisition  during those years, through December 31, 1995. The structure of the
Company's  wholly  or  majority-owned MSOs presently provides for the Company to
receive  activity-based  fee  income  from  the  MSOs  for  management  services
provided,  and  reimbursement  from the MSOs for certain expenses incurred, with
the  result  being  that  there  are  no  profits  in the MSO entity for which a
minority  interest  is  required to be calculated. Accordingly, the consolidated
financial  statements  do not reflect any minority interest in the operations of
the  MSOs.  In  the  event  that  profits  remain in MSO entities in the future,
minority  interests  will  be  reflected in the Company's consolidated financial
statements.  Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been eliminated in
consolidation.


USE OF ESTIMATES

     The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and liabilities and
disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Operating revenues are generated form three principal sources:

     (a)  Physician  Practice  Revenues:  A physician group practice is a single
legal   entity  comprised  of  multiple  physicians.  Through  its  majority  or
wholly-owned  consolidated  MSOs,  the  Company  enters into management services
agreements  with  physician  group  practices,  whereby such physician practices
outsource   their   non-medical   and   administrative  functions  to  the  MSO.
Activity-based  fees  are  generated  by  the MSO through the provision of these
outsourced services as well as certain additional manage-


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

ment,  marketing  and  information  services.  Fees for such services are either
fixed  or  based  on  the  level  of  services  provided,  as  negotiated in the
Company's  various  agreements for the provision of services, and are recognized
monthly  or  as these services are rendered, respectively, based on the terms of
the  related  agreements.  The  Company's  contracts  with  its  physician group
practices   also   include   pre-determined  incentives  which  are  earned  and
recognized  as revenue in the event that the Company is successful in reducing a
physician group practice's administrative expenses.


     (b)  Physician  Network  Revenues: A physician network is an aggregation of
individual  physicians  and  physician groups formed for the purpose of entering
into  contracts  with  third-party  payors.  A  physician  network enters into a
contract  with  a  third-party payor pursuant to which the physicians comprising
the  network  agree  to  provide medical services to network enrollees in return
for   a  fixed  per  enrollee  fee.  Such  contracts  are  known  as  "capitated
contracts."  The  physician  network  then  enters  into  a  management services
agreement  with  the  Company's  majority-owned,  consolidated  MSO, pursuant to
which  the  aggregate  capitated  payments  are  assigned to the MSO. From these
capitated  payments, the MSO pays a fixed percentage of the capitated premium to
fund  all  administrative  and  management services required under the contract.
After  payment  of such administrative and management expenses, the MSO pays the
network  physicians  in return for the physicians' provision of medical services
to  medical enrollees. Such payments are typically based on a pre-determined fee
schedule  based  on actuarial predictions of required medical utilization by the
networks'  enrollees.  In the event that total capitated premiums exceed the sum
of  the  costs  of  (i) administrative and management services provided and (ii)
the  physicians'  provision  of  medical services to the network enrollees, such
savings  are  shared  between  the  MSO  and the network physicians in differing
pre-determined  amounts.  In  the  event  that total capitated premiums are less
than  the  sum of the abovementioned costs, such costs are accrued and are borne
proportionally  by  the  MSO. The Company has not earned, recognized or recorded
any  such  capitated  revenues  in the three years ended December 31, 1996 or in
the six month period ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited).


     In  the  event  that  contracts  between  MSOs  and physician practices and
network  are  terminated,  the terms of the related contracts do not require the
Company, through the MSOs, to return any previously-earned revenues.


     (c)  Information  Systems  and  Services  Revenue:  The  Company's  current
business  strategy  for  providing  integrated  physician  practice  and network
management  services  includes selling its information systems and services as a
means  of  ultimately  providing  a full range of services. In order to generate
operating  funds  and  demonstrate  the  uses  of  its  systems  and development
capabilities,  the  Company  has  licensed,  and may continue licensing, certain
components of its software to third parties.

     The  Company  recognizes  revenue  from the sale of its information systems
and  services  (upon installation and acceptance), and from the licensing of its
software  to  third  parties  (upon  delivery).  Certain  of these third parties
provide  payment  in  advance  for the development and installation of software,
databases  and  systems.  The  Company  accounts  for  these advance payments as
deferred  revenue  when received, and recognizes revenue ratably over the period
of  time  during  which the software is delivered and services are performed. In
December  1991,  the  American  Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement   of  Position  ("SOP")  91-1,  "Software  Revenue  Recognition."  The
Company's  revenue  recognition  policy  is in compliance with the provisions of
the SOP.


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     Cash  and  cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     Financial   instruments   that   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally of trade receivables from
physician  practice revenues, physician network revenues and information systems
and services rendered.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

INVESTMENTS IN MARKETABLE SECURITIES

     The  Company  accounts  for  investments  in  accordance  with Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS")  No.  115,  "Accounting  for  Certain
Investments   in   Debt   and   Equity  Securities."  In  accordance  with  this
pronouncement,  the  debt  securities  held  by  the Company and included in the
accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  that  may  be  sold  in response to
changes  in  interest rates, prepayments, and other factors have been classified
as  available-for-sale.  Such  securities  are  reported  at  fair  value,  with
unrealized  gains  and  losses excluded from earnings and reported in a separate
component  of  shareholders' equity (on an after-tax basis). Gains and losses on
the  disposition  of  securities  are  recognized on the specific identification
method in the period in which they occur.


PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property  and equipment, consisting primarily of electronic data processing
equipment,  are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the
useful  lives  of the assets (3 to 5 years). Equipment held under capital leases
is  amortized  utilizing the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of
the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.


INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Goodwill,  which  represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair
value  of  the  net  assets  acquired,  covenants  not-to-compete and management
contracts  are  included  in intangible assets and are presently being amortized
over  periods  of  4  to  20  years on a straight-line basis. These amortization
periods  are evaluated by management on a continuing basis, and will be adjusted
if the lives of the related intangible assets are impaired.


ACCOUNTING FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS

     During  March  1995,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
issued  SFAS  No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed  Of."  This  statement  establishes  financial accounting and reporting
standards   for  the  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  certain  identifiable
intangibles,  and  goodwill related to those assets to be held and used, and for
long-lived  assets  and certain identifiable intangibles to be disposed of. This
statement  is  effective  for  financial  statements  for fiscal years beginning
after  December  15, 1995, and was adopted by the Company in 1996. The effect of
the adoption was not material.


COMPUTER SOFTWARE COSTS

     The  Company develops computer software which is marketed to third parties.
The  Company  capitalizes such costs in accordance with SFAS No. 86, "Accounting
for  the  Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed."
Amortization  of  such costs is provided using the straight-line method over the
estimated economic life of the products, which is generally five years.


     The  Company  has  $101  and  $1,130  of  unamortized  capitalized computer
software  costs  included  in  other  assets  in  the  accompanying consolidated
balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  1995  and 1996, respectively. Such costs
capitalized in 1996 were incurred primarily in the latter part of that year.

     Computer   software  amortization  expense  aggregated  $0,  $25  and  $28,
respectively, for the three years ended December 31, 1996.



RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT


     Research  and  development  costs  are expensed as incurred by the Company.
Research   and   development  expense  aggregated  $1,582,  $3,157  and  $2,843,
respectively,  for  the  three  years ended December 31, 1996 and $1,875 and $0,
respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited).



                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

INCOME TAXES

     The  Company  accounts for income taxes under SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income  Taxes,"  which  requires  recognition  of  deferred  tax liabilities and
assets  for the estimated future tax effects of events that have been recognized
in  the  financial statements or income tax returns. Under this method, deferred
tax  liabilities  and assets are determined based on (1) differences between the
financial  accounting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and (2) net
operating  loss  carry-forwards, using enacted tax rates in effect for the years
in  which  the  differences  and  carry-forwards  are expected to reverse and be
utilized, respectively (Note 11).



NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

     Net  income  (loss)  per  common  share was computed by dividing net income
(loss)  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and common share
equivalents  outstanding  during the respective periods, which includes, for all
periods,  (i)  the  effect  of the conversion of Class A, B, C and D Convertible
Preferred  Stock to common stock, and (ii) the retroactive effect of the reverse
stock  split,  both  described  in  Note  10, which occurred concurrent with the
consummation  of  the  Company's initial public offering. Fully diluted net loss
per  common  share  has  not been presented in periods through December 31, 1996
since  the  inclusion  of  the  impact of stock options and warrants outstanding
(Notes  3,  9 and 10) would be antidilutive. For the six month period ended June
30,  1997  (unaudited),  the  weighted  average  impact  of  988,132 outstanding
options  and  warrants  has  been  included in the computation of net income per
share.



STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION


     During  October  1995,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  123,  "Accounting for
Stock-Based  Compensation."  This statement establishes financial accounting and
reporting  standards  for  stock-based employee compensation plans. SFAS No. 123
encourages  entities  to adopt a fair value-based method of accounting for stock
compensation  costs  under  pre-existing  accounting pronouncements. If the fair
value-based  method  of  accounting  is  not  adopted, SFAS No. 123 requires pro
forma  disclosures  of  net  income  (loss) and earnings (loss) per share in the
notes  to  the consolidated financial statements. The accounting requirements of
SFAS  No.  123  are effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years that
begin  after  December  15,  1995,  though  they may be adopted on issuance. The
disclosure  requirements  of SFAS No. 123 are effective for financial statements
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after December 15, 1995, or for an earlier fiscal
year  for  which  SFAS No. 123 is initially adopted for recognizing compensation
cost.  The  Company  has  adopted  this  standard  in  1996,  and has elected to
continue  the  accounting  set  forth  in  Accounting  Principles  Board No. 25,
"Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to Employees" ("APB No. 25") and to provide the
necessary pro-forma disclosures (Note 10).



RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS



     In  March  1997,  the  FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." This
statement  establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share
("EPS"),  replacing  the  presentation  of currently required primary EPS with a
presentation  of  Basic  EPS.  For entities with complex capital structures, the
statement  requires  the  dual presentation of both Basic EPS and Diluted EPS on
the  face  of the statement of operations. Under this new standard, Basic EPS is
computed   based  on  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  and  excludes  any
potential  dilution.  Diluted  EPS reflects potential dilution from the exercise
or  conversion  of securities into common stock or from other contracts to issue
common  stock  and  is similar to the currently-required fully diluted EPS. SFAS
128  is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for periods ending after
December  15,  1997,  including  interim periods, and earlier application is not
permitted.  When  adopted,  the Company will be required to restate its EPS data
for  all  prior periods presented. The Company does not expect the impact of the
adoption of this statement to be material to previously reported EPS amounts.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform to the
current year's presentation.


3. ACQUISITION OF BUSINESSES:


ACQUISITIONS


     The  transaction with Majean, Inc. described in Note 1 was accounted for as
a  purchase through the issuance of 543,564 shares of the Company's stock to the
shareholders  of  Majean,  Inc.,  who  were  not  previously affiliated with the
Company,  for  an  aggregate  purchase price of $1,368. Additionally, options to
purchase  283,010 shares of common stock at $.0112 per share were issued as part
of   this  transaction.  These  options  are  only  exercisable,  as  contingent
consideration,  upon the achievement of certain capitalization levels related to
regulatory  requirements. The entire purchase price of this acquisition has been
allocated  to intangible assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets,
as  will  any  contingent consideration which arises due to the option described
above,  based  on  a  twenty-year contract with an MSO, which was contributed to
Majean,  Inc.  by  its  shareholders upon its formation immediately prior to the
transaction.  Accordingly,  this  intangible  asset  is  being  amortized over a
period of twenty-years.


     Pursuant  to  an  asset  purchase  agreement  with  Peltz Ventimiglia, Inc.
("Peltz")  dated  August  28,  1995,  AHC  acquired  certain  assets and assumed
certain  liabilities of Peltz for 75,996 shares of common stock for an aggregate
purchase  price  of  $191.  Additionally,  the  former  owners of Peltz received
warrants  to  purchase 113,995 shares of the Company's common stock at $4.38 per
share,  which  management  believes  to be in excess of the fair market value of
such  shares  at  the  date  of  grant.  These warrants are only exercisable, as
contingent  consideration,  based  on  the  achievement  of  targeted  operating
performance.

     Pursuant  to  a  purchase  agreement  with  U.S.  Health  Connections, Inc.
("Health  Connections")  dated  September 1, 1995, the Company acquired, through
its  subsidiary AHM, all of the outstanding stock of Health Connections for $150
in  cash,  a  note  for  $150  due  in  two  installments within one year of the
acquisition  and  30,193 shares of common stock, for an aggregate purchase price
of  $376.  Furthermore,  the Health Connections purchase agreement calls for the
issuance  of  an  additional  56,611 common shares, as contingent consideration,
based on the achievement of targeted operating performance by this entity.


     The  Company  will  record  the  effect of the contingent consideration, if
any,  related to these acquisitions based upon the provisions of Emerging Issues
Task  Force  Issue  95-8,  "Accounting  for Contingent Consideration Paid to the
Shareholders  of  an Acquired Company in a Purchase Business Combination", which
sets   forth   the   criteria  for  determining  the  allocation  of  contingent
consideration  as  either  additional  purchase  price  or compensation expense.
These  criteria  provide  for  the  recognition  of contingent consideration, as
opposed  to  compensation  expense,  upon  the  exercisability,  if any, of such
options  and  warrants where relevant facts and circumstances, such as continued
employment  of the sellers, components of the selling shareholder group, reasons
for  contingent  payments  and  other  agreements and issues, indicate that such
accounting  is  warranted.  Management of the Company believes that the terms of
the   acquisitions   described  above  meet  the  criteria  for  recognition  of
contingent consideration.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     These  acquisitions  described  above  were  valued  based  on management's
estimate  of  the  fair  value of common stock at the date of acquisition, which
was  determined  by  the  Company's management by comparisons to (i) arms-length
transactions  with  unrelated  third-parties  for the same or similar securities
and  (ii)  an  independent  third-party appraisal. Costs in excess of net assets
acquired were recorded as intangible assets as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PELTZ              U.S. HEALTH
                                   MAJEAN, INC.     VENTIMIGLIA, INC.     CONNECTIONS, INC.
                                   --------------   -------------------   ------------------
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>                   <C>
Accounts receivable    .........      $     -             $  42                 $  41
Management contracts   .........        1,368                 -                     -
Goodwill   .....................            -               173                   355
Covenant not-to-compete   ......            -                10                    10
Current liabilities    .........            -               (34)                  (30)
                                      --------            -----                 -----
   Total purchase price   ......      $ 1,368             $ 191                 $ 376
                                      ========            =====                 =====
</TABLE>


PRO FORMA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Summarized  below  are the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the
Company  as  though  these  acquisitions  had occurred at the beginning of 1994.
This  pro  forma  information  does not give effect to any operations of Majean,
Inc.,  which had no operations prior to the merger transaction with the Company.
Adjustments  have  been  made  for  pro  forma  income taxes and amortization of
intangible assets related to these transactions.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                        DECEMBER
                                          31,
                               --------------------------
                                 1994           1995
                               ------------   -----------
<S>                             <C>            <C>
Pro Forma:
 Revenues    ...............    $  1,228       $  1,620
 Net loss    ...............      (2,467)        (5,743)
 Net loss per share   ......    $  (1.25)      $  (1.70)
</TABLE>


     These  pro  forma  results  of operations are not necessarily indicative of
the  actual  results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisitions
been  made  at  the  beginning  of  1994,  or  of results which may occur in the
future.


     On  April  1, 1996, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain
liabilities  of  a  network  development company in exchange for 8,937 shares of
the  Company's  common  stock  and $45, to be paid in two installments of $22 on
the  closing  date  and  on  the  first  anniversary  thereof,  for an aggregate
purchase  price  of  approximately  $90, all of which is included in goodwill in
the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The pro forma effects of this
transaction  have  not  been  presented,  as  the  results are immaterial to the
Company's consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.


     The  stockholders  agreements  for  these  MSOs  and  those MSOs which were
formed  as described in Note 1, among other things, (i) restrict the transfer of
MSO  equity,  (ii)  provide  the  terms upon which the MSO can, at the Company's
option,  be  merged  with and into a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company in a
transaction  in  which  the  physician practice or network will receive stock of
the  Company  in exchange for shares in the MSO and (iii) grant to the physician
practice  or network the right to put its equity share in the MSO to the Company
within  one  year  of the Company's satisfaction of certain specified targets if
the  Company  has  not  called  its right to acquire those interests within that
period.  The agreements provide that these call transactions will be paid in the
Company's  common  stock,  and  put  transactions will be paid in cash, and that
either transaction, if effected, would be based on an agreed-upon  amount at the
time  of the transaction. The Company will, in the event that these transactions
take  place,  account for such transactions as purchases at the agreed-upon fair
market value of the MSO interest being purchased.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH PHYSICIAN PRACTICES:

SHARED SERVICES

     The  Company  previously  shared  office  space and administrative services
with  Physicians'  Online, Inc. ("POL"), a privately held healthcare information
services   company   which   is   partly  owned  by  several  of  the  Company's
shareholders, including certain officers and directors.


     During  the three years ended December 31, 1996, POL also incurred expenses
totaling  $136,  $181  and $95, respectively, on behalf of the Company for which
the  Company  has reimbursed POL. The Company also repaid a loan from POL in the
amount  of  $300  during  the  year ended December 31, 1995. In addition, during
1995,  POL  borrowed $500 from the Company. POL repaid this amount in full prior
to December 31, 1995.


TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS

     In  accordance  with  the  Company's Senior Executive Loan Policy, which is
administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board of Directors, the
Company  has  made loans to certain senior executives of the Company aggregating
$430,  which  are  included  in  other  assets  in the accompanying consolidated
balance  sheet as of December 31, 1996. These loans are due three years from the
loan  date  with  interest payable monthly at a rate of 6% per annum. There were
such no loans outstanding at December 31, 1995.

     Management  of  the  Company believes that these related party transactions
were effected on terms which approximate fair market value.


TRANSACTIONS WITH MSOS

     In  December  1996,  one  of  the MSOs purchased accounts receivable from a
physician  practice,  under  the terms of its management services agreement, for
an  aggregate  amount of $4,501, which is included in accounts receivable in the
accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet as of December 31, 1996. In accordance
with  the  agreement, all purchased accounts receivable outstanding after ninety
days  from  the  purchase  date are to be sold back to the physician practice at
face  value.  In  the  event that the physician practice is unable to repurchase
the  receivables,  the aggregate outstanding amount is converted to a loan which
is  collateralized by outstanding shares of the Company held by the shareholders
of the physician practice.

     During  1996,  a  separate  MSO  made  advances  aggregating  $600,  in the
ordinary  course  of  business, to a physician practice with which the MSO has a
long-term   management   services   agreement.  These  advances  were  satisfied
subsequent  to  December  31,  1996,  as  the  physician practice simultaneously
assigned  certain  accounts  receivable  to  the MSO to satisfy the advances and
sold  additional  accounts  receivable  to  the  MSO. This amount is included in
advances to affiliates in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

     Revenues  generated  by  MSOs  from physician practices, which are owned by
physicians,  certain  of  whom  own  or  may,  in  the future, own shares of the
Company's  common  stock,  do  not,  in the opinion of the Company's management,
meet  the  criteria  for related party transactions because their operations are
independent  of the Company in all material respects and the physician ownership
of the Company is not significant.



                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

5. INVESTMENTS IN MARKETABLE SECURITIES:

     The  amortized  cost,  gross  unrealized gains and losses and fair value of
the available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 1996, are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            AMORTIZED     UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED
                              COST          GAINS         LOSSES       FAIR VALUE
                            -----------   ------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                         <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>
Commercial paper   ......   $ 7,290         $ 100          $ -         $ 7,390
                            ========        ======         ====        ========
</TABLE>

     All  available-for-sale  securities  are due within one year. There were no
sales  of  available-for-sale  securities  for the year ended December 31, 1996.
The Company had no marketable securities prior to 1996.


6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment is comprised of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ---------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                             1995        1996        1997
                                                           ---------   ---------   ------------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>           <C>
Computer equipment and software    .....................     $ 1,152     $ 2,276      $3,189
Equipment under capital leases  ........................         682         471         471
Furniture and fixtures    ..............................         189         272         379
Leasehold improvements    ..............................          60          43          43
                                                            --------    --------      -------
                                                               2,083       3,062       4,082
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization   ......         544       1,009       1,438
                                                            --------    --------      -------
Property and equipment, net  ...........................     $ 1,539     $ 2,053      $2,644
                                                            ========    ========      =======
</TABLE>


     Depreciation   and   amortization   aggregated   $147,   $397   and   $782,
respectively,  for  the  three  years ended December 31, 1996 and $369 and $429,
respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited).


7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

     Intangible  assets  arising  from  acquisitions  (Note  3)  consist  of the
following:
                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                          ---------------------   JUNE 30,
                                            1995        1996        1997
                                          ---------   ---------   ------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
Management contracts    ...............     $ 1,368     $ 1,368     $ 4,823
Goodwill    ...........................         529         619         619
Covenant not-to-compete    ............          20          20          20
                                           --------    --------     --------
                                              1,917       2,007       5,462
Less: Accumulated amortization   ......          41         149         203
                                           --------    --------     --------
Intangible assets, net  ...............     $ 1,876     $ 1,858     $ 5,259
                                           ========    ========     ========

     Amortization  aggregated  $42  and  $108, respectively, for the years ended
December  31,  1995  and  1996 and $54 and $54, respectively, for the six months
ended  June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited). There were no intangible assets prior
to 1995.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


8. ACCRUED EXPENSES:

     Accrued expenses consist of the following:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                           1996            1997
                                                        --------------   ------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>
     Reimbursable physician practice expense   ......       $ 326            $400
     Public stock offering expenses   ...............         245               -
     Professional fees ..............................           -             168
     Other    .......................................         342             171
                                                            ------           -----
       Total accrued expenses   .....................       $ 913            $739
                                                            ======           =====
</TABLE>


     The  Company  had no individual accrued expenses in excess of 5% of current
liabilities as of December 31, 1995.


9. BRIDGE FINANCING:


BRIDGE FINANCING


     On  February 28, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to issue three
8%  promissory  notes  to  an  investor  for  an aggregate amount of $3,000. The
Company  issued one promissory note and received $1,500 upon the closing, issued
a  second  promissory  note  and received $750 at the second closing date, April
26,  1996, and issued a third promissory note and received the remaining $750 on
the  third  closing date, June 28, 1996. Each note was due on the earlier of the
initial  public  offering  of  the  Company's  securities  or  one year from the
respective closing dates. Interest was due quarterly on each of the notes.


     In  addition,  the  investor received warrants to purchase 16,757 shares of
common  stock  of the Company at $16.78 per share which expire on June 28, 2001.
The  exercise  price  of  $16.78  per  share  is,  in the opinion of management,
greater  than the fair market value of such shares at the date the warrants were
issued.  The  investor  also  received 8,937 contingent warrants to purchase the
Company's  stock  at  $8.39  per  share.  These  contingent  warrants were to be
exercisable  during  the  period  from  January 1, 1997 through June 28, 2001 if
payment  had  not  been  made  on  the  notes  by  the agreed-upon payment dates
described  above  or  if an initial public offering was not consummated prior to
January  1, 1997; however, when payments on the notes were made by the specified
dates, these contingent warrants were canceled.


     The  Company  also  entered  into  an  agreement  with  the  owners  of the
Company's  Series  D  Convertible Preferred Stock and related warrants (Note 10)
for  additional  bridge  financing  in  the amount of approximately $2,000. This
financing  was  unsecured, bore interest at 9% and expired on the earlier of the
consummation  of  an initial public offering or July 31, 1997. On June 19, 1996,
the  Company  issued three promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of
$1,000  and  on  August 13, 1996, the Company issued three additional promissory
notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000 under this agreement.


     The  Company  used a portion of the proceeds of the initial public offering
to  repay  this  bridge  financing. The supplementary net loss per share for the
year  ended  December 31, 1996, which follows, gives supplementary effect to the
issuance  of  384,615  shares of common stock for the entire period during which
the  related  bridge  financing  was  outstanding, which is the number of shares
issued  in the initial public offering, the proceeds of which were used to repay
the  bridge  financing,  as  well  as  to the effect of the reduction of related
interest  expense,  net  of  tax,  in  the  period  during  which  that debt was
outstanding.  These  shares  are presumed outstanding for supplementary purposes
only,  and  were  neither issued nor outstanding for any purpose during the year
ended December 31, 1996.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                        -------------------
<S>                                                          <C>
         Supplementary net loss per share   .........        $  (.26)
                                                             -------
         Supplementary weighted average common shares
          outstanding  ..............................          5,426
                                                             =======
</TABLE>




10. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

COMMON STOCK


   (a)  In  November  1994,  the Company sold 75,960 common shares pursuant to a
          private  placement agreement dated August 22, 1994 for an aggregate of
          $639.  Of  these  shares  sold,  all  of  which were paid for in 1994,
          25,319  were  issued prior to December 31, 1994 and 50,641 were issued
          in  January  1995.  In  accordance with this agreement, the holders of
          these  shares  have  the  right, on two occasions, to participate on a
          "piggy-back"  basis  in  a  registration  by  the  Company  under  the
          Securities  Act  of 1933, as amended, subject to certain restrictions,
          for  a period ending on October 31, 1999, and commencing twelve months
          from  the  closing  of an initial public offering of the securities of
          the Company.

   (b)  In  1995,  the  Company  sold 79,780 common shares pursuant to a private
          placement  agreement dated April 21, 1995 for an aggregate of $625. In
          accordance  with  this agreement, the holders of these shares have the
          right,  on  two occasions, to participate on a "piggy-back" basis in a
          registration  by  the  Company  under  the  Securities Act of 1933, as
          amended,  subject  to  certain  restrictions,  for  a period ending on
          September  30,  2000, and commencing twelve months from the closing of
          an initial public offering of the securities of the Company.

   (c)  In  October  1996,  the  Company completed an initial public offering of
          its  securities. The offering included the sale of 2,300,000 shares of
          common  stock  (on a basis which reflected the reverse split described
          below)  at  $13.00  per  share  plus an underwriters' overallotment of
          345,000 shares. Total net proceeds from this offering were $30,483.


PREFERRED STOCK


     Prior  to  the initial public offering, the Company had 2,000,000 shares of
authorized  Preferred Stock with a par value of $.01 per share, of which 971,800
shares  had  been designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. On August 31,
1993,  the  Company  sold 971,800 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
for  $97.  In  March  1994,  the  Company  authorized and sold 282,900 shares of
Series  B Convertible Preferred Stock for $2,000 pursuant to a Private Placement
Agreement.  In  January  1995, the Company authorized and sold 200,000 shares of
Series  C Convertible Preferred Stock for $1,500 pursuant to a Private Placement
Agreement.  In  August  1995,  the Company authorized and sold 666,360 shares of
Series  D Convertible Preferred Stock for $4,998 pursuant to a Private Placement
Agreement. All of the above shares are not redeemable.

     Each  individual  share of Series A, B, C and D Convertible Preferred Stock
was  convertible  into  1.5  common  shares  at  the holder's option, subject to
adjustment  for  antidilution.  The  holders of Series A, B, C and D Convertible
Preferred  Stock  were  entitled  to receive dividends as and if declared by the
Board  of  Directors.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the  Company,  the  holders  of Series A, B, C and D Convertible Preferred Stock
were  entitled  to  receive  all  accrued  dividends,  if  applicable,  plus the
liquidation price per share of $.07, $4.71, $5.00 and $5.00, respectively.

     Subject  to  certain  provisions,  registration  rights,  as defined in the
agreement,  were exercisable after the earlier of (1) August 23, 1999 or (2) the
effective  date  of  the  first  registration statement for a public offering of
securities  of  the  Company. Holders of Series B, C and D Convertible Preferred
Stock  had voting rights. Furthermore, holders of Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock  had the right to purchase 446,858 shares of Class D Convertible Preferred
Stock at $8.39 per share.



                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

STOCK SPLITS AND CONVERSION OF PREFERRED STOCK

     In  January  1995,  the  Company  authorized a 100 for 1 stock split on its
Series  A  and B Preferred Stock and a 100 for 1 stock split on the common stock
sold  in  1993. In April 1996, the Company authorized a 1.5 for 1 stock split on
its common stock in the form of a stock dividend.

     Pursuant  to  the  terms  of the Series A, B, C and D Convertible Preferred
Stock,  these  securities  were  converted, on a 1.5 to 1 share basis, to common
stock immediately prior to the effective date of the initial public offering.

     In  connection  with  the  initial  public offering, the Company effected a
recapitalization  whereby  the  presently  outstanding  common  stock (including
converted  Series  A,  B,  C and D Convertible Preferred Stock) was converted to
shares of common stock on a .59581 to 1 share basis.

     All  information  in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and
footnotes  has been retroactively restated to give effect to these transactions.
 


STOCK OPTIONS

     During  1994,  the  Company issued options to employees to purchase 970,860
shares of common stock at prices ranging from $.0112 to $2.52 per share.


     During  1995,  the  Company  adopted  the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the "1995
Plan")  for  the  purpose  of  granting  incentive  stock  options to employees,
officers  or  directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company, provided
that  incentive  stock  options  may  only  be  granted  to  individuals who are
employees  of  the  Company.  Options granted under the 1995 Plan typically vest
annually  over  a three-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant.
The  Company  reserved  1,500,000  shares of common stock for issuance under the
1995 Plan.


     The  Company  also  adopted  the Advanced Health Corporation Employee Stock
Purchase  Plan (the "Employee Plan") during 1996 in order to allow the employees
of  the  Company  to  acquire  a proprietary interest in the Company through the
purchase  of  the  Company's  common  stock.  Under  the Employee Plan, eligible
employees  will  be  granted  options to purchase shares of common stock through
regular  payroll deductions. The total number of shares of common stock that are
authorized  for  issuance  under  the Employee Plan is 1,200,000. No shares have
been issued under the Employee Plan.

     The  Company accounts for these plans under APB Opinion No. 25, under which
no compensation cost has been recognized.

     Had  compensation cost for these plans been determined consistent with SFAS
No.  123,  the Company's net loss and net loss per share would have been changed
to the following pro forma amounts:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995           1996
                                               -----------   -------------
<S>                            <C>             <C>            <C>
Net loss:    ...............   As Reported     $ (5,707)      $  (1,465)
                               Pro Forma         (5,898)         (1,850)
Net loss per share:   ......   As Reported     $  (1.68)      $   (0.29)
                               Pro Forma          (1.71)          (0.36)
</TABLE>


     Because  the  SFAS  No.  123  method  of accounting has not been applied to
options  granted  prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma compensation
cost may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     A  summary  of  the  status of the 1995 Plan at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and  changes  during  the  years  then  ended,  is  presented  in  the table and
narrative below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995                         1996
                                                     ----------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                     WTD. AVG.                     WTD. AVG.
                                                       SHARES        EX. PRICE       SHARES        EX. PRICE
                                                     -------------   ------------   ------------   ----------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>         <C>              <C>
Outstanding at beg. of year  .....................       841,264        $ 0.27        888,916        $ 0.17
Grant   ..........................................       980,968          2.73        154,733          6.77
Exercised  .......................................      (885,279)         0.01        (21,734)         3.71
Forfeited  .......................................       (48,037)         2.52       (217,471)         4.17
                                                      ----------                    ----------
Outstanding at end of year   .....................       888,916          0.17        804,444          1.31
                                                      ==========                    ==========
Exercisable at end of year   .....................        22,479          n/a         306,511          n/a
                                                      ==========                    ==========
Weighted average fair value of options granted   .    $     1.43          n/a       $    3.54          n/a
                                                      ==========                    ==========
</TABLE>

     The  fair  value  of  each  option  grant is estimated on the date of grant
using   the   Black-Scholes   option   pricing   model   with   the   following
weighted-average  assumptions  used  for  grants in 1995 and 1996, respectively:
risk-free  interest  rates  of  6.2%;  expected  dividend yields of 0%; expected
lives of 3 years; expected stock price volatility of 74%.


STOCK WARRANTS

     In  October  1995,  the  Company  issued warrants to a financial advisor to
purchase  17,874  shares  of  common stock at $3.52 per share. In the opinion of
management,  the  exercise price of $3.52 per share represents the fair value of
such  shares  at  the date the warrants were issued. Accordingly, management has
determined  that  the  intrinsic  value of these warrants is not material to the
Company's consolidated financial statements.


11. INCOME TAXES:

     Income tax benefit consists of the following:

                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                       ------------------------
                                       1994     1995     1996
                                       ------   ------   ------
Federal:
 Current    ........................     $ -      $ -      $   -
 Deferred   ........................       -        -        757
State and Local:
 Current ...........................       -        -          -
 Deferred   ........................       -        -        220
                                        ----     ----     ------
   Total income tax benefit   ......     $ -      $ -      $ 977
                                        ====     ====     ======

     A  reconciliation  of  difference between the statutory U.S. Federal Income
Tax Rate and the Company's effective tax rate follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                        31,
                                                          -------------------------------
                                                           1994         1995        1996
                                                          ----------   ----------   -----
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>         <C>
U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate  ...............       34%          34%      34%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit   ......        6%           6%       6%
Net operating loss without tax benefit  ...............      (40%)        (40%)      -
                                                           -------      -------     ---
                                                               -            -       40%
                                                           =======      =======     ===
</TABLE>

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     The  tax  effects of temporary differences, that give rise to a significant
portion of the deferred income tax asset, net, are as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                             ------------------------
                                               1995         1996
                                             -----------   ----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
Current deferred income tax assets:
 Net operating loss carryforward    ......    $      -     $   977
                                              --------     --------
   Current deferred tax asset    .........           -         977
                                              --------     --------
Noncurrent deferred income tax asset, net:
 Net operating loss carryforwards   ......       2,565       3,511
 Amortization  ...........................         523         380
 Deferred revenue    .....................         240         160
 Allowance for doubtful accounts    ......           -          84
 Other   .................................         179         (11)
                                              --------     --------
                                                 3,507       4,124
                                              --------     --------
 Less: Valuation allowance    ............      (3,507)     (4,124)
                                              --------     --------
 Total deferred income taxes, net   ......    $      -     $   977
                                              ========     ========
</TABLE>



     As  of  December 31, 1996, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
("NOLs")  available  to  offset  future book and taxable income of approximately
$10,200  and $8,700, respectively, which expire in varying amounts through 2011.
Certain  of  these  carryforwards  are  limited  as  to their utilization due to
cumulative  changes  in  ownership of the Company through 1996 (Note 10). Future
changes  in  ownership,  as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code,
as  amended  could  limit  the amount of net operating loss carryforwards in any
one  year. In 1996, management of the Company determined that it has become more
likely  than  not  that  the  current  year  deferred  income tax assets will be
realized  and  has,  accordingly,  recorded the current year deferred income tax
asset  of  $976, which is included in the income tax benefit in the accompanying
consolidated  statement  of  operations for 1996. The determination that the net
deferred  income  tax  asset  of  $976,  which  includes the deferred income tax
benefit  for  the  current  year,  is  realizable  is  based  on  the  Company's
profitability in the latter part of 1996.

12. CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS:


     The  Company  is  the  lessee  of  certain  equipment  under capital leases
expiring  through  2001. The assets and liabilities are recorded at the lower of
the  present  value  of  minimum  lease payments or the fair market value of the
asset. The interest rates on the capital leases vary from 2.63% to 17.00%.


     Future  minimum  payments under these lease agreements are as follows as of
December 31, 1996:


Year ending December 31,
1997   .............................................     $ 145
1998   .............................................        78
1999   .............................................         8
2000   .............................................        11
2001   .............................................         4
                                                        ------
Total minimum lease payments   .....................       246
Less: Amount representing interest   ...............        34
                                                        ------
Present value of net minimum lease payments   ......       212
Less: Current portion    ...........................       131
                                                        ------
                                                         $  81
                                                        ======

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                 ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)



13. COMMITMENTS:

     The  Company  leases  certain  office  space for its operations. Leases for
this  space  expire  through  2002  and  call  for  annual rent, with immaterial
escalations through the end of the leases.

     The  Company  has  also  entered  into  several operating leases for office
equipment.

     Future  minimum  payments  for operating leases at December 31, 1996 are as
follows:

   
Year ending December 31,
1997   .....................     $ 631
1998   .....................       719
1999   .....................       784
2000   .....................       814
2001 and thereafter   ......       792
    


     Rent  expense  was  $70,  $126  and $630, respectively, for the three years
ended  December  31,  1996  and  $181  and $451, respectively for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited).


14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     Subsequent  to  December  31, 1996, the Company loaned $2,000 to Madison at
the  prime  rate  plus  2%, not to exceed 10%, with interest payable monthly and
the  outstanding  principal  payable in twelve monthly installments beginning in
January  1998.  In  conjunction  with  this  loan,  the Company has guaranteed a
letter   of  credit  of  Madison,  in  the  amount  $1,727,  by  depositing  and
restricting  cash  in  the  same  amount  with  the  same  financial institution
providing  that  letter  of  credit.  These  obligations  are secured by the 49%
ownership interest in Uptown held by Madison.


   
15. UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The  unaudited  consolidated  financial information included herein for the
six  months  ended  June  30, 1996 and 1997 has been prepared in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting principles for interim financial information. In
the  opinion  of  the Company, these unaudited consolidated financial statements
reflect  all  adjustments necessary, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
for  a  fair  presentation  of  such data on a basis consistent with that of the
audited  data  presented  herein.  The  consolidated  results  of operations for
interim  periods  are  not  necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
for a full year.


16. EVENTS   (UNAUDITED)   OCCURRING   SUBSEQUENT  TO  THE  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF
    INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     In June 1997, in connection  with an amendment to the  management  services
agreement with Madison,  the Company exchanged  approximately $3,600 of accounts
receivable  from  Madison  for an increase  in the fees  payable by Madison,  an
increase in the term from 20 to 30 years and the  elimination of Madison's right
to terminate the agreement, without cause, prior to the end of the tenth year of
the term.  This  consideration  has been added to intangible  assets and will be
amortized over the remaining life of the related contract, as amended.

     As discussed under "Business--Legal  Proceedings," the Company commenced an
action in  September  1997  against a  customer  to collect  $1,000  owed by the
customer to the Company pursuant to a software  licensing  agreement dated as of
March 31, 1997, as amended (the "License  Agreement"),  between the customer and
the Company.  The Company  believes that the  customer's  stated grounds for its
refusal to make this payment  (alleged  failure to timely  deliver  software and
documentation)  is without merit.  The Company  recorded the subject  payment as
revenue in the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997,  and the dispute  between the
parties arose thereafter.  The Company believes that the ultimate  resolution of
this action will not have a material effect on the Company's  financial position
as of June 30,  1997 or the results of  operations  for the three and six months
then ended.
    

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

================================================================================

      NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR  OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION  OR  TO  MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS  AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE  RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  ANY OF THE
UNDERWRITERS  OR  BY  ANY  OTHER  PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY A SECURITY OTHER THAN THE
SHARES  OF  COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL
OR  A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, TO
ANY  PERSON  IN  ANY  JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION  TO  SUCH  PERSON.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THE  INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE
DATE HEREOF.





                     ------------------------------------




                               TABLE OF CONTENTS








<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                 ----------
<S>                                                <C>
Available Information ........................      2
Prospectus Summary ...........................      3
Risk Factors .................................      5
The Company  .................................     17
Use of Proceeds ..............................     17
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend
   Policy ....................................     17
Capitalization  ..............................     18
Dilution  ....................................     19
Selected Consolidated Financial Data .........     20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Fi-
   nancial Condition and Results of Operations     21
Business  ....................................     25
Management   .................................     42
Certain Transactions  ........................     48
Principal and Selling Stockholders   .........     50
Description of Capital Stock   ...............     51
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   ............     53
Underwriting .................................     55
Legal Matters   ..............................     56
Experts   ....................................     56
Index to Financial Statements  ...............     F-1
</TABLE>



================================================================================
<PAGE>
================================================================================




                               2,500,000 SHARES




                                    [LOGO]




                                ADVANCED HEALTH
                                  CORPORATION






                                 COMMON STOCK





                       --------------------------------

                                  PROSPECTUS

                       --------------------------------








                                COWEN & COMPANY

                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST

                         SBC WARBURG DILLON READ INC.

                          VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY






                                      , 1997




================================================================================




<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     The  following table sets forth the various expenses in connection with the
sale   and   distribution   of  the  securities  being  registered,  other  than
underwriting  discounts  and commissions. All of the amounts shown are estimated
except  the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing
fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.


<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
   
SEC registration fee .....................    $ 21,127
NASD filing fee   ........................       7,472
Nasdaq National Market listing fee  ......      17,500
Blue sky fees and expenses ...............      25,000
Printing and engraving expenses  .........     200,000
Legal fees and expenses ..................     250,000
Accounting fees and expenses  ............     250,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees   ......      25,000
Miscellaneous  ...........................     203,901
                                            ----------
 Total   .................................  $1,000,000
                                            ==========
</TABLE>
    



     The Company will bear all of the foregoing fees and expenses.


ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


     Section  145  of  the  DGCL  authorizes a court to award or a corporation's
Board  of  Directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms
sufficiently  broad  to  permit such indemnification under certain circumstances
for  liabilities  (including  reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under
the  Act. Articles Nine and Ten of the Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation
provide  for  indemnification  of  its  directors  and  officers and permissible
indemnification  of  employees  and other agents to the maximum extent permitted
by  the  DGCL.  Reference  is  made  to  the  form  of  Director Indemnification
Agreement  filed  as  Exhibit 10.7 hereto, which provides for indemnification of
directors.  Reference  is  also  made  to  the  Underwriting  Agreement filed as
Exhibit  1.1  hereto,  which  sets  forth certain indemnification provisions. In
addition,  the  Registrant  maintains  liability  insurance for its officers and
directors.


ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES


     The  Registrant  has  sold and issued the following unregistered securities
during the past three years:


     In  November  1994,  the  Company sold 75,965 shares of Common Stock for an
aggregate  of  $639,655.  Of  these  shares  sold, all of which were paid for in
1994,  25,319  were  issued prior to December 31, 1994 and 50,641 were issued in
January 1995.

     In  August  1995,  the  Company  issued  2,978  shares of Common Stock to a
director of the Company for $25,000.

     In  August  1995,  the  Company  issued  543,564  shares of Common Stock to
purchase  Majean,  Inc.  and  75,996  shares  of  common stock to purchase Peltz
Ventimiglia,  Inc.  and  in  September  1995,  30,193  shares of common stock to
purchase  U.S.  Health  Connections,  Inc., as more fully described in Note 3 to
the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

     In  1995,  the  Company sold 76,802 shares of Common Stock to investors for
an aggregate of $625,059.

     In  August  1993, the Company issued 971,800 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock  to  investors  for  $97,180. In March 1994, the Company issued
282,900  shares  of  Series  B  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  to  investors for
$2,000,103. In January 1995, the Company issued 200,000 shares of Series C


                                      II-1
<PAGE>


Convertible  Preferred  Stock  to  investors for $1,500,000. In August 1995, the
Company  issued  666,360  shares  of  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred Stock to
investors  for  $4,997,700. Each share of the Preferred Stock was converted into
1.1189249  shares of Common Stock upon the consummation of the Company's Initial
Public Offering.



     In  February,  April  and June 1996, the Company issued three 8% Promissory
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3 million to an investor.


     In  June 1996, the Company issued three 9% Series B Promissory Notes in the
aggregate  principal  amount  of  $1  million  to investors. In August 1996, the
Company  issued  three  additional 9% Series B Promissory Notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $1 million to investors.



     During   1995,  the  Chairman,  the  then  President,  a  former  principal
stockholder  and certain employees exercised stock options for 288,681, 316,376,
128,695 and 151,547 shares, respectively, for $19,717.



     During  1996,  a  former  employee exercised stock options for 60 shares of
Common Stock for $150.



     In  April 1996, the Company issued 8,937 shares of Common Stock to purchase
the  assets  of  Benenson  &  Associates,  Inc.  The Registrant issued rights to
acquire Common Stock in the Roll Up Transaction.



     The  above  securities  were offered and sold by the Registrant in reliance
upon  an  exemption  from  registration  under  either  (i)  Section 4(2) of the
Securities  Act  as  transactions not involving any public offering or (ii) Rule
701  under  the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in connection with
the sales of securities referred to in this Item 15.


ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.


     (a) Exhibits






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
    NO.                                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- --------------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>
   
         *1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
        **2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 2, 1995, among Med-E-Systems
                 Corporation, MES Acquisition Corp. and the Registrant
        **2.2    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 7, 1995, between the Registrant and
                 Majean, Inc.
        **2.3    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 28, 1995, among Advanced Clinical
                 Networks Corporation, Peltz Ventimiglia, Inc., Richard Ventimiglia and Steven Peltz
        **2.4    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 1, 1995, among U.S. Health
                 Connections, Inc., the Registrant and Advanced Clinical Networks Corporation
        **3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
        **3.2    By-laws of the Registrant
         *5      Opinion of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP (including the consent of such firm)
       **10.1    Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of January 27, 1995,
                 among Med-E-Systems Corporation, Invesco Strategic Portfolios, Inc.-Health Sciences
                 Portfolio and The Global Health Sciences Fund
       **10.2    Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of August 23, 1995, among the Registrant, 21st
                 Century Communications Partners, L.P., 21st Century Communications T-E Partners,
                 L.P. and 21st Century Communications Foreign Partners, L.P.
</TABLE>
    


                                      II-2
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
     NO.                                             DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
- --------------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>
   
              **10.3   Registration Rights Agreement dated February 28, 1996, among the Registrant, Park
                       Avenue Capital, L.P. and Access Industries, LLC
             ***10.4   Tarrytown, New York Office Lease Agreement dated November 20, 1995, between
                       Tarrytown Corporate Center IV, L.P. and the Registrant
             ***10.5   First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Reckson Operating Partnership, LP, as
                       Owner, and the Registrant, as Tenant
              **10.6   Chicago Office Lease Agreement dated December 8, 1995, between Adams Family,
                       L.L.C. and the Registrant
              **10.7   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
              **10.8   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jonathan Edelson, M.D.
              **10.9   Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Hochberg
              **10.10  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Alan B. Masarek
            ****10.11  Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Alger
               *10.12  Amended and Restated Advanced Health Corporation 1995 Stock Option Plan
              **10.13  Employee Stock Purchase Plan
               *21     List of Subsidiaries
               *23.1   Consent of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP (included as part of its opinion filed 
                       as Exhibit 5 hereto)
               *23.2   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
            ****24     Powers of Attorney
            ****27     Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    


- ----------


*     Filed herewith.

**    Filed as an exhibit to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on Form
      S-1, as amended  (Registration No. 333-06283),  and incorporated herein by
      reference.

***   Filed as an exhibit  to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year
      ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.

   
****  Previously filed
    


     (b) Financial Statement Schedules

     All  schedules  are  omitted because they are inapplicable or the requested
information  is shown in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
 



ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.


     Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant  pursuant  to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws,
or  otherwise,  the  Registrant  has  been  advised  that  in the opinion of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against public
policy  as  expressed  in such Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In  the  event  that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than  payment  by  the  Registrant  of  expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer  or  controlling  person  of the Registrant in the successful defense of
any  action,  suit  or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by  such director, officer or
controlling  person  in  connection  with  the  securities being registered, the
Registrant


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

will,  unless  in  the  opinion  of  its  counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction the
question  whether  such  indemnification  by  it  is  against  public  policy as
expressed  in such Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.

     The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

     1.  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration  statement  in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of
prospectus  filed  by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     2.  For  the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of prospectus shall be
deemed  to  be  a  new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration  Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the City of
Tarrytown, State of New York, on the 30th day of September, 1997.
    

                                        ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION

                                        By: /s/ Alan B. Masarek
                                           ------------------------------------
                                            President, Chief Operating Officer
                                            and Acting Chief Financial Officer 

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendement
No.  2 to  the  Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  on the  30th  day of
September, 1997, by the following persons in the capacities indicated:
    

   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                                    TITLE
- ---------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>
              *                     Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
 -----------------------------       and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  Jonathan Edelson, M.D.

              *                     President and Director
 -----------------------------
  Steven Hochberg
                                    President,  Chief Operating Officer and  
              *                      Acting Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
 -----------------------------       Financial and Accounting Officer)
  Alan B. Masarek                   

              *                     Director
 -----------------------------
  James T. Carney

              *                     Director
 -----------------------------
  Barry Kurokawa

              *                     Director
 -----------------------------
  Jonathan Lieber
</TABLE>

*By: /s/ Alan B. Masarek
    ---------------------------
    Attorney-in-fact
    
                                      II-5

<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                            DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
   
  *1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement
 **2.1        Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of August 2,  1995,  among
              Med-E-Systems   Corporation,   MES   Acquisition   Corp.  and  the
              Registrant
 **2.2        Agreement  and Plan of Merger dated as of August 7, 1995,  between
              the Registrant and Majean, Inc.
 **2.3        Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of  August  28,  1995,  among
              Advanced Clinical Networks Corporation,  Peltz Ventimiglia,  Inc.,
              Richard Ventimiglia and Steven Peltz
 **2.4        Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 1, 1995,  among
              U.S.  Health  Connections,   Inc.,  the  Registrant  and  Advanced
              Clinical Networks Corporation
 **3.1        Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
 **3.2        By-laws of the Registrant
  *5          Opinion of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP (including the consent
              of such firm)
 **10.1       Amended  and  Restated  Investors'  Rights  Agreement  dated as of
              January  27,  1995,  among  Med-E-Systems   Corporation,   Invesco
              Strategic  Portfolios,  Inc.-Health  Sciences  Portfolio  and  The
              Global Health Sciences Fund
 **10.2       Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of August 23, 1995, among the
              Registrant,  21st  Century  Communications  Partners,  L.P.,  21st
              Century  Communications  T-E  Partners,   L.P.  and  21st  Century
              Communications Foreign Partners, L.P.
 **10.3       Registration  Rights  Agreement dated February 28, 1996, among the
              Registrant, Park Avenue Capital, L.P. and Access Industries, LLC
 ***10.4      Tarrytown,  New York Office  Lease  Agreement  dated  November 20,
              1995,  between  Tarrytown   Corporate  Center  IV,  L.P.  and  the
              Registrant
 ***10.5      First  Amendment  to Lease  Agreement  between  Reckson  Operating
              Partnership, LP, as Owner, and the Registrant, as Tenant
  **10.6      Chicago Office Lease  Agreement  dated  December 8, 1995,  between
              Adams Family, L.L.C. and the Registrant
  **10.7      Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
  **10.8      Employment  Agreement between the Registrant and Jonathan Edelson,
              M.D.
  **10.9      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Hochberg
  **10.10     Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Alan B. Masarek
****10.11     Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Alger
   *10.12     Amended and Restated Advanced Health Corporation 1995 Stock Option
              Plan
  **10.13     Employee Stock Purchase Plan
   *21        List of Subsidiaries
   *23.1      Consent of  O'Sullivan  Graev &  Karabell,  LLP (included as
              part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5 hereto)
<PAGE>

   *23.2      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
****24        Powers of Attorney (included on page II-5)
****27        Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
- ----------

*     Filed herewith.

**    Filed as an exhibit to  the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form
      S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-06283), and incorporated  herein  by
      reference.

***   Filed as an  exhibit  to  the  Registrant's  Form 10-K for the fiscal year
      ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
   
****  Previously filed.
    




                                2,500,000 Shares


                           ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION

                                  Common Stock


                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                October __, 1997

COWEN & COMPANY
HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
SBC WARBURG DILLON READ INC.
VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY, LLC
     As Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Cowen & Company
     Financial Square
     New York, New York  10005

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     1. Introductory.  Advanced Health Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"),  and certain of the selling  stockholders named in Schedule B hereto
(the "Firm Selling Stockholders") propose to sell, pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement,  to  the  several  underwriters  named  in  Schedule  A  hereto  (the
"Underwriters" or, each, an "Underwriter"),  an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock") of the Company.  The
aggregate of 2,500,000 shares so proposed to be sold is hereinafter  referred to
as the "Firm Stock". The Company, certain of the Firm Selling Stockholders named
in Schedule B hereto and certain selling  stockholders of the Company designated
as management selling stockholders in Schedule B hereto (the "Management Selling
Stockholders"  and,  together with the Firm Selling  Stockholders,  the "Selling
Stockholders") may also sell to the Underwriters,  upon the terms and conditions
set forth in  Section 3 hereof,  up to an  additional  375,000  shares of Common
Stock  (the  "Optional  Stock").  The Firm  Stock  and the  Optional  Stock  are
hereinafter  collectively referred to as the "Stock". Cowen & Company ("Cowen"),
Hambrecht & Quist LLC,  SBC Warburg  Dillon Read Inc.  and Volpe Brown  Whelan &
Company, LLC are acting as


<PAGE>


                                        2

representatives of the several Underwriters and in such capacity are hereinafter
referred to as the "Representatives".

     2. (a)  Representations  and  Warranties of the Company and the  Management
Selling  Stockholders.  The  Company  and the  Management  Selling  Stockholders
represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Underwriters that:

          (i) A  registration  statement  on Form S-1 (File No.  333-35115),  as
     amended,  in the form in which it became or becomes  effective  and also in
     such  form as it may be when any  post-effective  amendment  thereto  shall
     become  effective  with  respect  to  the  Stock,   including  preeffective
     prospectuses  included as part of the registration  statement as originally
     filed or as part of any amendment or supplement  thereto, or filed pursuant
     to Rule 424 under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities
     Act"), and the rules and regulations  (the "Rules and  Regulations") of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") thereunder, copies of
     which have heretofore been delivered to you, has been carefully prepared by
     the Company in conformity  with the  requirements of the Securities Act and
     has been filed with the  Commission  under the  Securities  Act; and one or
     more amendments to such registration  statement,  including in each case an
     amended preeffective prospectus, copies of which amendments have heretofore
     been delivered to you, have been so prepared and filed (as so amended,  the
     "Registration  Statement").  If  it  is  contemplated,  at  the  time  this
     Agreement is executed, that a post-effective  amendment to the Registration
     Statement will be filed and must be declared  effective before the offering
     of the Stock may  commence,  the term  "Registration  Statement" as used in
     this  Agreement  means  the  Registration  Statement  as  amended  by  said
     post-effective amendment. The term "Registration Statement" as used in this
     Agreement  shall also include any  registration  statement  relating to the
     Stock that is filed and  declared  effective  pursuant to Rule 462(b) under
     the Securities  Act. The term  "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement means
     the prospectus in the form included in the Registration Statement,  or, (A)
     if the prospectus included in the Registration  Statement omits information
     in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities  Act and such  information is
     included in a prospectus filed with the Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b)
     under the Securities  Act, the term  "Prospectus" as used in this Agreement
     means the prospectus in the form included in the Registration  Statement as
     supplemented by the addition of the Rule 430A information  contained in the
     prospectus  filed with the  Commission  pursuant  to Rule 424(b) and (B) if
     prospectuses  that meet the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities
     Act are delivered  pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities  Act, then (i)
     the term  "Prospectus"  as used in this  Agreement  means  the  "prospectus
     subject to  completion"  (as such term is defined in Rule 434(g)  under the
     Securities   Act)  as  supplemented  by  (a)  the  addition  of  Rule  430A
     information  or  other  information  contained  in the  form of  prospectus
     delivered  pursuant to Rule  434(b)(2)  under the Securities Act or (b) the
     information contained in the term sheets described


<PAGE>


                                        3

     in Rule  434(b)(3)  under  the  Securities  Act,  and (ii) the date of such
     prospectuses  shall be deemed to be the date of the term  sheets.  The term
     "Preeffective  Prospectus" as used in this  Agreement  means the prospectus
     subject to completion in the form included in the Registration Statement at
     the time of the  initial  filing  of the  Registration  Statement  with the
     Commission,  and as such  prospectus  shall have been  amended from time to
     time prior to the date of the Prospectus.

          (ii) The  Commission  has not issued or  threatened to issue any order
     preventing or suspending the use of any  Preeffective  Prospectus,  and, at
     its date of issue, each Preeffective  Prospectus  conformed in all material
     respects with the  requirements  of the  Securities Act and did not include
     any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
     in the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
     misleading;  and, when the Registration  Statement becomes effective and at
     all times  subsequent  thereto up to and  including  the Closing  Dates (as
     hereinafter defined), the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
     amendments or supplements  thereto  contained and will contain all material
     statements  and  information   required  to  be  included  therein  by  the
     Securities  Act and conformed and will conform in all material  respects to
     the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  and  neither  the  Registration
     Statement nor the  Prospectus,  nor any  amendment or  supplement  thereto,
     included or will include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
     state any material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
     the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
     were  made,  not  misleading;   provided,   however,   that  the  foregoing
     representations,  warranties and agreements  shall not apply to information
     contained  in  or  omitted  from  any   Preeffective   Prospectus   or  the
     Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  any  such  amendment  or
     supplement  thereto in  reliance  upon,  and in  conformity  with,  written
     information  regarding  any  Underwriter  furnished to the Company by or on
     behalf of any Underwriter, directly or through you, specifically for use in
     the preparation thereof; there is no lease, franchise,  contract, agreement
     or document  required to be  described  in the  Registration  Statement  or
     Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which
     is not described or filed therein as required;  and all descriptions of any
     such leases,  franchises,  contracts,  agreements or documents contained in
     the Registration  Statement are accurate and complete  descriptions of such
     documents in all material respects.

          (iii)  Subsequent to the respective  dates as of which  information is
     given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except as set forth
     or  contemplated  in the  Prospectus,  neither  the  Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries has incurred any material  liabilities or obligations,  direct
     or contingent, nor entered into any transactions not in the ordinary course
     of  business,  and there has not been any  material  adverse  change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business,


<PAGE>


                                        4

     management,  prospects,  net worth or results of  operations of the Company
     and its  subsidiaries  considered as a whole,  or any change in the capital
     stock,  short-term  or long-term  debt of the Company and its  subsidiaries
     considered as a whole.

          (iv) The  financial  statements,  together  with the related notes and
     schedules,  set forth in the Prospectus  and elsewhere in the  Registration
     Statement  fairly  present,   on  the  basis  stated  in  the  Registration
     Statement, the financial position and the results of operations and changes
     in financial  position of the entities purported to be shown thereby at the
     respective dates or for the respective  periods therein  specified and have
     been prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles
     applied on a consistent basis except as may be set forth in the Prospectus.
     The pro forma financial statements set forth in the Registration  Statement
     fairly  presents,  on the basis stated in the Registration  Statement,  the
     information  set forth  therein,  has been prepared in accordance  with the
     Rules and  Regulations and the guidelines of the Commission with respect to
     pro forma financial statements, has been properly compiled on the pro forma
     bases set forth therein and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof
     are reasonable  and the  adjustments  used therein are  appropriate to give
     effect to the  transactions  or  circumstances  referred  to  therein.  The
     selected  financial  data set forth in the  Prospectus  under  the  caption
     "Selected  Consolidated Financial Data" fairly present, on the basis stated
     in the Registration Statement, the information set forth therein.

          (v) Arthur  Andersen,  LLP, who have  expressed  their opinions on the
     audited  financial   statements  and  related  schedules  included  in  the
     Registration   Statement  and  the  Prospectus,   are  independent   public
     accountants   as  required  by  the   Securities  Act  and  the  Rules  and
     Regulations.

          (vi) The  Company  has and each of its  subsidiaries  have  been  duly
     organized  and are validly  existing and in good  standing as  corporations
     under the laws of their  respective  jurisdictions  of  organization,  with
     power and authority  (corporate and other) to own or lease their properties
     and to conduct their businesses as described in the Prospectus; the Company
     is and each of its  subsidiaries  are in  possession  of and  operating  in
     compliance with all grants,  authorizations,  licenses,  permits, consents,
     certificates  and  orders  required  for the  conduct  of their  respective
     businesses,  all of which are valid and in full force and  effect;  and the
     Company is and each of such  subsidiaries are duly qualified to do business
     and in good  standing as foreign  corporations  in all other  jurisdictions
     where  their  ownership  or leasing of  properties  or the conduct of their
     businesses requires such  qualification,  except where the failure to be so
     qualified  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  condition
     (financial or otherwise),  properties, business, management, prospects, net
     worth  or  results  of  operations  of the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries
     considered as a whole.  The Company has and each of its  subsidiaries  have
     all requisite power and authority, and all


<PAGE>


                                        5

     necessary   grants,    authorizations,    licenses,    permits,   consents,
     certificates,  orders,  approvals,  registrations and qualifications of and
     from all public  regulatory  or  governmental  agencies  and bodies to own,
     lease and operate their respective  properties and conduct their respective
     businesses  as now being  conducted  and as described  in the  Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, and no such consent, approval, authorization,
     order, registration, qualification, license or permit contains a materially
     burdensome   restriction  not  adequately  disclosed  in  the  Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus.  The Company's only significant  subsidiaries
     (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) are
     those set forth in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

          (vii) The Company's authorized and outstanding capital stock is on the
     date hereof, and will be on the Closing Dates (as hereinafter  defined), as
     set  forth  under  the  heading  "Capitalization"  in the  Prospectus;  the
     outstanding   shares  of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company  conform  to  the
     description  thereof in the  Prospectus  and have been duly  authorized and
     validly issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable;  and have been issued
     in  compliance  with all  federal  and state  securities  laws and were not
     issued in  violation  of or  subject  to any  preemptive  rights or similar
     rights to subscribe for or purchase securities.  Except as disclosed in and
     or  contemplated  by the  Prospectus  and the  financial  statements of the
     Company and related notes thereto  included in the Prospectus,  the Company
     does not have  outstanding  any  options or warrants  to  purchase,  or any
     preemptive  rights or other  rights to  subscribe  for or to  purchase  any
     securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments
     to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options,  rights,
     convertible   securities  or   obligations,   except  for  options  granted
     subsequent to the date of information  provided in the Prospectus  pursuant
     to the  Company's  stock option  plans  disclosed  in the  Prospectus.  The
     description  of the  Company's  stock  option  and  other  stock  plans  or
     arrangements,  and  the  options  or  other  rights  granted  or  exercised
     thereunder, as set forth in the Prospectus,  accurately and fairly presents
     the  information   required  to  be  shown  with  respect  to  such  plans,
     arrangements,  options and rights.  Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,
     all  outstanding  shares of capital stock of each subsidiary have been duly
     authorized and validly  issued,  and are fully paid and  nonassessable  and
     (except for directors' qualifying shares) are owned directly by the Company
     or by another wholly owned  subsidiary of the Company free and clear of any
     liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

          (viii)  The  Stock  to be  issued  and  sold  by  the  Company  to the
     Underwriters  hereunder  has been duly and  validly  authorized  and,  when
     issued and delivered  against payment therefor as provided herein,  will be
     duly and  validly  issued,  fully  paid and  nonassessable  and free of any
     preemptive or similar rights and will conform to the description thereof in
     the Prospectus.



<PAGE>


                                        6

          (ix)  Except  as set  forth in the  Prospectus,  there are no legal or
     governmental  proceedings  pending  to  which  the  Company  or  any of its
     subsidiaries  or  affiliates  is a party or of which  any  property  of the
     Company or any  subsidiary  or affiliate is subject,  which,  if determined
     adversely  to the  Company  or any  such  subsidiary  or  affiliate,  might
     individually  or in the  aggregate  (i)  prevent  or  adversely  affect the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) suspend the effectiveness
     of the  Registration  Statement,  (iii)  prevent or suspend  the use of the
     Prospectus in any  jurisdiction or (iv) result in a material adverse change
     in  the  condition   (financial  or   otherwise),   properties,   business,
     management,  prospects,  net worth or results of  operations of the Company
     and  its  subsidiaries  considered  as a  whole;  and  to the  best  of the
     Company's  knowledge no such  proceedings  are  threatened or  contemplated
     against  the  Company  or  any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  by  governmental
     authorities  or others.  The  Company is not a party to nor  subject to the
     provisions  of any material  injunction,  judgment,  decree or order of any
     court,   regulatory  body  or  other  governmental   agency  or  body.  The
     description   of  the  Company's   litigation   under  the  heading  "Legal
     Proceedings"  in the  Prospectus  is true and correct and complies with the
     Rules and Regulations.

          (x) The execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
     consummation of the transactions  herein  contemplated will not result in a
     breach or violation of any of the terms or  provisions  of or  constitute a
     default under any  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  note agreement or
     other  agreement  or  instrument  to  which  the  Company  or  any  of  its
     subsidiaries  is a party or by which it or any of its  properties is or may
     be bound, the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws or other organizational
     documents  of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  or any law,  order,
     rule or  regulation  of any court or  governmental  agency  or body  having
     jurisdiction  over the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  or any of their
     properties or result in the creation of a lien.

          (xi) No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of any  court or
     governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company
     of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  except such as may be
     required by the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  (the
     "NASD") or under the Securities Act or the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of
     any  jurisdiction in connection  with the purchase and  distribution of the
     Stock by the Underwriters.

          (xii) The  statements  set  forth  under the  captions  "Risk  Factors
     Government  Regulation,"  "Risk  Factors - FDA  Regulation"  and  "Business
     Government  Regulation" in the Prospectus are accurate and fairly represent
     the information disclosed therein.



<PAGE>


                                        7

          (xiii) The Company has the full corporate power and authority to enter
     into this Agreement and to perform its obligations  hereunder (including to
     issue,  sell and deliver the Stock),  and this  Agreement has been duly and
     validly  authorized,  executed and  delivered by the Company and is a valid
     and binding obligation of the Company,  enforceable  against the Company in
     accordance  with its terms,  except to the extent that rights to  indemnity
     and  contribution  hereunder may be limited by federal or state  securities
     laws or the public policy underlying such laws.

          (xiv) The Company and its subsidiaries are in all material respects in
     compliance  with,  and conduct their  businesses in  conformity  with,  all
     applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules and regulations of
     any court or governmental  agency or body; to the knowledge of the Company,
     otherwise  than  as  set  forth  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus,  no  prospective  change in any of such  federal or state laws,
     rules or regulations  has been adopted which,  when made  effective,  would
     have a material  adverse  effect on the  operations  of the Company and its
     subsidiaries.

          (xv) The  Company's  conduct of its business  complies in all material
     respects with the statutes  relating to the corporate  practice of medicine
     in each  jurisdiction in which the Company does business,  including in New
     York,  New  Jersey,  Connecticut,   Pennsylvania,   Delaware,  Georgia  and
     Tennessee.

          (xvi) To the extent  that the  Company  enters  into  risk-sharing  or
     capitation  arrangements  in the manner  described in the  Prospectus,  the
     Company is or will be exempt from regulation under any and all local, state
     and federal laws,  rules and  regulations  pertaining to the  regulation of
     insurance companies.

          (xvii) The  Company  and its  subsidiaries  have  filed all  necessary
     federal, state, local and foreign income, payroll,  franchise and other tax
     returns and have paid all taxes shown as due thereon or with respect to any
     of their  properties,  and there is no tax deficiency  that has been, or to
     the knowledge of the Company is likely to be, asserted  against the Company
     or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective  properties or assets
     that would adversely affect the financial position,  business or operations
     of the Company and its subsidiaries.

          (xviii) No person or entity has the right to require  registration  of
     shares of Common Stock or other  securities  of the Company  because of the
     filing or effectiveness of the Registration  Statement,  except for persons
     and entities who have  expressly  waived such right in connection  with the
     Registration Statement or who have been given proper notice and have failed
     to exercise  such right within the time or times  required  under the terms
     and conditions of such right.



<PAGE>


                                        8

          (xix)  Neither  the  Company  nor any of its  officers,  directors  or
     affiliates  has taken or will  take,  directly  or  indirectly,  any action
     designed or intended to stabilize or  manipulate  the price of any security
     of the  Company,  or which  caused or  resulted  in, or which  might in the
     future  reasonably  be  expected  to cause or result in,  stabilization  or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

          (xx) The Company has provided you with all financial  statements since
     August 27, 1993 to the date hereof that are  available  to the  officers of
     the Company,  including  financial  statements  for the months of [July and
     August] of 1997.

          (xxi) The Company and its  subsidiaries own or possess all trademarks,
     trademark   registrations,   service  marks,  service  mark  registrations,
     tradenames,  copyrights,  licenses,  inventions,  trade  secrets and rights
     described  in the  Prospectus  as  being  owned  by  them or any of them or
     necessary for the conduct of their respective  businesses,  and the Company
     is not aware of any claim to the  contrary  or any  challenge  by any other
     person to the rights of the Company and its  subsidiaries  with  respect to
     the foregoing.  The Company's  business as now conducted and as proposed to
     be  conducted  does not and  will  not  infringe  or  conflict  with in any
     material  respect  patents,   trademarks,   service  marks,   trade  names,
     copyrights,  trade  secrets,  licenses  or other  intellectual  property or
     franchise  right of any person.  No claim has been made against the Company
     alleging the infringement by the Company of any patent, trademark,  service
     mark, tradename,  copyright, trade secret, license in or other intellectual
     property right or franchise right of any person.

          (xxii) The Company and its  subsidiaries  have  performed all material
     obligations  required to be performed by them under all contracts  required
     by Item  601(b)(10) of Regulation  S-K under the Securities Act to be filed
     as exhibits to the Registration Statement,  and neither the Company nor any
     of its  subsidiaries  nor any other  party to such  contract  is in default
     under or in breach of any such obligations.  Neither the Company nor any of
     its subsidiaries has received any notice of such default or breach.

          (xxiii) The Company is not aware that (A) any executive,  key employee
     or significant group of employees of the Company or any subsidiary plans to
     terminate  employment  with the Company or any such  subsidiary  or (B) any
     such executive or key employee is subject to any noncompete, nondisclosure,
     confidentiality,  employment, consulting or similar agreement that would be
     violated by the present or proposed business  activities of the Company and
     its subsidiaries.  Neither the Company nor any subsidiary has or expects to
     have any liability for any prohibited  transaction or funding deficiency or
     any complete or partial  withdrawal  liability with respect to any pension,
     profit  sharing or other plan which is subject to the  Employee  Retirement
     Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), to which the


<PAGE>


                                        9

     Company  or any  subsidiary  makes or ever has made a  contribution  and in
     which any employee of the Company or any  subsidiary  is or has ever been a
     participant.  With respect to such plans,  the Company and each  subsidiary
     are in compliance in all material  respects with all applicable  provisions
     of ERISA.

          (xxiv) The Company has  obtained  the written  agreement  described in
     Section 8(o) of this  Agreement  from each of its  officers,  directors and
     holders of Common Stock listed on Schedule C hereto.

          (xxv) The Company and its  subsidiaries  have, and the Company and its
     subsidiaries as of the Closing Dates will have,  good and marketable  title
     to all  personal  property  owned or  proposed to be owned by them which is
     material to the  business of the  Company or of its  subsidiaries,  in each
     case free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances  and defects except such as
     are  described  in the  Prospectus  or such as would  not  have a  material
     adverse effect on the Company and its  subsidiaries  considered as a whole;
     and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its
     subsidiaries  are held by them  under  valid,  subsisting  and  enforceable
     leases  (assuming the lessors under such leases have full right,  power and
     authority  to  perform  their  obligations  under  such  leases)  with such
     exceptions as would not have a material  adverse  effect on the Company and
     its subsidiaries considered as a whole, in each case except as described in
     the Prospectus.

          (xxvi) The  Company  and its  subsidiaries  are insured by insurers of
     recognized  financial  responsibility  against such losses and risks and in
     such amounts as are customary in the  businesses in which they are engaged;
     and neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company has any reason to
     believe that it will not be able to renew its existing  insurance  coverage
     as and when such coverage expires,  to obtain similar coverage from similar
     insurers as may be  necessary to continue  their  business or to obtain any
     reinsurance  in connection  with  risk-sharing  or capitation  arrangements
     which the Company may enter into as described in the  Prospectus  at a cost
     that would not materially and adversely affect the condition  (financial or
     otherwise),  properties,  business,  management,  prospects,  net  worth or
     results of operations of the Company and its  subsidiaries  considered as a
     whole, except as described in the Prospectus.

          (xxvii)  Other than as  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  there is no
     broker,  finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company
     any brokerage or finder's fee or other fee or commission as a result of any
     of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          (xxviii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of
     internal accounting  controls  sufficient to provide reasonable  assurances
     that (i)


<PAGE>


                                       10

     transactions  are  executed  in  accordance  with  management's  general or
     specific  authorization;  (ii)  transactions  are  recorded as necessary to
     permit  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
     accepted accounting  principles and to maintain  accountability for assets;
     (iii) access to assets is permitted  only in accordance  with  management's
     general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
     assets is  compared  with  existing  assets  at  reasonable  intervals  and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

          (xxix) To the Company's knowledge,  neither the Company nor any of its
     subsidiaries  nor  any  employee  or  agent  of the  Company  or any of its
     subsidiaries  has made any  payment  of funds of the  Company or any of its
     subsidiaries  or received or retained  any funds in  violation  of any law,
     rule or regulation,  which  payment,  receipt or retention of funds is of a
     character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

          (xxx)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its   subsidiaries  is  an
     "investment  company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment  company"
     as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
     (the "1940 Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the Company
     and its subsidiaries  intend in the future to conduct their affairs in such
     a manner as to ensure that they will not become an "investment  company" or
     a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
     1940 Act and such rules and regulations.

          (xxxi) There has been no storage, disposal,  generation,  manufacture,
     refinement,  transportation,  handling or  treatment  of medical  wastes or
     hazardous  substances by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the
     knowledge of the Company,  any of its predecessors in interest) at, upon or
     from any of the property now or  previously  owned or leased by the Company
     or any of its  subsidiaries in violation of any applicable law,  ordinance,
     rule, regulation,  order, judgment, decree or permit or which would require
     remedial  action under any applicable  law,  ordinance,  rule,  regulation,
     order,  judgment,  decree or permit,  except for any  violation or remedial
     action  which would not have,  or could not be  reasonably  likely to have,
     singularly  or in the  aggregate  with all  such  violations  and  remedial
     actions,  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  condition   (financial  or
     otherwise),  properties,  business,  management,  prospects,  net  worth or
     results of operations of the Company and its  subsidiaries  considered as a
     whole;  there  has  been no  material  spill,  discharge,  leak,  emission,
     injection,  escape, dumping or release of any kind onto such property or of
     any medical wastes or hazardous  substances due to or caused by the Company
     or any of its  subsidiaries  or with respect to which the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries had knowledge, except for any such spill, discharge, leak,
     emission, injection, escapes, dumpings and releases which would not have or
     would not be reasonably likely to have, singularly or in the aggregate with
     all  such  spills,  discharges,  leaks,  emissions,   injections,  escapes,
     dumpings and releases, such a material adverse effect; and the


<PAGE>


                                       11

     terms  "hazardous  substances" and "medical wastes" shall have the meanings
     specified  in any  applicable  local,  state,  federal and foreign  laws or
     regulations with respect to environmental protection.

          (xxxii)  Each  certificate  signed by any  officer of the  Company and
     delivered  to the  Underwriters  or counsel for the  Underwriters  shall be
     deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company as to the matters
     covered thereby.

     (b)   Representations   and   Warranties  and  Agreements  of  the  Selling
Stockholders.  Each Selling  Stockholder  represents and warrants to, and agrees
with, the several Underwriters that:

          (i) Such Selling  Stockholder  now has, and on the Closing  Dates will
     have,  valid and  marketable  title to the Stock to be sold by such Selling
     Stockholder,  free and clear of any lien, claim, security interest or other
     encumbrance,  including,  without limitation,  any restriction on transfer,
     and has full right,  power and authority to enter into this Agreement,  the
     Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement (each as hereinafter  defined),
     and, to the extent such Selling  Stockholder is not a natural  person,  has
     been duly  organized  and is validly  existing and in good  standing in its
     corporate  or  other  capacity  under  the  laws  of  its  jurisdiction  of
     organization.

          (ii) Such Selling  Stockholder  now has, and on the Closing Dates will
     have, upon delivery of and payment for each share of Stock hereunder,  full
     right,  power and  authority,  and any  approval  required  by law to sell,
     transfer,  assign  and  deliver  the  Stock  being  sold  by  such  Selling
     Stockholder  hereunder,  and each of the several  Underwriters will acquire
     valid  and  marketable  title  to  all  of  the  Stock  being  sold  to the
     Underwriters  by such  Selling  Stockholder,  free and clear of any  liens,
     encumbrances,  equities  claims,  restrictions on transfer or other defects
     whatsoever.

          (iii) Such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a power
     of  attorney,  in  substantially  the  form  heretofore  delivered  by  the
     Representatives  (each,  a  "Power  of  Attorney"),   appointing  [Jonathan
     Edelson, M.D.], [Steven Hochberg] and [Alan B. Masarek], or any of them, as
     attorney-in-fact  (the  "Attorneys-in-fact")  with authority to execute and
     deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder,  to authorize
     the delivery of the shares of Stock to be sold by such Selling  Stockholder
     hereunder  and  otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling  Stockholder  in
     connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          (iv) Such  Selling  Stockholder  has duly  executed  and  delivered  a
     custody  agreement,  in substantially the form heretofore  delivered by the
     Representatives (each, a "Custody Agreement"),  with [The Bank of New York]
     as custodian  (each,  a  "Custodian"),  pursuant to which  certificates  in
     negotiable form for the shares of Stock


<PAGE>


                                       12

     to be sold by such  Selling  Stockholder  hereunder  have  been  placed  in
     custody for delivery under this Agreement.

          (v) Such Selling Stockholder has, by execution and delivery of each of
     this Agreement,  the Power of Attorney and the Custody  Agreement,  created
     valid and binding  obligations  of such  Selling  Stockholder,  enforceable
     against such Selling  Stockholder in accordance  with its terms,  except to
     the extent that rights to indemnity  hereunder may be limited by federal or
     state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws.

          (vi)  Such  Selling  Stockholder  has not  taken,  and will not  take,
     directly or indirectly,  any action designed to, or which might  reasonably
     be expected to, cause or result in  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the
     price of any  security of the Company to  facilitate  the sale or resale of
     the Stock pursuant to the distribution  contemplated by this Agreement, and
     other than as permitted by the Securities Act, has not distributed and will
     not distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection with
     the offering and sale of the Stock.

          (vii) The performance of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the
     Power of Attorney,  and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
     hereby and thereby will not require any consent, approval, authorization or
     other order of any court,  regulatory body,  administrative agency or other
     governmental body (except as such may be required under the Securities Act,
     state  securities laws or Blue Sky laws) and will not result in a breach or
     violation by such Selling Stockholder of any of the terms or provisions of,
     or constitute a default by such Selling  Stockholder  under, any indenture,
     mortgage,  deed of trust,  trust  (constructive or other),  loan agreement,
     lease,  franchise,  license, or other agreement or instrument to which such
     Selling  Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder or any
     of its properties, or to such Selling Stockholder's knowledge, any statute,
     decree,  order,  rule or regulation of any court or governmental  agency or
     body applicable to such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties.

          (viii)  Such parts of the  Registration  Statement  under the  caption
     "Principal  and Selling  Stockholders"  which  specifically  relate to such
     Selling Stockholder do not, and will not on the Closing Dates,  contain any
     untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any  material  fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
     in the  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
     misleading.

          (ix) At any time during the period described in paragraph 4(c) hereof,
     if there is any change in the information referred to in paragraph 2(b)(ix)
     above, the Selling Stockholders will immediately notify you of such change.


<PAGE>


                                       13


     Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares of Stock represented by the
certificates held in custody under its respective  Custody Agreement are for the
benefit of and coupled with and subject to the  interests  of the  Underwriters,
the  other  Selling  Stockholders  and  the  Company  hereunder,  and  that  the
arrangement  for such custody and the appointment of the  Attorneys-in-fact  are
irrevocable;  that the obligations of such Selling  Stockholder  hereunder shall
not be  terminated  by  operation  of  law,  whether  by  death  or  incapacity,
liquidation or distribution of such Selling Stockholder, or any other event; and
that if such  Selling  Stockholder  should  die or  become  incapacitated  or is
liquidated  or dissolved or any other event  occurs,  before the delivery of the
Stock  hereunder,  certificates  for  the  Stock  to be  sold  by  such  Selling
Stockholder  in accordance  with the terms and  conditions of this Agreement and
its applicable Custody Agreement,  and action taken by the  Attorneys-in-fact or
any of them  under  the  Power of  Attorney  shall  be  valid as if such  death,
incapacity,  liquidation or dissolution or other event had not occurred, whether
or not the applicable Custodian, the Attorneys-in-fact or any of them shall have
notice of such death, incapacity, liquidation or dissolution or other event.

     3. Purchase by, and Sale and Delivery to,  Underwriters--Closing Dates. The
Company and the Firm Selling  Stockholders agree,  severally and not jointly, to
sell to the Underwriters the Firm Stock, with the number of shares to be sold by
the Company being 2,000,000 shares,  and the number of shares to be sold by each
Firm Selling  Stockholder being that number set opposite its name in Schedule B;
and on the basis of the  representations,  warranties,  covenants and agreements
herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Underwriters  agree,  severally and not jointly, to purchase the Firm Stock from
the Company and the Firm Selling Stockholders the number of shares of Firm Stock
to be purchased by each  Underwriter  being set opposite its name in Schedule A,
subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 12 hereof. The number of shares
of Stock to be purchased by each Underwriter from each Firm Selling  Stockholder
hereunder  shall bear the same proportion to the total number of shares of Stock
to be purchased by such  Underwriter  hereunder as the number of shares of Stock
being sold by each Firm Selling  Stockholder bears to the total number of shares
of Stock being sold by both Firm Selling Stockholders,  subject to adjustment by
the Representatives to eliminate fractions.

     The  purchase  price  per  share,  net of  commissions,  to be  paid by the
Underwriters to the Company and the Firm Selling Stockholders will be $__.__ per
share (the "Purchase Price").

     The Company and the Firm Selling  Stockholders  will deliver the Firm Stock
to the Representatives  for the respective accounts of the several  Underwriters
in the  form  of  definitive  certificates,  issued  in such  names  and in such
denominations  as the  Representatives  may  direct by notice in  writing to the
Company and the Firm Selling  Stockholders  given at or prior to 12:00 Noon, New
York Time, on the second full business day preceding the First


<PAGE>


                                       14

Closing Date (as defined  below) or, if no such  direction  is received,  in the
names of the  respective  Underwriters  or in such  other  names  as  Cowen  may
designate  (solely for the purpose of  administrative  convenience)  and in such
denominations as Cowen may determine,  against payment of the aggregate Purchase
Price therefor by wire transfer of immediately  available funds,  payable to the
order of the  Company  and [The  Bank of New  York]  as  Custodian  for the Firm
Selling Stockholders,  all at the offices of Shearman & Sterling,  599 Lexington
Avenue,  New York, New York 10022. The time and date of the delivery and closing
shall be at 10:00 A.M.,  New York Time, on October __, 1997, in accordance  with
Rule 15c6-1 of the Exchange  Act. The time and date of such payment and delivery
are herein referred to as the "Firm Closing Date". The Firm Closing Date and the
location  of  delivery  of, and the form of payment  for,  the Firm Stock may be
varied by agreement  between the  Company,  the Firm  Selling  Stockholders  and
Cowen.  The Firm  Closing Date may be postponed  pursuant to the  provisions  of
Section 12.

     The Company and the Firm Selling  Stockholders  shall make the certificates
for the Stock available to the  Representatives for examination on behalf of the
Underwriters  not later than 10:00  A.M.,  New York Time,  on the  business  day
preceding  the Firm  Closing  Date at the offices of Cowen & Company,  Financial
Square, New York, New York 10005.

     It is understood that Cowen,  individually and not as Representative of the
several  Underwriters,  may (but shall not be obligated  to) make payment to the
Company  or the Firm  Selling  Stockholders  on  behalf  of any  Underwriter  or
Underwriters, for the Stock to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters.
Any such payment by Cowen shall not relieve  such  Underwriter  or  Underwriters
from any of its or their other obligations hereunder.

     The several  Underwriters agree to make a public offering of the Firm Stock
at the public offering price as soon after the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement as in their judgment is advisable.  The Representatives shall promptly
advise the Company and the Firm Selling Stockholders of the making of the public
offering.

     For the purpose of covering  any  over-allotments  in  connection  with the
distribution  and sale of the Firm Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus,  the
Company and certain of the Selling Stockholders hereby grant to the Underwriters
an option to purchase,  severally and not jointly, up to the aggregate number of
shares of Optional  Stock set forth opposite the Company's and each such Selling
Stockholder's  respective  name on Schedule B hereto,  for an aggregate of up to
375,000  shares.  The price per share to be paid for the Optional Stock shall be
the Purchase Price.  The option granted hereby may be exercised as to all or any
part of the  Optional  Stock at any time,  and from time to time,  not more than
thirty (30) days subsequent to the effective date of this Agreement. No Optional
Stock shall be sold and delivered  unless the Firm Stock previously has been, or
simultaneously is, sold and delivered.  The right to purchase the Optional Stock
or any portion thereof may be


<PAGE>


                                       15

surrendered  and terminated at any time upon notice by the  Underwriters  to the
Company and the Attorneys-in-fact, on behalf of the Selling Stockholders.

     The option  granted hereby may be exercised by the  Underwriters  by giving
written notice from Cowen to the Company and the Attorneys-in-fact, on behalf of
the Selling  Stockholders,  setting  forth the number of shares of the  Optional
Stock to be  purchased by them and the date and time for delivery of and payment
for the Optional  Stock.  Each date and time for delivery of and payment for the
Optional  Stock (which may be the Firm Closing Date,  but not earlier) is herein
called the "Option  Closing  Date" and shall in no event be earlier than two (2)
business  days nor later than ten (10)  business  days after  written  notice is
given.  The Option  Closing Date and the Firm Closing Date are herein called the
"Closing  Dates".  All  purchases  of  Optional  Stock from the  Company and the
Selling Stockholders shall be made on a pro rata basis.  Optional Stock shall be
purchased  for the account of each  Underwriter  in the same  proportion  as the
number of shares of Firm Stock set forth  opposite  such  Underwriter's  name in
Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of shares of Firm Stock  (subject to
adjustment  by the  Underwriters  to eliminate  odd lots).  Upon exercise of the
option by the Underwriters,  the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  agree to
sell to the Underwriters the number of shares of Optional Stock set forth in the
written notice of exercise and the Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly
and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, to purchase the number
of such shares determined as aforesaid.

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders will deliver the Optional Stock to
the Underwriters (in the form of definitive  certificates,  issued in such names
and in such denominations as the Representatives may direct by notice in writing
to the Company and the Attorneys-in-fact,  on behalf of the Selling Stockholders
given at or prior to 12:00 Noon,  New York Time, on the second full business day
preceding the Option Closing Date or, if no such  direction is received,  in the
names of the  respective  Underwriters  or in such  other  names  as  Cowen  may
designate  (solely for the purpose of  administrative  convenience)  and in such
denominations as Cowen may determine), against payment of the aggregate Purchase
Price therefor by wire transfer of immediately  available funds,  payable to the
order of the Company and to [The Bank of New York] as Custodian  for the Selling
Stockholders  or payable as  directed  by such  Custodian  all at the offices of
Shearman & Sterling, 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022. The Company
and the Selling  Stockholders shall make the certificates for the Optional Stock
available to the  Underwriters  for  examination  not later than 10:00 A.M., New
York Time, on the business day preceding the Option  Closing Date at the offices
of Cowen & Company,  Financial  Square,  New York,  New York  10005.  The Option
Closing  Date and the  location of delivery of, and the form of payment for, the
Option  Stock  may be varied by  agreement  between  the  Company,  the  Selling
Stockholders and Cowen. The Option Closing Date may be postponed pursuant to the
provisions of Section 12.



<PAGE>


                                       16

     4.  Covenants  and  Agreements  of the Company.  The Company  covenants and
agrees with the several Underwriters that:

          (a) The Company will (i) if the Company and the  Representatives  have
     determined  not to proceed  pursuant to Rule 430A,  use its best efforts to
     cause the Registration  Statement to become effective,  (ii) if the Company
     and the  Representatives  have determined to proceed pursuant to Rule 430A,
     use its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of and  make all
     requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to Rule 430A and Rule 424 of
     the Rules and Regulations and (iii) if the Company and the  Representatives
     have determined to deliver  Prospectuses  pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules
     and Regulations,  to use its best efforts to comply with all the applicable
     provisions thereof. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly as
     to the time at which the Registration  Statement  becomes  effective,  will
     advise the  Representatives  promptly of the issuance by the  Commission of
     any stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement
     or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose, and will use its
     best  efforts to prevent the  issuance of any such stop order and to obtain
     as soon as possible the lifting thereof, if issued. The Company will advise
     the  Representatives  promptly  of  the  receipt  of  any  comments  of the
     Commission  or any  request  by the  Commission  for  any  amendment  of or
     supplement  to  the  Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  for
     additional  information  and will not at any time file any amendment to the
     Registration  Statement or  supplement  to the  Prospectus  which shall not
     previously  have been submitted to the  Representatives  a reasonable  time
     prior to the proposed filing thereof or to which the Representatives  shall
     reasonably  object  in  writing  or  which  is not in  compliance  with the
     Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (b) The Company  will prepare and file with the  Commission,  promptly
     upon the request of the  Representatives,  any amendments or supplements to
     the  Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  which  in the  reasonable
     opinion of the  Representatives  may be  necessary  to enable  the  several
     Underwriters  to continue  the  distribution  of the Stock and will use its
     best efforts to cause the same to become effective as promptly as possible.

          (c) If at any  time  after  the  effective  date  of the  Registration
     Statement  when a  prospectus  relating  to the  Stock  is  required  to be
     delivered  under the  Securities Act any event relating to or affecting the
     Company  or any  of its  subsidiaries  occurs  as a  result  of  which  the
     Prospectus  or any other  prospectus  as then in effect  would  include  an
     untrue  statement of a material  fact,  or omit to state any material  fact
     necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
     under which they were made,  not  misleading,  or if it is necessary at any
     time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, the Company
     will  promptly  notify  the  Representatives  thereof  and will  prepare an
     amended or


<PAGE>


                                       17

     supplemented  prospectus which will correct such statement or omission; and
     in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus relating to the
     Stock nine (9) months or more after the effective date of the  Registration
     Statement,  the Company upon the request of the  Representatives and at the
     expense of such  Underwriter  will  prepare  promptly  such  prospectus  or
     prospectuses as may be necessary to permit compliance with the requirements
     of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

          (d) The Company will deliver to the Representatives,  at or before the
     Closing  Dates,  conformed  copies  of  the  Registration   Statement,   as
     originally filed with the Commission,  and all amendments thereto including
     all  financial  statements  and exhibits  thereto,  and will deliver to the
     Representatives  such  number  of  copies  of the  Registration  Statement,
     including  such  financial   statements  but  without  exhibits,   and  all
     amendments thereto,  as the  Representatives  may reasonably  request.  The
     Company will  deliver or mail to or upon the order of the  Representatives,
     from time to time until the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,
     as many copies of the Preeffective  Prospectus as the  Representatives  may
     reasonably  request.  The Company will deliver or mail to or upon the order
     of the  Representatives  on the date of the initial  public  offering,  and
     thereafter  from  time  to  time  during  the  period  when  delivery  of a
     prospectus  relating to the Stock is required under the Securities  Act, as
     many copies of the  Prospectus,  in final form or as thereafter  amended or
     supplemented  as the  Representatives  may  reasonably  request;  provided,
     however, that the expense of the preparation and delivery of any prospectus
     required  for use nine (9) months or more after the  effective  date of the
     Registration  Statement  shall  be borne by the  Underwriters  required  to
     deliver such prospectus.

          (e) The Company will make generally  available to its  stockholders as
     soon as  practicable,  but not later than  fifteen  (15)  months  after the
     effective date of the Registration  Statement,  an earnings statement which
     will be in reasonable detail (but which need not be audited) and which will
     comply with Section 11(a) of the  Securities  Act,  covering a period of at
     least twelve (12) months  beginning after the "effective  date" (as defined
     in Rule 158 under the Securities Act) of the Registration Statement.

          (f) The Company will cooperate with the  Representatives to enable the
     Stock  to  be  registered  or  qualified  for  offering  and  sale  by  the
     Underwriters and by dealers under the securities laws of such jurisdictions
     as  the   Representatives   may   designate  and  at  the  request  of  the
     Representatives  will make such  applications  and furnish such consents to
     service of  process  or other  documents  as may be  required  of it as the
     issuer of the Stock for that purpose;  provided,  however, that the Company
     shall  not be  required  to  qualify  to do  business  or to file a general
     consent  (other than that arising out of the offering or sale of the Stock)
     to  service  of  process  in any such  jurisdiction  where it is not now so
     subject.  The  Company  will,  from  time to time,  prepare  and file  such
     statements and reports as are or may be required of it as the


<PAGE>


                                       18

     issuer of the Stock to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a
     period as the  Representatives  may reasonably request for the distribution
     of the Stock.  The Company will advise the  Representatives  promptly after
     the  Company  becomes  aware of the  suspension  of the  qualifications  or
     registration of (or any such exception relating to) the Common Stock of the
     Company  for  offering,  sale  or  trading  in any  jurisdiction  or of any
     initiation or threat of any  proceeding  for any such  purpose,  and in the
     event  of  the  issuance  of any  orders  suspending  such  qualifications,
     registration  or exception,  the Company will,  with the cooperation of the
     Representatives, use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof.

          (g) The  Company  will  furnish  to its  stockholders  annual  reports
     containing financial statements certified by independent public accountants
     and with quarterly summary financial information in reasonable detail which
     may be unaudited. During the period of five (5) years from the date hereof,
     the Company will deliver to the Representatives  and, upon request, to each
     of the other  Underwriters,  (i) as soon as is practicable after the end of
     each fiscal year, copies of each Annual Report of the Company filed on Form
     10-K  containing  the balance  sheet of the Company as of the close of such
     fiscal year and statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows
     for  the  year  then  ended  and  the  opinion  thereon  of  the  Company's
     independent public accountants,  (ii) as soon as they are available, copies
     of any other reports or communications of the Company  (financial or other)
     which the Company shall publish or otherwise  make  available to any of its
     stockholders  as  such,  (iii)  as soon as  practicable  after  the  filing
     thereof,  copies of each proxy  statement,  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q,
     Report on Form 8-K or any report filed by the Company with the  Commission,
     the NASD or any  national  securities  exchange  and (iv) from time to time
     such other information  concerning the Company as the  Representatives  may
     reasonably  request. So long as the Company has active  subsidiaries,  such
     financial  statements  will be on a  consolidated  basis to the  extent the
     accounts of the Company and its  subsidiaries  are  consolidated in reports
     furnished to its  stockholders  generally.  Separate  financial  statements
     shall be furnished for all subsidiaries whose accounts are not consolidated
     but which at the time are significant  subsidiaries as defined in the Rules
     and Regulations.

          (h) The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the inclusion of
     the  Stock on the  Nasdaq  National  Market  (or on a  national  securities
     exchange)  for a period of five (5) years after the  effective  date of the
     Registration Statement.

          (i) The Company will  maintain a transfer  agent and registrar for its
     Common Stock.



<PAGE>


                                       19

          (j) Prior to filing its quarterly statements on Form 10-Q, the Company
     will have its independent  auditors  perform a limited  quarterly review of
     its quarterly numbers.

          (k) Without the prior written  consent of Cowen,  the Company will not
     offer, sell, assign,  transfer,  encumber,  contract or grant any option to
     purchase  or  otherwise  dispose  of any shares of Common  Stock,  options,
     rights  or  warrants  to  acquire  shares of Common  Stock,  or  securities
     exchangeable  for or convertible  into shares of Common Stock during the 90
     days commencing on the date hereof, other than the Company's sale of Common
     Stock  hereunder  and the  Company's  issuance  of  Common  Stock  upon the
     exercise of warrants and stock options which are presently  outstanding and
     described in the  Prospectus,  the Company's  issuance of options under the
     Company's presently authorized stock option and purchase plans described in
     the Prospectus and the Company's issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise
     of any such options.

          (l) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock
     as set forth in the description  under "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus,
     which  description  complies in all respects with the  requirements of Item
     504 of Regulation S-K.

          (m) The  Company  will supply the  Representatives  with copies of all
     correspondence  to and  from,  and all  documents  issued  to and  by,  the
     Commission in connection with the registration of the offer and sale of the
     Stock under the Securities Act.

          (n)  Prior to each of the Firm  Closing  Date and the  Option  Closing
     Date, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they have
     been  prepared,  copies of any  unaudited  interim  consolidated  financial
     statements of the Company and its subsidiaries  for any periods  subsequent
     to  the  periods  covered  by the  financial  statements  appearing  in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

          (o) Prior to the Firm  Closing  Date,  the Company will issue no press
     release or other  communications  directly or indirectly  and hold no press
     conference  with  respect to the  Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  the
     financial condition, results of operation,  business,  prospects, assets or
     liabilities of any of them, or the offering of the Stock, without the prior
     written consent of the Representatives.  For a period of twelve (12) months
     following the Firm Closing  Date,  the Company will use its best efforts to
     provide to the Representatives copies of each press release or other public
     communications  with  respect  to  the  financial  condition,   results  of
     operations,  business,  prospects,  assets or  liabilities  of the  Company
     contemporaneously with the public issuance thereof.


<PAGE>


                                       20


          (p) The Company will use its best efforts to do and perform all things
     required or necessary to be done and performed  under this Agreement by the
     Company prior to each of the Firm Closing Date and the Option  Closing Date
     and to  satisfy  all  conditions  precedent  to the  delivery  of the Stock
     pursuant to this Agreement.

     5.  Payment  of  Expenses.  (a)  The  Company  will  pay  (directly  or  by
reimbursement) all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with expenses
incident to the  performance  of the  obligations of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders  under  this  Agreement  and in  connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  including  but not limited to (i) all  expenses and taxes
incident to the issuance and delivery of the Stock to the Representatives;  (ii)
all expenses incident to the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act;
(iii)  the  costs  of  preparing  stock  certificates  (including  printing  and
engraving  costs) ; (iv) all fees and  expenses of the  registrar  and  transfer
agent of the Stock; (v) all necessary  issue,  transfer and other stamp taxes in
connection  with the  issuance and sale of the Stock to the  Underwriters;  (vi)
fees  and  expenses  of the  Company's  counsel  and the  Company's  independent
accountants;  (vii) all costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the
preparation,  printing,  filing,  shipping and  distribution of the Registration
Statement,  each  Preeffective  Prospectus  and the  Prospectus  (including  all
exhibits and financial  statements) and all amendments and supplements  provided
for herein, the Selling Stockholders' Powers of Attorney, the Custody Agreement,
the  Agreement  Among   Underwriters   between  the   Representatives   and  the
Underwriters,   the  Master  Selected  Dealers'  Agreement,   the  Underwriters'
Questionnaire  and the Blue Sky memoranda and this Agreement;  (viii) all filing
fees,  attorneys' fees and expenses  incurred by the Company or the Underwriters
in connection  with  exemptions from the qualifying or registering (or obtaining
qualification  or  registration  of) all or any part of the  Stock for offer and
sale and  determination  of its eligibility for investment under the Blue Sky or
other  securities  laws  of  such  jurisdictions  as  the   Representatives  may
designate;  (ix) all fees and  expenses  paid or  incurred  in  connection  with
filings made with the NASD; and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the
performance of its obligations  hereunder  which are not otherwise  specifically
provided for in this Section.

     (b) Each Selling  Stockholder will pay (directly or by  reimbursement)  all
fees and expenses  incident to the  performance  of such  Selling  Stockholder's
obligations under this Agreement which are not otherwise  specifically  provided
for herein,  including  but not limited to any fees and  expenses of counsel for
such Selling Stockholder,  such Selling Stockholder's pro rata share of fees and
expenses of the  Attorneys-in-fact  and the Custodian and all expenses and taxes
incident  to the  sale and  delivery  of the  Stock  to be sold by such  Selling
Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder.

     (c) In addition to its other  obligations  under  Section 6(a) hereof,  the
Company and each Selling  Stockholder  jointly and severally  agrees that, as an
interim


<PAGE>


                                       21

measure  during the  pendency of any claim,  action,  investigation,  inquiry or
other  proceeding  arising out of or based upon (i) any statement or omission or
any  alleged  statement  or  omission  or (ii) any breach or  inaccuracy  in its
representations  and  warranties,  they will  reimburse  each  Underwriter  on a
quarterly  basis  for  all  reasonable  legal  or  other  expenses  incurred  in
connection   with   investigating   or   defending   any  such  claim,   action,
investigation,  inquiry or other  proceeding,  notwithstanding  the absence of a
judicial  determination as to the propriety and  enforceability of the Company's
and each Selling Stockholder's obligation to reimburse each Underwriter for such
expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been
improper  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  that any such
interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, each Underwriter
shall  promptly  return it to the Company and each Selling  Stockholder,  as the
case may be, together with interest,  compounded daily,  determined on the basis
of the prime rate (or other commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest
credit  standing)  announced from time to time by The Chase  Manhattan Bank, New
York, New York (the "Prime Rate"). Any such interim reimbursement payments which
are not made to an  Underwriter  in a timely manner as provided below shall bear
interest  at the  Prime  Rate  from the due date  for such  reimbursement.  This
expense reimbursement agreement will be in addition to any other liability which
the Company or any  Selling  Stockholder  may  otherwise  have.  The request for
reimbursement  will  be  sent  to  the  Company  with  a copy  to  each  Selling
Stockholder.

     (d) In addition to its other  obligations  under Section 6(b) hereof,  each
Underwriter  severally agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of
any claim, action, investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or
based upon any  statement  or  omission,  or any alleged  statement or omission,
described in Section 6(b) hereof which relates to written information  regarding
any  Underwriter  furnished  to the Company by or on behalf of any  Underwriter,
directly or through you, specifically for use in the Registration  Statement, it
will  reimburse  the  Company  (and,  to the extent  applicable,  each  officer,
director, or controlling person) or Selling Stockholder on a quarterly basis for
all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating
or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding,
notwithstanding the absence of a judicial  determination as to the propriety and
enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the Company (and, to
the extent applicable, each officer, director, or controlling person) or Selling
Stockholder for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later
be held to have  been  improper  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction.  To the
extent  that any such  interim  reimbursement  payment  is so held to have  been
improper, the Company (and, to the extent applicable, each officer, director, or
controlling  person)  or Selling  Stockholder  shall  promptly  return it to the
Underwriters together with interest,  compounded daily,  determined on the basis
of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement payments which are not made to
the Company  within thirty (30) days of a request for  reimbursement  shall bear
interest  at the  Prime  Rate  from the  date of such  request.  This  indemnity
agreement  will be in  addition  to any  liability  which such  Underwriter  may
otherwise have.



<PAGE>


                                       22

     (e) It is agreed that any  controversy  arising out of the operation of the
interim  reimbursement  arrangements  set forth in paragraphs  (c) and/or (d) of
this Section 5,  including the amounts of any requested  reimbursement  payments
and the method of  determining  such  amounts,  shall be settled by  arbitration
conducted  pursuant to the Code of  Arbitration  Procedure of the NASD. Any such
arbitration  must be commenced by service of a written demand for arbitration or
written  notice of  intention to  arbitrate,  therein  electing the  arbitration
tribunal.  In the  event  the  party  demanding  arbitration  does not make such
designation of an arbitration  tribunal in such demand or notice, then the party
responding to said demand or notice is authorized to do so. Such an  arbitration
would be  limited  to the  operation  of the  interim  reimbursement  provisions
contained in  paragraphs  (c) and/or (d) of this Section 5 and would not resolve
the ultimate propriety or enforceability of the obligation to reimburse expenses
which is created by the provisions of this Section 5.

     6.  Indemnification  and  Contribution.  (a) The Company and the Management
Selling  Stockholders,  jointly  and  severally,  agree  to  indemnify  and hold
harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter
within the meaning of the Securities Act and the respective officers, directors,
partners,  employees,  representatives  and  agents  of  each  such  Underwriter
(collectively,  the "Underwriter Indemnified Parties" and, each, an "Underwriter
Indemnified  Party"),  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
expenses  (including the reasonable cost of investigating  and defending against
any claims therefor and counsel fees incurred in connection therewith), joint or
several,  which may be based upon the Securities Act, or any other statute or at
common law, on the ground or alleged  ground that any  Preeffective  Prospectus,
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (or any  Preeffective  Prospectus,
the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  as from time to time amended or
supplemented)  includes or allegedly  includes an untrue statement of a material
fact or omits  to  state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in the  light  of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or  omission  was  made  in  reliance  upon,  and in  conformity  with,  written
information   regarding  any  Underwriter   furnished  to  the  Company  by  any
Underwriter,  directly or through the  Representatives,  specifically for use in
the preparation  thereof.  The Company and the Management  Selling  Stockholders
will be entitled to  participate at their own expense in the defense or, if they
so elect,  to  assume  the  defense  of any suit  brought  to  enforce  any such
liability,  but if the Company and the Management Selling  Stockholders elect to
assume the defense,  such defense shall be conducted by counsel  chosen by them.
In the event the Company and the Management Selling Stockholders elect to assume
the  defense  of  any  such  suit  and  retain  such  counsel,  any  Underwriter
Indemnified Parties,  defendant or defendants in the suit, may retain additional
counsel  but shall bear the fees and  expenses  of such  counsel  unless (i) the
Company  and  the  Management  Selling   Stockholders  shall  have  specifically
authorized  the  retaining  of such  counsel  or (ii) the  parties  to such suit
include  any such  Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties,  and the  Company  and the
Management Selling  Stockholders and such Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties have
been advised by counsel to the Underwriters


<PAGE>


                                       23

that one or more legal  defenses may be available to it or them which may not be
available to the Company and the Management Selling Stockholders,  in which case
neither the Company nor either of the Management  Selling  Stockholders shall be
entitled to assume the defense of such suit notwithstanding  their obligation to
bear the fees and  expenses of such  counsel.  This  indemnity  agreement is not
exclusive  and will be in  addition to any  liability  which the Company and the
Management  Selling  Stockholders  might  otherwise have and shall not limit any
rights or remedies  which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each
Underwriter Indemnified Party.

     In  making  a claim  for  indemnification  under  this  Section  6(a),  the
Underwriter  Indemnified Parties may proceed against either (i) both the Company
and the Management  Selling  Stockholders  jointly or (ii) the Company only, but
may not proceed solely against the Management Selling Stockholders. In the event
that the  Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties are  entitled to seek  indemnity  or
contribution  hereunder against any loss,  liability,  claim, damage and expense
incurred  with  respect  to a final  judgment  from a trial  court,  then,  as a
precondition to any Underwriter  Indemnified Party obtaining  indemnification or
contribution from either of the Management Selling Stockholders, the Underwriter
Indemnified  Parties shall first obtain a final judgment from a trial court that
such Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties are entitled to indemnity or contribution
under this  Agreement  with respect to such loss,  liability,  claim,  damage or
expense  (the "Final  Judgment")  from the Company  and the  Management  Selling
Stockholders  and shall seek to satisfy  such  Final  Judgment  in full from the
Company by making a written demand upon the Company for such satisfaction.  Only
in the event such Final Judgment shall remain unsatisfied in whole or in part 45
days  following  the date of receipt by the  Company  of such  demand  shall any
indemnified  party have the right to take action to satisfy such Final  Judgment
by making demand directly on the Management  Selling  Stockholders  (but only if
and to the extent the  Company has not already  satisfied  such Final  Judgment,
whether  by  settlement,  release or  otherwise).  The  Underwriter  Indemnified
Parties may exercise this right to first seek to obtain payment from the Company
and thereafter obtain payment from the Management Selling  Stockholders  without
regard to the  pursuit  by any party of its  rights to the  appeal of such Final
Judgment.  The Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties shall,  however, be relieved of
their  obligation to first obtain a Final Judgment,  seek to obtain payment from
the Company with respect to such Final  Judgment or, having sought such payment,
to wait such 45 days after  failure by the  Company to  immediately  satisfy any
such Final  Judgment if (i) the Company  files a petition  for relief  under the
United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy  Code"), (ii) an order for relief
is entered against the Company in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code,
(iii) the Company makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors,  or (iv)
any court orders or approves the  appointment of a receiver or custodian for the
Company or a substantial portion of its assets. The foregoing provisions of this
paragraph  are not  intended to require  any  Underwriter  Indemnified  Party to
obtain a Final Judgment against the Company or the Selling  Stockholders  before
obtaining   reimbursement   of  expenses   (including  the  reasonable  cost  of
investigating and defending against any claims and counsel fees


<PAGE>


                                       24

incurred in connection  therewith)  pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 6.
However,  the  Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties shall first seek to obtain such
reimbursement  in full from the  Company  by making a  written  demand  upon the
Company for such  reimbursement.  Only in the event such  expenses  shall remain
unreimbursed  in whole or in part 45 days  following  the date of receipt by the
Company of such demand shall any Underwriter Indemnified Party have the right to
receive  reimbursement of such expenses from the Management Selling Stockholders
by making written demand directly on the Management  Selling  Stockholders  (but
only if and to the extent the Company has not already  satisfied  the demand for
reimbursement,  whether by settlement,  release or otherwise).  The  Underwriter
Indemnified  Parties shall,  however,  be relieved of their  obligation to first
seek to obtain  such  reimbursement  in full from the  Company  or,  having made
written  demand  therefor,  to wait such 45 days after failure by the Company to
immediately  reimburse  such  expenses if (i) the Company  files a petition  for
relief under the Bankruptcy  Code,  (ii) an order for relief is entered  against
the Company in an involuntary  case under the Bankruptcy Code, (iii) the Company
makes an assignment for the benefit of its  creditors,  or (iv) any court orders
or approves  the  appointment  of a receiver or  custodian  for the Company or a
substantial portion of its assets.

     (b) Each Firm Selling  Stockholder  agrees,  severally and not jointly,  to
indemnify  and hold  harmless  each  Underwriter  Indemnified  Party against any
losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (including,  unless such Firm
Selling  Stockholder  elects to  assume  the  defense,  the  reasonable  cost of
investigating  and  defending  against  any claims  therefor  and  counsel  fees
incurred in connection therewith), joint or several, which may be based upon the
Securities  Act, or any other statute or at common law, on the ground or alleged
ground  that  such  parts  of  any  Preeffective  Prospectus,  the  Registration
Statement or the Prospectus (or any  Preeffective  Prospectus,  the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus as from time to time amended or supplemented)  under
the caption  "Principal and Selling  Stockholders"  that specifically  relate to
such Firm Selling Stockholder includes or allegedly includes an untrue statement
of a  material  fact or omits to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary in order to make the  statements  therein,  in the light of
the  circumstances  under  which they were made,  not  misleading,  unless  such
statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
information   regarding  any  Underwriter   furnished  to  the  Company  by  any
Underwriter,  directly or through the  Representatives,  specifically for use in
the  preparation  thereof.  Such Firm  Selling  Stockholder  will be entitled to
participate at its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the
defense  of any suit  brought to enforce  any such  liability,  but if such Firm
Selling  Stockholder  elects  to  assume  the  defense,  such  defense  shall be
conducted by counsel chosen by such Firm Selling Stockholder.  In the event that
any Firm Selling  Stockholder  elects to assume the defense of any such suit and
retain  such  counsel,  any  Underwriter   Indemnified  Parties,   defendant  or
defendants in the suit,  may retain  additional  counsel but shall bear the fees
and expenses of such counsel unless (i) such Firm Selling Stockholder shall have
specifically  authorized  the  retaining  of such counsel or (ii) the parties to
such suit


<PAGE>


                                       25

include  any  such  Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties,  and  such  Firm  Selling
Stockholder  and such  Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties  have been  advised  by
counsel to the Underwriters  that one or more legal defenses may be available to
it or them which may not be available to such Firm Selling Stockholder, in which
case such Firm Selling  Stockholder  shall not be entitled to assume the defense
of such suit  notwithstanding  its  obligation  to bear the fees and expenses of
such counsel.  This indemnity agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition
to any liability  which such Firm Selling  Stockholder  might otherwise have and
shall not limit any rights or remedies  which may  otherwise be available at law
or in equity to each Underwriter  Indemnified Party. The Company, the Management
Selling  Stockholders  and the Firm  Selling  Stockholders  may agree,  as among
themselves  and  without  limiting  the  rights of the  Underwriters  under this
Agreement,  as to their respective amounts of such liability for which they each
shall be responsible. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6, the
aggregate liability of any Firm Selling  Stockholder  pursuant to the provisions
of this  Section  6(b)  shall be  limited  to an amount  equal to the  aggregate
purchase price received by such Firm Selling  Stockholder  from the sale of such
Firm Selling Stockholder's Stock hereunder.

     (c) Each  Underwriter  severally  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its  officers  who  have  signed  the
Registration  Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the  meaning of the  Securities  Act  (collectively,  the  "Company  Indemnified
Parties") and each Selling  Stockholder and each person,  if any, who controls a
Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Securities Act (collectively,  the
"Stockholder   Indemnified  Parties")  against  any  losses,  claims,   damages,
liabilities or expenses (including, unless the Underwriter or Underwriters elect
to assume the  defense,  the  reasonable  cost of  investigating  and  defending
against any claims therefor and counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith),
joint or  several,  which arise out of or are based in whole or in part upon the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal,  state,  local or foreign
statute or  regulation,  or at common law, on the ground or alleged  ground that
any Preeffective  Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (or
any Preeffective  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or the Prospectus,  as
from time to time amended and  supplemented)  includes an untrue  statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in the  light  of the
circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading,  but only insofar as
any such  statement or omission  was made in reliance  upon,  and in  conformity
with, written information  regarding any Underwriter furnished to the Company by
such Underwriter, directly or through the Representatives,  specifically for use
in  the  preparation  thereof;  provided,  however,  that  in no  case  is  such
Underwriter  to be liable with  respect to any claims  made  against any Company
Indemnified  Party or Stockholder  Indemnified  Party against whom the action is
brought unless such Company  Indemnified Party or Stockholder  Indemnified Party
shall have notified such  Underwriter in writing within a reasonable  time after
the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the
claim shall have been served upon the Company Indemnified


<PAGE>


                                       26

Party or Stockholder  Indemnified  Party, but failure to notify such Underwriter
of such claim shall not relieve it from any  liability  which it may have to any
Company  Indemnified  Party or Stockholder  Indemnified  Party otherwise than on
account of its indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph. Such Underwriter
shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense, or, if it so
elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such liability,
but, if such  Underwriter  elects to assume the defense,  such defense  shall be
conducted by counsel chosen by it. In the event that any  Underwriter  elects to
assume  the  defense  of any such suit and  retain  such  counsel,  the  Company
Indemnified Parties or Stockholder Indemnified Parties and any other Underwriter
or Underwriters or controlling person or persons, defendant or defendants in the
suit,  shall bear the fees and expenses of any  additional  counsel  retained by
them,  respectively.  The Underwriter against whom indemnity may be sought shall
not be liable to  indemnify  any  person  for any  settlement  of any such claim
effected without such  Underwriter's  consent.  This indemnity  agreement is not
exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which such Underwriter  might
otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
available at law or in equity to any Company  Indemnified  Party or  Stockholder
Indemnified Party.

     (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or
insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified  party under subsection (a), (b) or
(c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or
actions in respect thereof)  referred to herein,  then each  indemnifying  party
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a
result of such losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect  thereof) in such  proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits  received by the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  on the one hand
and the  Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Stock.  If, however,
the allocation  provided by the immediately  preceding sentence is not permitted
by applicable law, then each indemnifying  party shall contribute to such amount
paid or payable by such  indemnified  party in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only such  relative  benefits but also the relative  fault of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other in  connection  with the  statements or omissions  which  resulted in such
losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  (or  actions  in  respect
thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable  considerations.  The relative
benefits  received by the Company and the Selling  Stockholders  on the one hand
and the  Underwriters  on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received
by the  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholders  bear to the total  underwriting
discounts  and  commissions  received by the  Underwriters,  in each case as set
forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall
be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material  fact relates to  information  supplied by the  Company,  the Selling
Stockholders or the  Underwriters and the parties'  relative intent,  knowledge,
access to information and opportunity to correct or


<PAGE>


                                       27

prevent such statement or omission.  The Company,  the Selling  Stockholders and
the  Underwriters  agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as
one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable  considerations referred to above. The amount paid
or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof)  referred to above shall
be deemed to include  any legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred by such
indemnified  party in  connection  with  investigating,  defending,  settling or
compromising any such claim.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of this subsection
(d), no Underwriter  shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the shares of the Stock underwritten by
it and  distributed  to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount
of any damages  which such  Underwriter  has  otherwise  been required to pay by
reason of such  untrue or  alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or  alleged
omission. The Underwriters'  obligations to contribute are several in proportion
to their respective underwriting  obligations and not joint. No person guilty of
fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within  the  meaning  of  Section  11(f)  of the
Securities  Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     7.  Survival  of  Indemnities,   Representations,   Warranties,   etc.  The
respective indemnities, covenants, agreements,  representations,  warranties and
other  statements  of the  Company,  the  Selling  Stockholders  and the several
Underwriters,  as set  forth  in this  Agreement  or made by them  respectively,
pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of
any  investigation  made  by  or on  behalf  of  any  Underwriter,  the  Selling
Stockholders, the Company or any of its officers or directors or any controlling
person, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Stock.

     8. Conditions of Underwriters'  Obligations.  The respective obligations of
the several  Underwriters  hereunder  shall be subject to the  accuracy,  at and
(except as otherwise  stated herein) as of the date hereof and at and as of each
of the Firm Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, of the representations and
warranties  made  herein  by  the  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholders,  to
compliance  at and as of such  Closing  Date  by the  Company  and  the  Selling
Stockholders  with their  covenants and  agreements  herein  contained and other
provisions  hereof to be satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date,  and to the
following additional conditions:

          (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop
     order  suspending the  effectiveness  thereof shall have been issued and no
     proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge
     of  the  Company  or  the  Representatives,  shall  be  threatened  by  the
     Commission,  and any request for additional  information on the part of the
     Commission (to be included in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus
     or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable  satisfaction
     of the Representatives. Any filings of the Prospectus, or


<PAGE>


                                       28

     any supplement thereto, required pursuant to Rule 424(b) or Rule 434 of the
     Rules and  Regulations,  shall  have been made in the manner and within the
     time  period  required  by  Rule  424(b)  and  Rule  434 of the  Rules  and
     Regulations, as the case may be.

          (b) The Representatives shall have been satisfied that there shall not
     have occurred any change,  on a consolidated  basis,  prior to such Closing
     Date in the  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  properties,  business,
     management,  prospects,  net worth or results of  operations of the Company
     and its  subsidiaries  considered as a whole,  or any change in the capital
     stock,  short-term  or long-term  debt of the Company and its  subsidiaries
     considered  as a whole,  such that (i) the  Registration  Statement  or the
     Prospectus,  or any  amendment or  supplement  thereto,  contains an untrue
     statement  of  fact  which,  in  the  opinion  of the  Representatives,  is
     material,  or  omits  to  state  a  fact  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the
     Representatives,  is required to be stated  therein or is necessary to make
     the statements  therein not misleading,  or (ii) it is unpracticable in the
     reasonable  judgment  of the  Representatives  to  proceed  with the public
     offering or purchase the Stock as contemplated hereby.

          (c)  The   Representatives   shall  be  satisfied  that  no  legal  or
     governmental  action,  suit or  proceeding  affecting  the Company which is
     material  and  adverse to the  Company  or which  affects or may affect the
     Company's or any Selling  Stockholder's  ability to perform its  respective
     obligations  under this Agreement  shall have been instituted or threatened
     and there  shall have  occurred  no  material  adverse  development  in any
     existing such action, suit or proceeding.

          (d) At the time of execution of this  Agreement,  the  Representatives
     shall have received from Arthur Andersen LLP, independent  certified public
     accountants,  a  letter,  dated  the date  hereof,  in form  and  substance
     satisfactory to the Underwriters.

          (e) The Representatives shall have received from Arthur Andersen, LLP,
     independent  certified  public  accountants,  a letter,  dated such Closing
     Date,  to the effect that such  accountants  reaffirm,  as of such  Closing
     Date, and as though made on such Closing Date,  the statements  made in the
     letter  furnished by such  accountants  pursuant to  paragraph  (d) of this
     Section 8.

          (f) The  Representatives  shall have received from O'Sullivan  Graev &
     Karabell,  LLP,  counsel for the  Company,  an opinion,  dated such Closing
     Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit I hereto.

          (g) The  Representatives  shall have received from O'Sullivan  Graev &
     Karabell,  LLP, special counsel for the Selling  Stockholders,  an opinion,
     dated such Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit II hereto.


<PAGE>


                                       29


          (h) The Representatives  shall have received from Proskauer Rose Goetz
     & Mendelsohn LLP, special regulatory  counsel for the Company,  an opinion,
     dated such Closing Date,  to the effect set forth in Exhibit  III(a) hereto
     and a side  letter,  dated such  Closing  Date,  to the effect set forth in
     Exhibit III(b) hereto.

          (i) The  Representatives  shall have  received  from King &  Spalding,
     special regulatory counsel for the Company, an opinion,  dated such Closing
     Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit IV hereto.

          (j) The  Representatives  shall have  received from Handal & Morofsky,
     patent counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated such Closing Date, to the
     effect set forth in Exhibit V hereto.

          (k) The Representatives  shall have received from Shearman & Sterling,
     counsel for the Underwriters,  their opinion or opinions dated such Closing
     Date with respect to the incorporation of the Company,  the validity of the
     Stock, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such other related
     matters as it may reasonably request,  and the Company shall have furnished
     to such  counsel  such  documents  as they may  request  for the purpose of
     enabling them to pass upon such matters.

          (l) The Representatives shall have received a certificate,  dated such
     Closing Date,  of the chief  executive  officer and the chief  financial or
     accounting officer of the Company to the effect that:

               (i)  No  stop  order   suspending   the   effectiveness   of  the
          Registration  Statement  has  been  issued,  and,  to the  best of the
          knowledge of the signers,  no  proceedings  for that purpose have been
          instituted or are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act.

               (ii) Neither any Preeffective Prospectus, as of its date, nor the
          Registration  Statement  nor  the  Prospectus,  nor any  amendment  or
          supplement  thereto,  as of the time when the  Registration  Statement
          became  effective  and  at  all  times  subsequent  thereto  up to the
          delivery  of such  certificate,  included  any untrue  statement  of a
          material  fact or omitted to state any  material  fact  required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light
          of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

               (iii) The  representations  and warranties of the Company in this
          Agreement are true and correct at and as of such Closing Date, and the
          Company  has  complied  with  all  the  agreements  and  performed  or
          satisfied all


<PAGE>


                                       30

          the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to
          such Closing Date.

               (iv) Since the respective dates as of which  information is given
          in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  and  except  as
          disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus, (i) there has not been
          any  material  adverse  change or a  development  involving a material
          adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise),  properties,
          business, management, prospects, net worth or results of operations of
          the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  considered  as a whole;  (ii) the
          business and operations  conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries
          have not sustained a loss by strike,  fire,  flood,  accident or other
          calamity  (whether or not insured) of such a character as to interfere
          materially  with the conduct of the  business  and  operations  of the
          Company and its subsidiaries  considered as a whole; (iii) no legal or
          governmental  action,  suit or  proceeding  is pending  or  threatened
          against  the  Company or its  subsidiaries  which is  material  to the
          Company or its subsidiaries,  whether or not arising from transactions
          in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  or which may  materially  and
          adversely affect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv)
          since such  dates and  except as so  disclosed,  the  Company  and its
          subsidiaries  have not incurred any material  liability or obligation,
          direct, contingent or indirect, made any change in their capital stock
          (except  pursuant to their stock plans),  made any material  change in
          their  short-term or funded debt or repurchased or otherwise  acquired
          any of the Company's or its  subsidiaries  capital stock;  and (v) the
          Company and its  subsidiaries  have not declared or paid any dividend,
          or made any other  distribution,  upon their outstanding capital stock
          payable  to  stockholders  of record on a date  prior to such  Closing
          Date.

          (m)  The   Representatives   shall  have  received  a  certificate  or
     certificates, dated such Closing Date, of each Attorney-in-fact,  on behalf
     of the Selling Stockholders, to the effect that as of such Closing Date its
     representations and warranties in this Agreement are true and correct as if
     made on and as of such  Closing  Date,  and that it has  performed  all its
     obligations and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or
     satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date.

          (n) The  Company  and  each of the  Selling  Stockholders  shall  have
     furnished  to  the  Representatives  such  additional  certificates  as the
     Representatives may have reasonably requested as to the accuracy, at and as
     of such Closing Date, of the  representations and warranties made herein by
     them and as to compliance at and as of such Closing Date by them with their
     covenants and agreements herein contained and other provisions hereof to be
     satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date, and as to  satisfactions of the
     other conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.


<PAGE>


                                       31


          (o) Cowen shall have received the written  agreements of the officers,
     directors  and holders of Common Stock or holders of options or warrants in
     respect  of Common  Stock  listed in  Schedule  C that each will not offer,
     sell, assign, transfer,  encumber, contract or grant any option to purchase
     or  otherwise  dispose of any shares of Common  Stock,  options,  rights or
     warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock, or securities  exchangeable for
     or  convertible  into  shares of  Common  Stock  owned by them  (including,
     without  limitation,  Common Stock of the Company which may be deemed to be
     beneficially  owned  by the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  Rules  and
     Regulations)  during the 90 days  commencing on the Effective Date and such
     written agreements remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

          (p) The Stock shall have been  approved  for  quotation  on the Nasdaq
     National Market.

     All  opinions,  certificates,  letters  and  other  documents  will  be  in
compliance with the provisions  hereunder only if they are  satisfactory in form
and  substance  to  the  Representatives.   The  Company  will  furnish  to  the
Representatives  conformed  copies of such opinions,  certificates,  letters and
other documents as the  Representatives  shall reasonably request. If any of the
conditions  hereinabove  provided  for in  this  Section  shall  not  have  been
satisfied  when  and as  required  by  this  Agreement,  this  Agreement  may be
terminated by the  Representatives  by notifying the Company of such termination
in writing or by telegram at or prior to each of the  Closing  Dates,  but Cowen
shall be entitled to waive any of such conditions.

     9. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective  immediately as to
Sections  5, 6, 7, 9,  10,  11,  14,  15,  16,  17 and 18 and,  as to all  other
provisions,  at 11:00  a.m.  New York City time on the first full  business  day
following the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement or at such earlier
time after the Registration  Statement becomes effective as the  Representatives
may  determine on and by notice to the Company or by release of any of the Stock
for sale to the public.  For the  purposes of this Section 9, the Stock shall be
deemed  to have  been so  released  upon  the  release  for  publication  of any
newspaper  advertisement  relating  to the Stock or upon the  release  by you of
telegrams  (i) advising  Underwriters  that the shares of Stock are released for
public  offering  or (ii)  offering  the Stock for sale to  securities  dealers,
whichever may occur first.

     10.  Termination.  This Agreement  (except for the provisions of Section 5)
may be  terminated  by the  Company at any time before it becomes  effective  in
accordance with Section 9 by notice to the Representatives and may be terminated
by the  Representatives  at any time before it becomes  effective in  accordance
with Section 9 by notice to the Company. In the event of any termination of this
Agreement under this or any other provision of this Agreement, there shall be no
liability of any party to this Agreement to any


<PAGE>


                                       32

other  party,  other than as  provided in Sections 5, 6 and 11 and other than as
provided in Section 12 as to the liability of defaulting Underwriters.

     This  Agreement  may  be  terminated  after  it  becomes  effective  by the
Representatives  by notice to the Company (i) if at or prior to the Firm Closing
Date or the Option  Closing  Date trading in  securities  on any of the New York
Stock  Exchange,  American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq National Market System shall
have been suspended or minimum or maximum prices shall have been  established on
any such exchange or market, or a banking moratorium shall have been declared by
New York or United  States  authorities;  (ii) trading of any  securities of the
Company  shall have been  suspended on any  exchange or in any  over-the-counter
market; (iii) if at or prior to the Firm Closing Date or the Option Closing Date
there shall have been (A) an outbreak or escalation of  hostilities  between the
United  States  and any  foreign  power or of any  other  insurrection  or armed
conflict  involving the United States or (B) any change in financial  markets or
any calamity or crisis which, in the judgment of the  Representatives,  makes it
impractical or inadvisable to offer or sell the Firm Stock or Optional Stock, as
applicable,  on the terms  contemplated by the  Prospectus;  (iv) if there shall
have been any development or prospective  development involving particularly the
business or properties  or securities of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries
or the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  which, in the judgment of
the  Representatives,  makes it impracticable or inadvisable to offer or deliver
the Firm Stock or the Optional Stock, as applicable,  on the terms  contemplated
by the Prospectus;  (v) if there shall be any litigation or proceeding,  pending
or  threatened,  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Representatives,  makes  it
impracticable  or  inadvisable  to offer or deliver  the Firm Stock or  Optional
Stock, as applicable,  on the terms  contemplated by the Prospectus;  or (vi) if
there  shall  have  occurred  any of the  events  specified  in the  immediately
preceding clauses (i) - (v) together with any other such event that makes it, in
the judgment of the  Representatives,  impractical  or  inadvisable  to offer or
deliver  the  Firm  Stock  or  Optional  Stock,  as  applicable,  on  the  terms
contemplated by the Prospectus.

     11.  Reimbursement  of Underwriters.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions
hereof,  if this Agreement shall not become  effective by reason of any election
of the Company or the Selling  Stockholders  pursuant to the first  paragraph of
Section 10 or shall be  terminated  by the  Representatives  under  Section 8 or
Section 10, the Company  will bear and pay the  expenses  specified in Section 5
hereof and, in addition to their obligations  pursuant to Section 6 hereof,  the
Company will  reimburse  the  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses of the several
Underwriters  (including  reasonable fees and  disbursements  of counsel for the
Underwriters)  incurred  in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the  proposed
purchase  of the Stock,  and  promptly  upon  demand the  Company  will pay such
amounts to the Representatives.

     12. Substitution of Underwriters.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall
default in its or their  obligations to purchase  shares of Stock  hereunder and
the aggregate


<PAGE>


                                       33

number of shares which such defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters  agreed but
failed to  purchase  does not exceed ten  percent  (10%) of the total  number of
shares  underwritten,  the other Underwriters shall be obligated  severally,  in
proportion to their  respective  commitments  hereunder,  to purchase the shares
which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase.
If any Underwriter or Underwriters  shall so default and the aggregate number of
shares with  respect to which such  default or  defaults  occur is more than ten
percent  (10%) of the  total  number  of shares  underwritten  and  arrangements
satisfactory  to the  Representatives  and the Company for the  purchase of such
shares by other  persons are not made within  forty-eight  (48) hours after such
default, this Agreement shall terminate.

     If the remaining  Underwriters  or  substituted  Underwriters  are required
hereby or agree to take up all or part of the  shares  of Stock of a  defaulting
Underwriter or  Underwriters as provided in this Section 12, (i) the Company and
the Selling  Stockholders shall have the right to postpone the Closing Dates for
a period of not more than five (5) full  business days in order that the Company
and the Selling  Stockholders  may effect  whatever  changes may thereby be made
necessary  in the  Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus,  or in any other
documents  or  arrangements,  and  the  Company  agrees  promptly  to  file  any
amendments to the Registration  Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which
may thereby be made necessary,  and (ii) the respective  numbers of shares to be
purchased by the remaining  Underwriters  or substituted  Underwriters  shall be
taken as the basis of their  underwriting  obligation  for all  purposes of this
Agreement.  Nothing herein contained shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of
its liability to the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the other Underwriters
for  damages  occasioned  by its  default  hereunder.  Any  termination  of this
Agreement  pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of
any non-defaulting Underwriter,  the Selling Stockholders or the Company, except
for expenses to be paid or  reimbursed  pursuant to Section 5 and except for the
provisions of Section 6.

     13.  Covenants  and  Agreements of the Selling  Stockholders.  Each Selling
Stockholder  covenants and agrees with the several  Underwriters and the Company
that:

          (a) For a period of 90 days after the date of this Agreement,  without
     the  consent of Cowen,  such  Selling  Stockholder  will not offer to sell,
     sell,  contract  to sell or  otherwise  dispose of any Stock or  securities
     convertible into or exchangeable for Stock,  including without  limitation,
     Stock  which  may be  deemed  to be  beneficially  owned  by  such  Selling
     Stockholder in accordance  with the Rules and  Regulations,  except for the
     Stock being sold hereunder.

          (b) Each Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all transfer
     taxes with respect to the Stock to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.



<PAGE>


                                       34

          (c) Each  Selling  Stockholder  will take all  reasonable  actions  in
     cooperation with the Company and the several Underwriters to do and perform
     all things to be done and performed  under this Agreement  prior to each of
     the Firm  Closing  Date and the  Option  Closing  Date and to  satisfy  all
     conditions  precedent  to  the  delivery  of the  Stock  pursuant  to  this
     Agreement.

     14. Notices. All communications  hereunder shall be in writing and, if sent
to the Underwriters  shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to
you, as their  Representatives,  c/o Cowen & Company at  Financial  Square,  New
York,  New York 10005 except that notices  given to an  Underwriter  pursuant to
Section 6 hereof shall be sent to such  Underwriter at the address  furnished by
the  Representatives or, if sent to the Company,  shall be mailed,  delivered or
telegraphed and confirmed to Advanced Health Corporation, 555 White Plains Road,
Tarrytown,  New York  10591,  or if sent to the Selling  Stockholders,  shall be
mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the [Jonathan Edelson, M.D.],
[Steven Hochberg] and [Alan B. Masarek],  c/o [Advanced Health Corporation,  555
White Plains Road, Tarrytown, New York 10591].

     15. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the several  Underwriters,  the Company,  and the Selling  Stockholders and
their  respective  successors and legal  representatives.  Nothing  expressed or
mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person
other  than  the  persons  mentioned  in the  preceding  sentence  any  legal or
equitable right,  remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement,  or any
provisions  herein  contained,  this Agreement and all conditions and provisions
hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of such
persons and for the benefit of no other person; except that the representations,
warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders  contained in this  Agreement  shall also be for the benefit of the
person or persons,  if any, who control any Underwriter or  Underwriters  within
the meaning of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act or Section 20 of the  Exchange
Act,  and the  indemnities  of the  several  Underwriters  shall also be for the
benefit of each director of the Company, each of its officers who has signed the
Registration  Statement  and the person or  persons,  if any,  who  control  the
Company  or any  Selling  Stockholder  within  the  meaning of Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

     16.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the state of New York.

     17.  Authority of the  Representatives.  In connection with this Agreement,
Cowen  will act for and on behalf of the  several  Underwriters,  and any action
taken under this Agreement by Cowen,  as  Representative  will be binding on all
the Underwriters.



<PAGE>


                                       35

     18. Partial  Unenforceability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any
Section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity
or  enforceability  of any other Section,  paragraph or provision hereof. If any
Section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason  determined
to be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  there  shall be deemed to be made such minor
changes  (and only such minor  changes)  as are  necessary  to make it valid and
enforceable.

     19. General. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
to  this   Agreement  and   supersedes   all  prior  written  or  oral  and  all
contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to
the subject matter hereof.

     In this  Agreement,  the  masculine,  feminine  and neuter  genders and the
singular  and the plural  include  one  another.  The  section  headings in this
Agreement  are for the  convenience  of the parties only and will not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended
or modified,  and the  observance  of any term of this  Agreement may be waived,
only by a writing signed by the Company and the Representatives.

     20.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  signed  in two  (2)  or  more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


<PAGE>


                                       36

     If the foregoing  correctly sets forth our  understanding,  please indicate
your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose,  whereupon
this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

                                        Very truly yours,
                                        ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Title:


                                        SELLING STOCKHOLDERS LISTED
                                             IN SCHEDULE B


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                           Attorney-in-fact
                                           Acting [on his own behalf
                                           and] on behalf of the Selling
                                           Stockholders listed in Schedule B.



Accepted and delivered in
New York, New York as of
the date first above written.

COWEN & COMPANY
HAMBRECHT & QUIST LLC
SBC WARBURG DILLON READ INC.
VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY, LLC

  Acting on their own behalf
  and as Representatives of the several
  Underwriters referred to in the
  foregoing Agreement.

By: Cowen & Company


  By: __________________________
      Title: Managing Director


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A




                                                          Number       Number of
                                                         of Firm       Optional
                                                          Shares        Shares
                                                          to be          to be
          Name                                          Purchased      Purchased
Cowen & Company....................................     
Hambrecht & Quist LLC..............................     
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc........................     
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC..................     
    Total..........................................      2,500,000       375,000
                                                         =========       =======




<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE B




                                                          Number       Number of
                                                         of Firm       Optional
                                                          Shares        Shares
                                                        to be Sold    to be Sold
          Name                                          
Advanced Health Corporation..........................    2,000,000       250,000
                                                        
                                                        
Firm Selling Stockholders                               
INVESCO Trust Company................................      300,000             0
21st Century Partnerships............................      200,000        50,000
                                                        
Management Selling Stockholders                         
Jonathan Edelson, M.D................................            0        10,000
Steven Hochberg. ....................................            0        65,000
                                                        
                                                        
    Total............................................    2,500,000       375,000
                                                         =========       =======
                                                        




<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE C



                                                               Number of
                                                               Shares Subject to
Stockholders                                                   "Lock-Up" Letters






















<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT I

                [Letterhead of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP]


Cowen & Company
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC
    As Representatives of the several
    Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005

                           Advanced Health Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have  acted as  counsel  to  Advanced  Health  Corporation,  a  Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection  with the issuance and sale by the
Company of an aggregate of 2,000,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Shares"),  to the Underwriters named in Schedule A of
the Underwriting Agreement dated October __, 1997 (the "Underwriting Agreement")
among  the  Company,  the  Selling  Stockholders  named  in  Schedule  B to  the
Underwriting  Agreement and Cowen & Company,  Hambrecht & Quist LLC, SBC Warburg
Dillon Read Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company,  LLC, as  representatives  of
the several  Underwriters.  This  opinion is being  delivered to you pursuant to
Section  8(f) of the  Underwriting  Agreement.  Capitalized  terms  used but not
defined  herein shall have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto in the  Underwriting
Agreement.

     In this  capacity,  we have  examined  signed  copies  of the  registration
statement  on  Form  S-1  (Registration   No.   333-35115)  (the   "Registration
Statement")  filed by the Company under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended
(the  "Securities  Act"),  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  on  September  8,  1997,  Amendment  No.  1 to  the  Registration
Statement filed with the Commission on September 10, 1997 and Amendment No. 2 to
the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on __________ __, 1997. The
Registration  Statement,  as amended at the time it became effective,  including
the  information  deemed  to be a part  thereof  at the  time  of  effectiveness
pursuant to Rule 430A under the  Securities  Act, the exhibits and the schedules
thereto,  is hereinafter  referred to as the  "Registration  Statement," and the
final  prospectus  dated  October  __,  1997,  in the form filed by the  Company
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter  referred to
as the "Prospectus."


<PAGE>




     We have also  examined the  Underwriting  Agreement and the  originals,  or
copies identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records of the Company,
certificates of public officials, officers of the Company and other persons, and
such other documents,  agreements and instruments as we have deemed necessary as
a basis for the opinions  hereinafter  expressed.  In such examination,  we have
assumed the  genuineness of all  signatures,  the  authenticity of all documents
submitted  to us as  originals  and the  conformity  with the  originals  of all
documents  submitted to us as copies. In rendering the opinions expressed below,
we have relied as to certain factual matters, to the extent we deem proper, upon
the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in or  made  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting  Agreement  and upon  certificates  of  officers of the Company and
certificates of public officials.

     With  respect to our opinion  set forth in  Paragraph  (ii) below,  we have
relied upon and assumed the accuracy of telephonic  confirmation  from the Staff
of the Division of Corporation  Finance of the Commission that the  Registration
Statement has become and remains effective under the Securities Act.

     As used in the opinions  contained herein,  the expressions  "known to us,"
"to our knowledge" and "to the best of our knowledge"  with reference to matters
of fact mean that after an examination of documents in our files and considering
the actual  knowledge of those attorneys in our firm who have given  substantive
attention to this matter,  but not including any  constructive or imputed notice
of any  information,  we have no reason to believe that the  opinions  expressed
herein  are  factually  incorrect.   Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  with  respect to our opinion in paragraph  (xii) below,  we have not
conducted  any docket or similar  search and have  relied upon  certificates  of
officers  of the  Company.  Beyond the  foregoing,  we have made no  independent
factual  investigation  for the  purpose of  rendering  the  opinions  set forth
herein.

     Our  opinions  expressed  below are  limited to the law of the State of New
York,  the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware  and the Federal
securities  law of the United  States,  and we do not express any opinion herein
concerning any other law.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

          (i) Each of the Company and its  subsidiaries  has been duly organized
     and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the law
     of its respective  jurisdiction of organization,  with full corporate power
     and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business as
     described in the Prospectus;

          (ii) The Registration  Statement has been declared effective under the
     Securities  Act and no  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the
     Registration Statement


                                        2


<PAGE>



     has been issued, and to the best of our knowledge,  no proceedings for that
     purpose  have been  instituted  or are  pending or  contemplated  under the
     Securities Act;

          (iii) The description of all contracts and other documents referred to
     in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and the summaries of, and
     other disclosures regarding, such contracts and other documents included in
     the   Registration   Statement  and  the  Prospectus   fairly  present  the
     information  required to be  disclosed  with respect  thereto;  and, to our
     knowledge,  there are no other  contracts or other documents of a character
     required  to be  filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  or
     required to be described in the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus
     which are not filed or described as required;

          (iv) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company;

          (v) The  authorized  capital  stock  of the  Company  conforms  in all
     material respects as to legal matters to the description  thereof contained
     in the Prospectus;

          (vi) The Shares have been duly  authorized,  and when delivered to and
     paid  for  by  the  Underwriters  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the
     Underwriting   Agreement,   will  be   validly   issued,   fully  paid  and
     non-assessable  and  the  issuance  of the  Shares  is not  subject  to any
     preemptive or to our knowledge similar rights;

          (vii) To our knowledge, all registration rights attached to any of the
     Company's  shares  have been  duly  waived  with  respect  to the  offering
     contemplated by the Prospectus;

          (viii)  The issue and sale of the Shares  and the  performance  by the
     Company of its obligations under the Underwriting Agreement will not result
     in any  violation of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or by-laws of the
     Company or the  provisions of the General  Corporation  Law of the State of
     Delaware or any applicable New York or Federal securities law or statute or
     any order known to us, rule or  regulation of any New York or Federal court
     or governmental  agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any
     of its properties  (except that we render no opinion herein with respect to
     the compliance of the  indemnification  or  contribution  provisions of the
     Underwriting Agreement with the Federal securities laws);

          (ix)  To the  best  of our  knowledge,  the  execution,  delivery  and
     performance  of the  Underwriting  Agreement  and the  consummation  of the
     transactions  therein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation
     of any of the terms or provisions  of any material  agreement or instrument
     to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a


                                        3


<PAGE>



     party or by which it or any of its  properties  is bound or  result  in the
     creation of a lien under any of such agreement;

          (x)  No  consent,  approval,  authorization,  order,  registration  or
     qualification  of or with any New  York or  Federal  court or  governmental
     agency or body is required  for the sale and  issuance of the Shares or the
     performance  of the  Company  of its  obligations  under  the  Underwriting
     Agreement, except such consents, approvals,  authorizations,  registrations
     or qualifications as have been obtained under the Securities Act, as may be
     required under state  securities or Blue Sky laws or under the rules of the
     National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. in connection  with the
     purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

          (xi)  To our  knowledge,  based  solely  on an  officer's  certificate
     (without independent  verification),  the Company and its subsidiaries have
     performed all material  obligations  required to be performed by them under
     all contracts filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

          (xii)  To the  best  of our  knowledge,  except  as set  forth  in the
     Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which
     the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a party or of which
     any  property of the Company or any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  is subject,
     which,  if  determined  adversely to the Company or any such  subsidiary or
     affiliate,  might individually or in the aggregate (i) prevent or adversely
     affect the transactions  contemplated by the Underwriting  Agreement,  (ii)
     suspend the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement,  (iii) prevent or
     suspend the use of the Prospectus in any  jurisdiction  or (iv) result in a
     material  adverse  change  in  the  condition   (financial  or  otherwise),
     properties,  business,  management,  prospects,  net  worth or  results  of
     operations of the Company and its  subsidiaries  considered as a whole; and
     to the  best  of our  knowledge,  no such  proceedings  are  threatened  or
     contemplated  against  the  Company  or  any  subsidiary  or  affiliate  by
     governmental authorities or others.

          (xiii)  Neither  the Company nor its  subsidiaries  is an  "investment
     company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms
     are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

          (xiv) The statements in the Prospectus under the caption  "Description
     of Capital  Stock" and "Shares  Eligible for Future Sale",  insofar as such
     statements constitute a summary of documents referred to therein or matters
     of law, are accurate  summaries  and fairly and correctly  present,  in all
     material  respects,  the  information  called  for  with  respect  to  such
     documents and matters; and

          (xv) The  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  (except for the
     financial  statements,  notes thereto and other  financial  information and
     schedules included therein or


                                        4


<PAGE>



     omitted  therefrom  as to which we have not been  requested  to express any
     opinion) appear on their face to have been appropriately  responsive in all
     material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act.

     We have  not  verified,  and are not  passing  upon and do not  assume  any
responsibility  for, the accuracy,  completeness  or fairness of the  statements
contained  in  the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus,  other  than  those
mentioned in subparagraph (xiv) above. We have, however,  generally reviewed and
discussed such statements with certain officers of the Company, its auditors and
with your  representatives  and their counsel.  In the course of this review and
discussion, no facts have come to our attention that lead us to believe that (i)
the Registration  Statement (except for the financial statements,  notes thereto
and other  financial  information  and  schedules  included  therein  or omitted
therefrom  as to which we have not been  requested  to  express  any  opinion or
statement of belief),  at the time the Registration  Statement became effective,
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not  misleading,  or (ii) the Prospectus  (except for the financial  statements,
notes thereto and other financial  information and schedules included therein or
omitted  therefrom as to which we have not been requested to express any opinion
or statement of belief),  at the time the  Prospectus  was issued or on the date
hereof,  contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.


                                        5


<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT II

                [Letterhead of O'Sullivan Graev & Karabell, LLP]


Cowen & Company
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC
    As Representatives of the several
    Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005

                           Advanced Health Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have  acted as  special  counsel to the  selling  stockholders  named in
Schedule B to the  Underwriting  Agreement  (as defined  herein)  (the  "Selling
Stockholders"),  in  connection  with  the  issuance  and  sale  by the  Selling
Stockholders  of an aggregate of 500,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share (the "Shares"), to the Underwriters named in Schedule A
of  the  Underwriting  Agreement  dated  October  __,  1997  (the  "Underwriting
Agreement")  among the Company,  the Selling  Stockholders  and Cowen & Company,
Hambrecht & Quist LLC,  SBC Warburg  Dillon Read Inc.  and Volpe Brown  Whelan &
Company,  LLC, as representatives of the several  Underwriters.  This opinion is
being delivered to you pursuant to Section 8(g) of the  Underwriting  Agreement.
Capitalized  terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings  ascribed
thereto in the Underwriting Agreement.

     In this  capacity,  we have  examined  signed  copies  of the  registration
statement  on  Form  S-1  (Registration   No.   333-35115)  (the   "Registration
Statement")  filed by the Company under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended
(the  "Securities  Act"),  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  on  September  8,  1997,  Amendment  No.  1 to  the  Registration
Statement filed with the Commission on September 10, 1997 and Amendment No. 2 to
the Registration Statement filed with the Commission on __________ __, 1997. The
Registration  Statement,  as amended at the time it became effective,  including
the  information  deemed  to be a part  thereof  at the  time  of  effectiveness
pursuant to Rule 430A under the  Securities  Act, the exhibits and the schedules
thereto,  is hereinafter  referred to as the  "Registration  Statement," and the
final  prospectus  dated  October  __,  1997,  in the form filed by the  Company
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter  referred to
as the "Prospectus."


<PAGE>




     We have also  examined the  Underwriting  Agreement and the  originals,  or
copies identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records of the Company,
certificates of public officials, officers of the Company and other persons, and
such other documents,  agreements and instruments as we have deemed necessary as
a basis for the opinions  hereinafter  expressed.  In such examination,  we have
assumed the  genuineness of all  signatures,  the  authenticity of all documents
submitted  to us as  originals  and the  conformity  with the  originals  of all
documents  submitted to us as copies. In rendering the opinions expressed below,
we have relied as to certain factual matters, to the extent we deem proper, upon
the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in or  made  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting Agreement and upon certificates of each Attorney-in-fact, on behalf
of the Selling Stockholders, and certificates of public officials.

     As  used  in  the  opinions  contained  herein,  the  expressions  "to  our
knowledge" and "to the best of our knowledge"  with reference to matters of fact
mean that after an  examination  of documents in our files and  considering  the
actual  knowledge  of those  attorneys  in our firm who have  given  substantive
attention to this matter,  but not including any  constructive or imputed notice
of any  information,  we have no reason to believe that the  opinions  expressed
herein  are  factually  incorrect.   Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
foregoing,  with  respect to our opinion in  paragraph  (iv) below,  we have not
conducted any docket or similar  search and have relied upon  certificates  each
Attorney-in-fact,  on behalf of the Selling Stockholders.  Beyond the foregoing,
we have made no independent  factual  investigation for the purpose of rendering
the opinions set forth herein.

     Our  opinions  expressed  below are  limited to the law of the State of New
York,  the  General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware  and the Federal
securities  law of the United  States,  and we do not express any opinion herein
concerning any other law.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

          (i) Each Selling  Stockholder,  to the extent such Selling Stockholder
     is not a natural  person,  has been duly organized and is validly  existing
     and in good standing in its corporate or other  capacity  under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of organization;

          (ii) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by or on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders;

          (iii) The Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders have been duly
     authorized,  and when  delivered  to and paid  for by the  Underwriters  in
     accordance with the terms of the  Underwriting  Agreement,  will be validly
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable;


                                        2


<PAGE>



          (iv) The  execution and delivery by each Selling  Stockholder  of, and
     the performance by such Selling  Stockholder of its obligations  under, the
     Underwriting  Agreement and the Custody  Agreement and Power of Attorney of
     such Selling  Stockholder  will not  contravene any provision of applicable
     law, or, to the best of our  knowledge,  any agreement or other  instrument
     binding upon such Selling Stockholder, or to the best of our knowledge, any
     judgment,  order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
     jurisdiction  over such  Selling  Stockholder,  and no  consent,  approval,
     authorization or order of, or qualification  with, any governmental body or
     agency is required for the  performance by such Selling  Stockholder of its
     obligations under the Underwriting  Agreement,  or the Custody Agreement or
     Power  of  Attorney  of such  Selling  Stockholder,  except  such as may be
     required  by the  securities  or Blue Sky  laws of the  various  states  in
     connection with the offer and sale of the Shares;

          (v) The Custody  Agreement of each Selling  Stockholder  has been duly
     authorized,  executed and  delivered by each Selling  Stockholder  and is a
     valid and binding  agreement of such  Selling  Stockholder  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms;

          (vi)  Each  Selling  Stockholder  has  full  legal  right,  power  and
     authority, and any approval required by law (other than approval imposed by
     the  applicable  state  securities  and  Blue Sky  laws)  to sell,  assign,
     transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling  Stockholder  in
     the  manner  provided  in  the  Underwriting   Agreement  and  the  Custody
     Agreement;

          (vii) To our knowledge after due inquiry, each Selling Stockholder has
     good and clear title to the Shares to be sold by such  Selling  Stockholder
     and upon delivery thereof,  pursuant hereto and payment therefor,  assuming
     the  Underwriters  purchase in good faith  without  notice of adverse claim
     under Section 8-302 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code,  good and clear title
     will  pass to the  Underwriters,  severally,  free of all  restrictions  on
     transfer,  liens,  encumbrances,  security interests and claims whatsoever;
     and

          (viii)  The  Power of  Attorney  signed  by each  Selling  Stockholder
     appointing  [Jonathan  Edelson,  M.D.],  [Steven  Hochberg]  and  [Alan  B.
     Masarek],  or any of them, as its  Attorney-in-fact to the extent set forth
     in the Underwriting Agreement with regard to the transactions  contemplated
     hereby and by the Registration Statement has been duly authorized, executed
     and  delivered by or on behalf of each Selling  Stockholder  and is a valid
     and  binding  instrument  of  such  Selling   Stockholder   enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms, and,  pursuant to such Powers of Attorney,  each
     of the  Selling  Stockholders  has  authorized  [Jonathan  Edelson,  M.D.],
     [Steven  Hochberg]  and [Alan B.  Masarek],  or any of them, to execute and
     deliver on their

                                        3


<PAGE>



     behalf the  Underwriting  Agreement  and any other  document  necessary  or
     desirable in connection with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and to
     deliver  the  Shares  to be  sold  by  them  pursuant  to the  Underwriting
     Agreement.

     We have  not  verified,  and are not  passing  upon and do not  assume  any
responsibility  for, the accuracy,  completeness  or fairness of the  statements
contained  in the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus.  We  have,  however,
generally  reviewed and discussed such statements  with certain  officers of the
Company,  its auditors and with your  representatives  and their counsel. In the
course of this review and  discussion,  no facts have come to our attention that
lead us to believe that (i) the Registration Statement (except for the financial
statements, notes thereto and other financial information and schedules included
therein or omitted  therefrom as to which we have not been  requested to express
any opinion or  statement  of belief),  at the time the  Registration  Statement
became  effective,  contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein  not  misleading,  or (ii) the  Prospectus  (except  for the
financial  statements,   notes  thereto  and  other  financial  information  and
schedules  included  therein or omitted  therefrom  as to which we have not been
requested  to express  any  opinion or  statement  of  belief),  at the time the
Prospectus was issued or on the date hereof, contained any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they were
made, not misleading.




                                        4


<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT III(a)



              [Letterhead of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP]


Cowen & Company
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC
    As Representatives of the several
    Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005

                           Advanced Health Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special health care regulatory  counsel to Advanced Health
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with the
issuance  and sale by the Company of an  aggregate  of  2,000,000  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share  (the  "Shares"),  to the
Underwriters named in Schedule A of the Underwriting Agreement dated October __,
1997 (the "Underwriting  Agreement") among the Company, the Selling Stockholders
named in Schedule B of the Underwriting Agreement and Cowen & Company, Hambrecht
& Quist LLC, SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC,
as representatives of the several Underwriters.  This opinion is being delivered
to you pursuant to Section 8(h) of the Underwriting Agreement. Capitalized terms
used but not defined  herein  shall have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto in the
Underwriting Agreement.

     Our opinion  expressed below is limited to the law of the State of New York
and the  Federal  Law of the United  States,  and we do not  express any opinion
herein concerning any other law.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

          (i)  The  statements  set  forth  under  the  captions  "Risk  Factors
     Government  Regulation" and "Business - Government  Regulation" (other than
     the statements under the caption "- FDA Regulation" in such section,  as to
     which we have not been requested to, and do not, express an opinion) in the
     Prospectus insofar as such


<PAGE>



     statements constitute a summary of documents referred to therein or matters
     of law, are accurate  summaries  and fairly and correctly  present,  in all
     material  respects,  the  information  called  for  with  respect  to  such
     documents and matters.

          This  opinion is given to you solely for your  benefit and the benefit
     of the  Underwriters  represented by you in connection with the issuance of
     the  Prospectus.  This  opinion  may  not be  relied  upon  by you or  such
     Underwriters  for any other  purpose or furnished to, quoted or relied upon
     by any other  person,  firm or  corporation  for any  purpose  without  our
     express written consent.


                                        2


<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT III(b)

              [Letterhead of Proskauer Rose Goetz & Mendelsohn LLP]


Cowen & Company
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC
    As Representatives of the several
    Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005

                           Advanced Health Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have served only as special health care  regulatory  counsel to Advanced
Health Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and have advised the
Company  in that  capacity  in  regard to health  care  regulatory  requirements
related to certain of its New York State  transactions  in  connection  with the
issuance  and sale by the Company of an  aggregate  of  2,000,000  shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share  (the  "Shares"),  to the
Underwriters named in Schedule A of the Underwriting Agreement dated October __,
1997 (the "Underwriting  Agreement") among the Company, the Selling Stockholders
named in Schedule B of the Underwriting Agreement and Cowen & Company, Hambrecht
& Quist LLC, SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC,
as representatives of the several Underwriters.  This opinion is being delivered
to you pursuant to Section 8(h) of the Underwriting Agreement. Capitalized terms
used but not defined  herein  shall have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto in the
Underwriting Agreement.

     In our capacity as special health care regulatory  counsel, we participated
in conferences with certain  officers of the Company  concerning the preparation
of those portions of the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus  referred to
in the next paragraph.

     Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of
the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and in
view of the limitations  inherent in our limited engagement we cannot and do not
assume  responsibility  or pass on the accuracy of such statements except to the
extent set forth in our opinion  letter to you dated  October __, 1997, no facts
have come to our attention that lead us to believe that the statements set forth
in the Registration Statement under the captions "Risk Factors -


<PAGE>



Government  Regulation"  and "Business - Government  Regulation"  (excluding the
statements  under the caption  "FDA  Regulation"  which for the purposes of this
letter, are outside the scope of the statements  contained herein),  at the time
the  Registration  Statement  was  declared  effective,   contained  any  untrue
statement of a material  fact or omitted to state any material  fact required to
be stated  therein or  necessary  in order to make the  statements  therein  not
misleading,  or that the Prospectus,  with respect to the  above-specified  text
captions, at the time the Registration  Statement was declared effective,  or on
the date hereof,  contained or contains any untrue  statement of a material fact
or omitted or omits to state any fact  necessary in order to make the statements
therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading.


                                        2


<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT IV



                         [Letterhead of King & Spalding]


Cowen & Company
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC
As Representatives of the several
Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
Financial Square
New York, New York 10005


                           Advanced Health Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special regulatory counsel to Advanced Health Corporation,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the issuance and sale
by the Company of an  aggregate  of  2,000,000  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Shares"),  to the  Underwriters  named in
Schedule  A  of  the   Underwriting   Agreement  dated  October  __,  1997  (the
"Underwriting  Agreement") among the Company,  the Selling Stockholders named in
Schedule B of the Underwriting Agreement and Cowen & Company,  Hambrecht & Quist
LLC,  SBC Warburg  Dillon Read Inc.  and Volpe Brown  Whelan & Company,  LLC, as
representatives of the several Underwriters.  This opinion is being delivered to
you pursuant to Section 8(i) of the Underwriting  Agreement.  Capitalized  terms
used but not defined  herein  shall have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto in the
Underwriting Agreement.

     Our  opinion  expressed  below is limited to the  Federal Law of the United
States, and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

          (i) The  statements  set forth under the caption  "Risk  Factors - FDA
     Regulation" and under the caption "Business - Government  Regulation -- FDA
     Regulation"  in the  Prospectus  insofar as such  statements  constitute  a
     summary of  documents  referred to therein or matters of law,  are accurate
     summaries and fairly and


<PAGE>



     correctly  present,  in all material  respects,  the information called for
     with respect to such documents and matters.

     Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of
the statements  contained in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  no
facts have come to our attention  that lead us to believe that the  above-listed
portions of the Registration  Statement,  at the time the Registration Statement
was declared  effective,  contained  any untrue  statement of a material fact or
omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading,  or that the Prospectus, at
the time the  Registration  Statement  was  declared  effective,  or on the date
hereof, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
or omits to state any fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                                        2


<PAGE>




                                                                       EXHIBIT V


                       [Letterhead of Handal & Morofsky ]


Cowen & Company
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc.
Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC
    As Representatives of the several
    Underwriters
c/o Cowen & Company
    Financial Square
    New York, New York 10005

                           Advanced Health Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special patent counsel to Advanced Health  Corporation,  a
Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  in connection with the issuance and sale
by the Company of an  aggregate  of  2,000,000  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Shares"),  to the  Underwriters  named in
Schedule  A  of  the   Underwriting   Agreement  dated  October  __,  1997  (the
"Underwriting  Agreement") among the Company,  the Selling Stockholders named in
Schedule B of the Underwriting Agreement and Cowen & Company,  Hambrecht & Quist
LLC,  SBC Warburg  Dillon Read Inc.  and Volpe Brown  Whelan & Company,  LLC, as
representatives of the several Underwriters.  This opinion is being delivered to
you pursuant to Section 8(j) of the Underwriting  Agreement.  Capitalized  terms
used but not defined  herein  shall have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto in the
Underwriting Agreement.

     Our  opinions  expressed  below are  limited to the law of the State of New
York,  and the  Federal  Law of the United  States,  and we do not  express  any
opinion herein concerning any other law.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

          (i) We have no knowledge of any fact which would  preclude the Company
     from  having  clear  title to any  patent  applications  referenced  in the
     Prospectus;



<PAGE>



          (ii) To the best of our knowledge,  the Company does not lack and will
     not be  unable to  obtain  any  rights  or  licenses  to use any  patent or
     know-how  necessary to conduct the business now conducted by the Company as
     described in the Prospectus.  However, no search has been made to ascertain
     the existence of proprietary positions of others;

          (iii)  To the  best  of our  knowledge,  except  as  disclosed  in the
     Prospectus,  the Company has not received any notice of  infringement or of
     conflict  with  rights or claims of others  with  respect  to any  patents,
     trademarks,  service marks, trade names, copyrights or know-how which could
     result in any material adverse effect upon the Company.

          (iv) We are not aware of any patents of others which are  infringed by
     specific products or processes referred to in the Prospectus in such manner
     as to materially and adversely affect the Company; however, we note that no
     search for such patents has been made;

          (v)  To  the  best  of  our  knowledge,  except  for  the  application
     procedures instituted by the Company to obtain patents and trademarks,  and
     except as disclosed in the  Prospectus,  there are no legal or governmental
     proceedings pending relating to patent rights,  trade secrets,  trademarks,
     service marks or other proprietary information or materials of the Company,
     and to the best of our  knowledge,  no such  proceedings  are threatened or
     contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

          (vi) To the best of our knowledge,  there are no material contracts or
     other material  documents  relating to the Company's patents or proprietary
     information; and

          (vii) The statements  under the captions "Risk Factors - Dependence on
     Proprietary  Assets" and "Business - Proprietary Rights" in the Prospectus,
     insofar as such  statements  constitute a summary of documents  referred to
     therein or matters of law, are accurate  summaries and fairly and correctly
     present, in all material respects,  the information called for with respect
     to such documents and matters.

     Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of
the statements  contained in the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  no
facts have come to our attention  that lead us to believe that the  above-listed
portions of the Registration  Statement,  at the time the Registration Statement
was declared  effective,  contained  any untrue  statement of a material fact or
omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading,  or that the Prospectus, at
the time the  Registration  Statement  was  declared  effective,  or on the date
hereof, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
or omits to state any fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                                        2



                 [O'SULLIVAN GRAEV & KARABELL, LLP LETTERHEAD]


                               September 30, 1997


Advanced Health Corporation
555 White Plains Road
Tarrytown, New York 10591

                           Advanced Health Corporation
                2,875,000 Shares of Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

Dear Sirs:

     We have  acted as  counsel  for  Advanced  Health  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  in connection with the preparation and filing of
the Registration  Statement of the Company on Form S-1 (File No. 333-35115) (the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the
"Securities  Act"),  relating to 2,875,000 shares of its Common Stock,  $.01 par
value (the  "Common  Stock")  (including  375,000  shares  reserved for issuance
pursuant to the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option)  (such  shares of Common
Stock are referred to as the "Shares"),  of the Company.  Capitalized terms used
but not defined  herein shall have the respective  meanings  ascribed to them in
the Registration Statement. You have requested that we furnish our opinion as to
the matters hereinafter set forth.

     In that  connection,  we have examined  originals,  or copies  certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction,  of such documents,  corporate records
and other  instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering
the opinions set forth below.  As to certain  questions of fact  material to the
opinions  contained  herein,  we have relied upon  certificates or statements of
officers  of  the  Company  and  certificates  of  public  officials.   In  such
examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity
of all documents  submitted to us as originals  and the  conformity to authentic
originals of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies.

     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion as follows:

     1.   The Company is a validly  existing  corporation  under the laws of the
          State of Delaware.

     2.   The Shares  have been duly  authorized  and,  when  issued and sold as
          contemplated  by  the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Underwriting
          Agreement  to  be  entered   into  among  the  Company,   the  Selling
          Stockholders  (as defined  therein)  and Cowen & Company,  Hambrecht &
          Quist LLC, SBC Warburg Dillon Read Inc., Volpe Brown Whelan & Company,
          LLC, as representative  of the  Underwriters,  will be validly issued,
          fully paid and nonassessable.

     We are  admitted  to the Bar of the  State of New York  and we  express  no
opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction other than the Delaware General
Corporation Law.

     We know that we are  referred to under the heading  "Legal  Matters" in the
Prospectus forming a part of the Registration  Statement,  and we hereby consent
to such use of our name in said  Registration  Statement  and to the use of this
opinion for filing with said Registration Statement as Exhibit 5 thereto.

                                                     Very truly yours,




                           ADVANCED HEALTH CORPORATION

                   AMENDED AND RESTATED 1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.   PURPOSE.

     The purpose of this amended and restated plan (the "Plan") is to secure for
ADVANCED HEALTH  CORPORATION  (the "Company") and its  shareholders the benefits
arising from capital stock  ownership by  employees,  officers and directors of,
and consultants or advisors to, the Company and its subsidiary  corporations who
are expected to contribute to the  Company's  future growth and success.  Except
where the context  otherwise  requires,  the term  "Company"  shall  include all
present and future subsidiaries of the Company as defined in Sections 424(e) and
424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced from time to
time (the "Code").  Those provisions of the Plan which make express reference to
Section 422 shall apply only to Incentive Stock Options (as that term is defined
in the Plan).

2.   TYPE OF OPTIONS AND ADMINISTRATION.

     (a)  Types of  Options.  Options  granted  pursuant  to the  Plan  shall be
authorized  by action of the Board of  Directors  of the Company (or a Committee
designated by the Board of Directors) and may be either  incentive stock options
("Incentive  Stock Options") meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Code
or  non-statutory  options  which are not intended to meet the  requirements  of
Section 422 of the Code.

     (b) Administrative. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors
of  the  Company,  whose  construction  and  interpretation  of  the  terms  and
provisions of the Plan shall be final and conclusive. The Board of Directors may
in its sole discretion  grant options to purchase shares of the Company's Common
Stock,  $.01 par value per share ("Common Stock") and issue shares upon exercise
of such options as provided in the Plan. The Board shall have authority, subject
to the  express  provisions  of the Plan,  to  construe  the  respective  option
agreements and the Plan, to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and  regulations
relating to the Plan,  to determine the terms and  provisions of the  respective
option  agreements,  which  need  not  be  identical,  and  to  make  all  other
determinations in the judgment of the Board of Directors  necessary or desirable
for the  administration  of the Plan.  The Board of  Directors  may  correct any
defect or supply any omission or reconcile any  inconsistency  in the Plan or in
any option  agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to
carry the Plan  into  effect  and it shall be the sole and  final  judge of such
expediency.  No director or person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the
Board of  Directors  shall be liable for any action or  determination  under the
Plan  made in good  faith.  The  Board of  Directors  may,  to the  full  extent
permitted by or  consistent  with  applicable  laws or  regulations  (including,
without  limitation,  applicable state law and Rule 16b-3  promulgated under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act"),  or any successor  rule
("Rule 16b-3")), delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to a committee
(the



<PAGE>



"Committee")  appointed by the Board of  Directors,  and if the  Committee is so
appointed  all  references  to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall mean and
relate to such Committee with respect to the powers so delegated.

     (c)  Applicability  of Rule 16b-3.  Those provisions of the Plan which make
express  reference to Rule 16b-3 shall apply to the Company only at such time as
the Company's  Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act, subject to the
last sentence of Section 3(b),  and then only to such persons as are required to
file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (a "Reporting Person").

3.   ELIGIBILITY.

     (a) General.  Options may be granted to persons who are, at the time of the
grant,  employees,  officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the
Company;  provided,  that  Incentive  Stock  Options  may  only  be  granted  to
individuals  who are  employees  of the  Company  (within the meaning of Section
3401(c) of the Code).  A person who has been granted an option may, if he or she
is otherwise  eligible,  be granted additional options if the Board of Directors
shall so determine.

     (b) Grant of Options to Reporting Persons.  From and after the registration
of the Common Stock of the Company  under the Exchange  Act, the  selection of a
director or an officer who is a Reporting  Person (as the terms  "director"  and
"officer"  are defined for  purposes of Rule 16b-3) as a recipient of an option,
the timing of the option grant,  the exercise price of the option and the number
of shares  subject to the option shall be determined  either (i) by the Board of
Directors or (ii) by a committee consisting of two or more directors having full
authority to act in the matter, each of whom shall be a "non-employee  director"
(as  hereinafter  defined).  For the purposes of the Plan,  a director  shall be
deemed  to be a  "non-employee  director"  only if such  person  qualifies  as a
"non-employee  director"  within  the  meaning  of Rule  16b-3,  as such term is
interpreted from time to time.

4.   STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

     The stock  subject  to  options  granted  under the Plan shall be shares of
authorized  but unissued or reacquired  Common  Stock.  Subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 15 below,  the maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock of
the Company which may be issued and sold under the Plan is 2,750,000  shares. If
an option granted under the Plan shall expire, terminate or be cancelled for any
reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased  shares subject to
such option  shall again be available  for  subsequent  option  grants under the
Plan.

5.   FORMS OF OPTION AGREEMENTS.

     As a condition to the grant of an option under the Plan,  each recipient of
an option shall execute an option agreement in such form not  inconsistent  with
the Plan

                                       -2-




<PAGE>



as may be approved by the Board of Directors.  Such option agreements may differ
among recipients.

6.   PURCHASE PRICE.

     (a) General.  The purchase  price per share of stock  deliverable  upon the
exercise of an option shall be  determined by the Board of Directors at the time
of grant of such  option;  provided,  however,  that in the case of an Incentive
Stock Option,  the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value  (as  hereinafter  defined)  of such  stock,  at the time of grant of such
option,  or shall not be less than 110% of such Fair Market Value in the case of
options  described in Section  11(b).  "Fair Market  Value" of a share of Common
Stock of the Company as of a specified  date for the  purposes of the Plan shall
mean  the  closing  price  of a  share  of the  Common  Stock  on the  principal
securities  exchange  or the Nasdaq  National  Market on which  such  shares are
traded on the day  immediately  preceding the date as of which Fair Market Value
is being  determined,  or on the next  preceding  date on which such  shares are
traded if no shares were  traded on such  immediately  preceding  day, or if the
shares are not traded on a securities  exchange or the Nasdaq  National  Market,
Fair  Market  Value  shall be deemed to be the  average  of the high bid and low
asked prices of the shares in the over-the-counter market on the day immediately
preceding  the date as of which Fair Market Value is being  determined or on the
next  preceding  date on which such high bid and low asked prices were recorded.
If the shares are not  publicly  traded,  Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock  (including,  in the case of any repurchase of shares,  any  distributions
which  respect  thereto  which would be  repurchased  with the shares)  shall be
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

     (b) Payment of Purchase  Price.  Options granted under the Plan may provide
for the  payment of the  exercise  price by  delivery  of cash or a check to the
order of the Company in an amount equal to the exercise  price of such  options,
or, to the extent provided in the applicable option  agreement,  (i) by delivery
to the Company of shares of Common Stock of the Company having Fair Market Value
on the date of  exercise  equal in amount to the  exercise  price of the options
being exercised, (ii) by any other means which the Board of Directors determines
are  consistent  with the  purpose  of the Plan  and  with  applicable  laws and
regulations  (including,  without  limitation,  the provisions of Rule 16b-3 and
Regulation  T  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board)  or  (iii)  by any
combination of such methods of payment.

7.   OPTION PERIOD.

     Subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan, each option and all
rights  thereunder  shall  expire  on such  date as  determined  by the Board of
Directors and set forth in the applicable option agreement,  provided, that such
date shall not be later  than ten (10) years  after the date on which the option
is granted.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>



8.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.

     Each option granted under the Plan shall be  exercisable  either in full or
in  installments  at such time or times and during  such  period as shall be set
forth in the option agreement evidencing such option,  subject to the provisions
of the Plan. Subject to the requirements in the immediately  preceding sentence,
if an option is not at the time of grant immediately  exercisable,  the Board of
Directors  may (i) in the  agreement  evidencing  such  option,  provide for the
acceleration  of the  exercise  date or dates  of the  subject  option  upon the
occurrence  of  specified  events  and/or (ii) at any time prior to the complete
termination of an option, accelerate the exercise date or dates of such option.

9.   NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

     No  option  granted  under  this  Plan  shall be  assignable  or  otherwise
transferable  by the  optionee  except  by will or by the  laws of  descent  and
distribution or, other than in the case of Incentive Stock Options,  pursuant to
a qualified  domestic  relations  order as defined in the Code or Title I of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder.  An option may
be exercised  during the lifetime of the optionee only by the  optionee.  In the
event an  optionee  dies  during  his  employment  by the  Company or any of its
subsidiaries, or during any exercise period following the date of termination of
such employment,  his option shall thereafter be exercisable,  during the period
specified in the option  agreement,  by his executors or  administrators  to the
full extent to which such option was  exercisable by the optionee at the time of
his death during the periods set forth in Section 10 or 11(d).

10.  EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP.

     Except as  provided  in Section  11(d)  with  respect  to  Incentive  Stock
Options, and subject to the provisions of the option agreement,  an optionee may
exercise an option at such times  following the  termination  of the  optionee's
employment or other  relationship  with the Company as shall be set forth in the
option  agreement with such optionee,  but, except in the case of the optionee's
death,  in no  event  later  than  the  expiration  date of the  Option.  If the
termination  of  the  optionee's   employment  is  for  cause  or  is  otherwise
attributable to a breach by the optionee of an employment or  confidentiality or
non-disclosure   agreement,  the  option  shall  expire  immediately  upon  such
termination.  The Board of  Directors  shall  have the power to  determine  what
constitutes  a   termination   for  cause  or  a  breach  of  an  employment  or
confidentiality  or  non-disclosure  agreement,  whether  an  optionee  has been
terminated for cause or has breached such an agreement,  and the date upon which
such termination for cause or breach occurs.  Any such  determinations  shall be
final and conclusive and binding upon the optionee.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



11.  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.

     Options  granted  under the Plan which are intended to be  Incentive  Stock
Options shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

     (a) Express Designation. All Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan
shall, at the time of grant,  be  specifically  designated as such in the option
agreement covering such Incentive Stock Options.

     (b) 10%  Shareholder.  If any employee to whom an Incentive Stock Option is
to be granted  under the Plan is, at the time of the grant of such  option,  the
owner of stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total combined  voting power of
all classes of stock of the Company  (after taking into account the  attribution
of stock  ownership  rules of Section  424(d) of the Code),  then the  following
special  provisions shall be applicable to the Incentive Stock Option granted to
such individual:

          (i) The purchase  price per share of the Common Stock  subject to such
     Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value
     of one share of Common Stock at the time of grant; and

          (ii) the option  exercise  period shall not exceed five years from the
     date of grant.

     (c) Dollar  Limitation.  For so long as the Code shall so provide,  options
granted to any  employee  under the Plan (and any other  incentive  stock option
plans of the Company) which are intended to constitute  Incentive  Stock Options
shall not constitute Incentive Stock Options to the extent that such options, in
the aggregate,  become  exercisable  for the first time in any one calendar year
for shares of Common  Stock  with an  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value,  as of the
respective date or dates of grant, of more than $100,000.

     (d)  Termination of Employment,  Death or  Disability.  No Incentive  Stock
Option may be exercised unless,  at the time of such exercise,  the optionee is,
and has been continuously since the date of grant of his or her option, employed
by the Company, except that:

          (i) an Incentive  Stock  Option may be exercised  within the period of
     three months  after the date the  optionee  ceases to be an employee of the
     Company (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the applicable
     option agreement), provided, that the agreement with respect to such option
     may  designate a longer  exercise  period and that the exercise  after such
     three-month  period  shall be treated as the  exercise  of a  non-statutory
     option under the Plan;


                                       -5-




<PAGE>



          (ii) if the  optionee  dies  while in the  employ of the  Company,  or
     within three months after the optionee  ceases to be such an employee,  the
     Incentive  Stock  Option  may be  exercised  by the  person  to  whom it is
     transferred  by will or the laws of  descent  and  distribution  within the
     period of one year after the date of death (or within such lesser period as
     may be specified in the applicable option agreement); and

          (iii) if the optionee  becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section
     22(e)(3)  of the Code or any  successor  provisions  thereto)  while in the
     employ of the Company,  the Incentive Stock Option may be exercised  within
     the  period of one year  after the date the  optionee  ceases to be such an
     employee because of such disability (or within such lesser period as may be
     specified in the applicable option agreement).

For all purposes of the Plan and any option granted hereunder "employment" shall
be defined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.42I-7(h) of the Income
Tax Regulations (or any successor  regulations).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing
provisions,  no Incentive  Stock Option may be  exercised  after its  expiration
date.

12.  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

     (a) Additional Option  Provisions.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole
discretion,  include additional provisions in option agreements covering options
granted under the Plan,  including without limitation  restrictions on transfer,
repurchase rights, rights of first refusal,  commitments to pay cash bonuses, to
make,  arrange for or guaranty  loans or to transfer other property to optionees
upon exercise of options, or such other provisions as shall be determined by the
Board of  Directors;  provided,  that such  additional  provisions  shall not be
inconsistent  with any other term or condition  of the Plan and such  additional
provisions  shall not cause any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan to
fail to qualify as an Incentive  Stock Option  within the meaning of Section 422
of the Code.

     (b) Acceleration,  Extension,  Etc. The Board of Directors may, in its sole
discretion,  (i)  accelerate  the date or dates on which  all or any  particular
option or options  granted  under the Plan may be  exercised  or (ii) extend the
dates during which all, or any  particular,  option or options granted under the
Plan  may be  exercised;  provided,  however,  that no such  extension  shall be
permitted  if it would cause the Plan to fail to comply with  Section 422 of the
Code or with Rule 16b-3 (if applicable).

13.  GENERAL RESTRICTIONS.

     (a) Investment Representations.  The Company may require any person to whom
an option is granted,  as a condition of exercising such option, to give written
assurances in substance and form  satisfactory to the Company to the effect that
such person is acquiring  the Common Stock  subject to the option for his or her
own account


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



for  investment  and not with any  present  intention  of selling  or  otherwise
distributing  the same, and to such other effects as the Company deems necessary
or appropriate in order to comply with federal and applicable  state  securities
laws,  or with  covenants or  representations  made by the Company in connection
with any public offering of its Common Stock.

     (b)  Compliance  with  Securities  Law. Each option shall be subject to the
requirement  that if, at any time,  counsel to the Company shall  determine that
the listing,  registration or qualification of the shares subject to such option
upon any  securities  exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent
or approval of any  governmental  or regulatory  body, or that the disclosure of
non-public  information or the  satisfaction of any other condition is necessary
as a  condition  of, or in  connection  with the  issuance or purchase of shares
thereunder,  such option may not be exercised,  in whole or in part, unless such
listing,  registration,  qualification,  consent or approval, or satisfaction of
such condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions  acceptable to
the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to
apply  for or to obtain  such  listing,  registration  or  qualification,  or to
satisfy such condition.

14.  RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.

     The holder of an option shall have no rights as a shareholder  with respect
to any shares covered by the option (including,  without limitation,  any rights
to receive  dividends  or non-cash  distributions  with  respect to such shares)
until the date of issue of a stock certificate to him or her for such shares. No
adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date
is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

15.  ADJUSTMENT  PROVISIONS FOR  RECAPITALIZATIONS,  REORGANIZATIONS AND RELATED
     TRANSACTIONS.

     (a) Recapitalizations and Related Transactions.  If, through or as a result
of any recapitalization,  reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse
stock split or other similar  transaction,  (i) the outstanding shares of Common
Stock are  increased,  decreased or exchanged for a different  number or kind of
shares or other securities of the Company,  or (ii) additional  shares or new or
different  shares or other non-cash assets are distributed  with respect to such
shares of Common Stock or other  securities,  an appropriate  and  proportionate
adjustment  shall be made in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares  reserved
for  issuance  under  the  Plan,  (y) the  number  and kind of  shares  or other
securities  subject to any then outstanding  options under the Plan, and (z) the
price for each share  subject to any then  outstanding  options  under the Plan,
without  changing the aggregate  purchase  price as to which such options remain
exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made pursuant
to this Section 15 if such adjustment (i) would cause the Plan to fail to comply


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



with Section 422 of the Code or with Rule 16b-3 or (ii) would be  considered  as
the adoption of a new plan requiring stockholder approval.

     (b) Reorganization,  Merger and Related Transactions.  If the Company shall
be the surviving  corporation in any reorganization,  merger or consolidation of
the Company with one or more other  corporations,  any then  outstanding  option
granted  pursuant to the Plan shall  pertain to and apply to the  securities  to
which a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock  subject to such options
would have been entitled immediately  following such reorganization,  merger, or
consolidation,  with a  corresponding  proportionate  adjustment of the purchase
price as to which such options may be exercised so that the  aggregate  purchase
price  as to  which  such  options  may be  exercised  shall  be the same as the
aggregate  purchase  price as to which such  options  may be  exercised  for the
shares   remaining   subject   to  the   options   immediately   prior  to  such
reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

     (c) Board Authority to Make Adjustments. Any adjustments under this Section
15 will be  made by the  Board  of  Directors,  whose  determination  as to what
adjustments,  in any, will be made and the extent thereof will be final, binding
and conclusive. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of
any such adjustments.

16.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ASSET SALE, LIQUIDATION, ETC.

     (a) General. In the event of a consolidation or merger in which the Company
is not the surviving  corporation,  or sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company in which outstanding  shares of Common Stock are exchanged
for  securities,  cash or other  property of any other  corporation  or business
entity  or in the  event  of a  liquidation  of  the  Company  (collectively,  a
"Corporate Transaction"), the Board of Directors of the Company, or the board of
directors of any corporation  assuming the  obligations of the Company,  may, in
its discretion, take any one or more of the following actions, as to outstanding
options:  (i) provide that such options shall be assumed,  or equivalent options
shall  be  substituted,  by  the  acquiring  or  succeeding  corporation  (or an
affiliate  thereof),  provided that any such options  substituted  for Incentive
Stock Options shall meet the  requirements  of Section 424(a) of the Code,  (ii)
upon written notice to the optionees,  provide that all unexercised options will
terminate  immediately  prior to the  consummation  of such  transaction  unless
exercised by the optionee within a specified  period  following the date of such
notice,  (iii) in the event of a Corporate  Transaction under the terms of which
holders  of the Common  Stock of the  Company  will  receive  upon  consummation
thereof a cash payment for each share  surrendered in the Corporate  Transaction
(the "Transaction  Price"),  make or provide for a cash payment to the optionees
equal to the difference  between (A) the  Transaction  Price times the number of
shares of Common Stock subject to such  outstanding  options (to the extent then
exercisable  at  prices  not in  excess of the  Transaction  Price)  and (B) the
aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding options in exchange for the


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



termination  of such  options,  and (iv)  provide  that  all or any  outstanding
options shall become exercisable in full immediately prior to such event.

     (b)  Substitute  Options.  The Company may grant  options under the Plan in
substitution  for options held by employees  of another  corporation  who become
employees of the Company,  or a  subsidiary  of the Company,  as the result of a
merger or  consolidation  of the  employing  corporation  with the  Company or a
subsidiary of the Company,  or as a result of the acquisition by the Company, or
one of its subsidiaries,  of property or stock of the employing corporation. The
Company  may  direct  that  substitute  options  be  granted  on such  terms and
conditions as the Board of Directors considers appropriate in the circumstances.

17.  NO SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.

     Nothing  contained  in the  Plan or in any  option  shall  confer  upon any
optionee any right with respect to the  continuation of his or her employment by
the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to
terminate  such  employment or to increase or decrease the  compensation  of the
optionee.

18.  OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.

     Except  as  to  plans  which  by  their  terms   include  such  amounts  as
compensation,  the  amount  of any  compensation  deemed  to be  received  by an
employee as a result of the exercise of an option or the sale of shares received
upon such exercise will not  constitute  compensation  with respect to which any
other  employee  benefits of such employee are  determined,  including,  without
limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit-sharing, life insurance or
salary  continuation  plan, except as otherwise  specifically  determined by the
Board of Directors.

19.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.

     (a) The Board of Directors may at any time,  and from time to time,  modify
or amend the Plan in any respect, except that if at any time the approval of the
shareholders  of the  Company is required  under  Section 422 of the Code or any
successor  provision  with respect to  Incentive  Stock  Options,  or under Rule
16b-3,  the Board of  Directors  may not effect such  modification  or amendment
without such approval.

     (b) The  modification  or  amendment  of the Plan  shall not,  without  the
consent of an  optionee,  affect his or her  rights  under an option  previously
granted to him or her. With the consent of the optionee  affected,  the Board of
Directors may amend  outstanding  option agreements in a manner not inconsistent
with the Plan.  The Board of  Directors  shall have the right to amend or modify
(i) the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding  Incentive Stock
Options  granted  under the Plan to the extent  necessary  to qualify any or all
such options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral
of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded incentive


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (ii) the terms and provisions of
the Plan and any  outstanding  option to the  extent  necessary  to  ensure  the
qualification of the Plan and any options granted hereunder under Rule 16b-3.

20.  WITHHOLDING.

     (a) The Company  shall have the right to deduct  from  payments of any kind
otherwise  due to the  optionee  any  federal,  state or local taxes of any kind
required by law to be withheld  with respect to any shares  issued upon exercise
of options under the Plan.  Subject to the prior approval of the Company,  which
may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion, the optionee may elect to
satisfy  such  obligations,  in whole or in part,  (i) by causing the Company to
withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise  issuable  pursuant to the exercise of
an option or (ii) by  delivering  to the Company  shares of Common Stock already
owned by the  optionee.  The shares so delivered  or withheld  shall have a Fair
Market Value equal to such withholding obligation as of the date that the amount
of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  An optionee who has made an election
pursuant  to  this  Section  20(a)  may  only  satisfy  his or  her  withholding
obligation  with shares of Common Stock which are not subject to any repurchase,
forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

     (b) The  acceptance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of an Incentive
Stock  Option  shall  constitute  an agreement by the optionee (i) to notify the
Company if any or all of such shares are disposed of by the optionee  within two
years from the date the option was  granted or within one year from the date the
shares were issued to the optionee  pursuant to the exercise of the option,  and
(ii) if required by law, to remit to the Company,  at the time of an in the case
of any such disposition,  an amount sufficient to satisfy the Company's federal,
state and local  withholding tax obligations  with respect to such  disposition,
whether or not,  as to both (i) and (ii),  the  optionee is in the employ of the
Company at the time of such disposition.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in the case of a Reporting Person whose
options  have been granted in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 3(b)
herein,  no election to use shares for the payment of withholding taxes shall be
effective  unless made in compliance  with any applicable  requirements  of Rule
16b-3.

21.  CANCELLATION AND NEW GRANT OF OPTIONS, ETC.

     The Board of Directors shall have the authority to effect,  at any time and
from  time  to  time,  with  the  consent  of the  affected  optionees,  (i) the
cancellation of any or all  outstanding  options under the Plan and the grant in
substitution  therefor  of new  options  under  the  Plan  covering  the same or
different  numbers of shares of Common Stock and having an option exercise price
per share which may be lower or higher than the price per share of the cancelled
options or (ii) the  amendment of the terms of any and all  outstanding  options
under the Plan to provide an option exercise price per share


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



which is higher or lower than the then-current  exercise price per share of such
outstanding options.

22.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN.

     (a) Effective  Date.  The Plan shall become  effective  when adopted by the
Board of Directors,  but no Incentive  Stock Option granted under the Plan shall
become  exercisable  unless and until the Plan shall have been  approved  by the
Company's  shareholders.  If such  shareholder  approval is not obtained  within
twelve  months  after the date of the Board's  adoption of the Plan,  no options
previously  granted under the Plan shall be deemed to be Incentive Stock Options
and no Incentive  Stock Options shall be granted  thereafter.  Amendments to the
Plan not requiring  shareholder  approval shall become effective when adopted by
the Board of Directors;  amendments requiring  shareholder approval (as provided
in Section 19) shall become  effective  when adopted by the Board of  Directors,
but no Incentive  Stock Option  granted after the date of such  amendment  shall
become  exercisable  (to the extent that such amendment to the Plan was required
to enable the  Company  to grant such  Incentive  Stock  Option to a  particular
optionee)  unless  and until such  amendment  shall  have been  approved  by the
Company's  shareholders.  If such  shareholder  approval is not obtained  within
twelve months of the Board's  adoption of such  amendment,  any Incentive  Stock
Options  granted on or after the date of such amendment  shall  terminate to the
extent  that such  amendment  to the Plan was  required to enable the Company to
grant such option to a particular optionee. Subject to this limitation,  options
may be granted  under the Plan at any time after the  effective  date and before
the date fixed for termination of the Plan.

     (b)  Termination.  Unless sooner  terminated in accordance with Section 16,
the Plan shall  terminate  upon the  earlier of (i) the close of business on the
day next  preceding  the  tenth  anniversary  of its  adoption  by the  Board of
Directors, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the
Plan shall have been issued  pursuant to the exercise or cancellation of options
granted  under the Plan.  If the date of  termination  is  determined  under (i)
above,  then options  outstanding  on such date shall continue to have force and
effect in accordance  with the  provisions of the  instruments  evidencing  such
options.

23.  PROVISION FOR FOREIGN PARTICIPANTS.

     The Board of Directors  may,  without  amending the Plan,  modify awards or
options granted to participants  who are foreign  nationals or employed  outside
the United  States to  recognize  differences  in laws,  rules,  regulations  or
customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency,
employee benefit or other matters.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>


24.  GOVERNING LAW.

     The  provisions  of this Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance
with the laws of the  State of  Delaware  without  regard to the  principles  of
conflicts of laws.




                                      -12-





                                                                      Exhibit 21

                                  Subsidiaries

Advanced Health Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Advanced Health Heart Practices, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Advanced Health Med-E-Systems Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Uptown Physician Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Physicians Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Diamond Physician Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Specialist Physicians Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Millenium Physician Management, Inc., a Delaware coporation

PCC Leasing, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Advanced Health Bukstel & Halfpenny Corporation, a Delaware corporation



                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As  independent  public  accountants,  we hereby  consent to the use of our
report  dated March 28,  1997  (except  for the  matters  discussed  in the last
paragraph  of  Note 4, as to  which  the  date is  April  15,  1997)  and to all
references  to  our  Firm  included  in or  made  a part  of  this  registration
statement.

                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

New York, New York
September 29, 1997


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission